IT PARTNERS INC
S-1, 1998-08-10
Previous: INSIGNIA ESG HOLDINGS INC, 3, 1998-08-10
Next: STEVENSON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, 13F-E, 1998-08-10




    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 10, 1998.
                                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                ----------------

                                    FORM S-1
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                ----------------
                                IT PARTNERS, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                            <C>
                 DELAWARE                       5415                     52-2056858
  (State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer
   incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)
</TABLE>


 9881 BROKEN LAND PARKWAY, SUITE 102                    DANIEL J. KLEIN         
       COLUMBIA, MARYLAND 21046                    CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER      
            (410) 309-9800                            IT PARTNERS, INC.         
  (Address, including zip code, and          9881 BROKEN LAND PARKWAY, SUITE 102
 telephone number, including area code,            COLUMBIA, MARYLAND 21046     
 of registrant's principal executive offices)      TELEPHONE (410) 309-9800     
                                                   FACSIMILE (410) 309-9801     
                                             (Name, address, including zip code,
                                            and telephone number, including area
                                                 code, of agent for service)    

                                   Copies to:


      MORRIS F. DEFEO, JR., ESQ.                GEORGE P. STAMAS, ESQ.  
        SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF                WILMER, CUTLER & PICKERING
            FRIEDMAN, LLP                        2445 M STREET, N.W.    
    3000 K STREET, N.W., SUITE 300           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20037-1420
        WASHINGTON, D.C. 20007                 TELEPHONE (202) 663-6000 
       TELEPHONE (202) 424-7500                FACSIMILE (202) 663-6363 
       FACSIMILE (202) 424-7647         


APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, check the following box: [ ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering: [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering: [ ]

If  delivery  of  the  prospectus  is  expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box: [ ]

                                ----------------
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           PROPOSED MAXIMUM      PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                          AMOUNT TO BE      OFFERING PRICE      AGGREGATE OFFERING        AMOUNT OF
TITLE OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       REGISTERED        PER SHARE (1)           PRICE (1)         REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                  <C>                    <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value               6,900,000      $ 16.00              $110,400,000           $32,568
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Estimated  solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant
     to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933.

     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH  DATE  AS THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>


                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 10, 1998

                                6,000,000 SHARES

                               [IT PARTNERS LOGO]

                                  COMMON STOCK

                               ------------------
     All of the 6,000,000  shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"),  offered hereby are being sold by IT Partners, Inc., a Delaware
corporation  (together with its  subsidiaries,  "IT Partners" or the "Company"),
and will  represent  approximately  44% of the  outstanding  Common  Stock  upon
completion of this offering (the "Offering").  Prior to the Offering,  there has
been no public market for the Common Stock. It is currently anticipated that the
initial public  offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.  See
"Underwriting"  for a discussion of the factors to be considered in  determining
the initial public offering price.

     The Company intends to apply for quotation of the shares of Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "ITPI."

                               ------------------
     SEE "RISK  FACTORS" ON PAGES 11 THROUGH 17 FOR  INFORMATION  THAT SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS.

                               ------------------
         THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
          COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR
            ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
               OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         PRICE TO     UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND     PROCEEDS TO
                          PUBLIC            COMMISSIONS(1)           COMPANY(2)
<S>                     <C>          <C>                            <C>
Per Share ...........   $            $                              $
Total(3)(4) .........   $            $                              $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the  several  Underwriters  against
     certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the  Securities Act of
     1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."

(2)  Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by the  Company  estimated  at  $10.5
     million,  including  reimbursement  of certain  out of pocket  expenses  of
     Friedman,  Billings,  Ramsey  & Co.,  Inc.  and  Piper  Jaffray  Inc.,  the
     representatives  of the  Underwriters  (the  "Representatives"),  including
     reimbursement of fees and expenses of Underwriters' counsel.  Approximately
     $7.0  million of the net proceeds of the  Offering,  will be used to redeem
     the 12% Series C Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock of the Company issued to
     FBR  Business  Development  Capital  ("BDC"),  an  affiliate  of  Friedman,
     Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., in a private placement pursuant to Regulation
     D  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act.  See "Use of  Proceeds,"  "The
     Recapitalization" and "Underwriting."

(3)  The Company has granted to the  Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
     to  900,000  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  on the same  terms  and
     conditions set forth above solely to cover over-allotments,  if any. If the
     Underwriters  exercise  this  option in full,  the total  Price to  Public,
     Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $ ,
     $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting."

(4)  The  Underwriters  have  agreed to reserve up to 5% of the shares of Common
     Stock  offered  hereby  for sale to  certain  persons  associated  with the
     Company,  including executive  officers,  directors and employees and their
     families and vendors, at the Price to Public. See "Underwriting."

                               ------------------
     The  shares of Common  Stock are  offered by the  Underwriters,  subject to
prior sale,  when,  as and if delivered to and accepted by them,  and subject to
the right of the  Underwriters  to reject  any order in whole or in part.  It is
expected  that  delivery  of the  shares of Common  Stock  will be made  against
payment  therefor  at the offices of  Friedman,  Billings,  Ramsey & Co.,  Inc.,
Arlington,  Virginia, or in book entry form through the book entry facilities of
the Depository Trust Company, on or about , 1998.

FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY & CO., INC.                        PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

                   The date of this Prospectus is     , 1998.

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any state in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.

<PAGE>



                           FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

     The information contained in this Prospectus that are not historical facts,
including  pro  forma   financial   statements  and  the  related   notes,   are
"forward-looking  statements"  (as such term is  defined  in Section 27 A of the
Securities  Act and  Section 21 E of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")),   which  can  be  identified  by  the  use  of
forward-looking  terminology such as "believes,"  "expects," "intends," "plans,"
"may,"  "will,"  "should," or  "anticipates"  or the  negative  thereof or other
variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy that
involve risks and uncertainties.  In addition, from time to time, the Company or
its representatives have made or may make forward-looking statements,  orally or
in writing. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements may be included in, but
are not limited to, various  filings made by the Company with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), or press releases or oral statements made by or
with the approval of an authorized executive officer of the Company.

     Management wishes to caution the reader that the forward-looking statements
referred to above and contained in this  Prospectus  regarding  matters that are
not  historical  facts involve  predictions.  No assurance can be given that the
future  results will be  achieved.  In  addition,  actual  events or results may
differ  materially as a result of risks facing the Company.  Such risks include,
but  are  not  limited  to,  changes  in  business  conditions,  changes  in the
information  technology industry and the general economy,  competition and risks
associated  with the  Company's  integration  of  businesses  that it  acquires,
limited  operating  history,  managing  rapid  growth,  ability to identify  and
compete for potential acquisition  candidates and to consummate  acquisitions or
enter into joint ventures with companies on terms acceptable to the Company, and
the impact on the Company of computer and related  problems  that may arise from
the Year 2000, any or all of which will cause actual results to vary  materially
from the future results indicated, expressed or implied, in such forward-looking
statements. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.

     CERTAIN  PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK,  INCLUDING  PURCHASES OF SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK TO STABILIZE  THE MARKET
PRICE,  PURCHASES  OF  SHARES OF  COMMON  STOCK TO COVER  SOME OR ALL OF A SHORT
POSITION IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  MAINTAINED BY THE  UNDERWRITERS  AND THE
IMPOSITION  OF  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THESE   ACTIVITIES  SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

     IN  CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS (AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS)  MAY  ENGAGE  IN  PASSIVE  MARKET  MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SHARES OF
COMMON  STOCK  ON  THE  NASDAQ  NATIONAL  MARKET  IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 103 OF
REGULATION M. SEE "UNDERWRITING."

     Microsoft(Reg.   TM),  Oracle(Reg.   TM),  Lucent(TM),   Compaq(Reg.   TM),
Novell(Reg.  TM),  LotusNotes(Reg.  TM) and  Symantec(Reg.  TM)  are  registered
trademarks   of  Microsoft   Corporation   ("Microsoft"),   Oracle   Corporation
("Oracle"),  Compaq Computer  Corporation  ("Compaq"),  Novell, Inc. ("Novell"),
Lotus   Development   Corporation   and   Symantec   Corporation   ("Symantec"),
respectively.  This  Prospectus  also contains  trade names and  registered  and
unregistered  trademarks  of  other  companies  that are the  property  of their
respective holders.


                                        i

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed  information and the financial statements
and  related  notes  appearing  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus.  As used in this
Prospectus,  unless the context otherwise requires,  the terms "Company" and "IT
Partners"  refer  to  IT  Partners,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,   and  its
subsidiaries as of the date hereof, collectively.  Industry data used throughout
this  Prospectus  was  obtained  from  industry  publications  and has not  been
independently  verified  by  the  Company.   Unless  otherwise  indicated,   the
information in this  Prospectus  assumes:  (i) no exercise of the  Underwriters'
over-allotment option; (ii) that the initial public offering price is $15.00 per
share  (the  midpoint  of  the  range  set  forth  on the  cover  page  of  this
Prospectus);  and (iii) the  consummation of all  transactions  constituting the
"Recapitalization,"  including a one for 1.877 reverse stock split of the Common
Stock and Common Stock equivalent securities (as described herein).


                                   THE COMPANY

     IT Partners is a growing  information  technology ("IT") solutions provider
that delivers  comprehensive,  value-added IT solutions to middle-market  (i.e.,
businesses  with  revenues of $25  million to $500  million)  and  Fortune  1000
companies  throughout  the  United  States  and  in  selected  Western  European
countries.   Through  its  eight   wholly-owned   subsidiaries   (the   "Partner
Companies"),  the Company  provides  specialized  IT expertise in consulting and
planning, systems and network integration, software development and integration,
support and  operations,  Internet and intranet  solutions,  and  telephony  and
electronics  integration.  The Company also bundles specific services,  software
and hardware into "solution  packages" for its clients. As of June 30, 1998, the
Company had 735 employees, including 500 IT professionals, providing services to
more  than  2,000  clients  across a broad  spectrum  of  industries,  including
manufacturing,   healthcare,  education,  aviation,  professional  services  and
retail. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, the eight Partner Companies
had pro forma revenues and EBITDA (as defined hereafter) of approximately $106.0
million and $4.4  million,  respectively.  For the three  months ended March 31,
1998,  the  eight  Partner  Companies  had pro  forma  revenues  and  EBITDA  of
approximately $27.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

     International Data Corporation  ("IDC") estimates that the worldwide market
for IT services  was  approximately  $282  billion in 1997 and will  increase to
approximately $403 billion by 2001, representing a compounded annual growth rate
of approximately  9.4%. The Company believes that such growth is being driven by
trends towards open systems, greater affordability and improvements in operating
performance.  The Company  believes that the average growth rate for IT spending
is highest for those  middle-market  companies with 100 to 1,000 employees.  The
Company estimates that these companies  typically spend approximately $1 million
annually on their IT needs.

     The Company  believes the following key factors underlie the growing demand
for IT products and services within the middle market:  (i) technology return on
investment;  (ii) increased  demand for network  applications;  (iii)  declining
software and hardware  prices;  and (iv)  outsourcing.  The recent growth in the
demand for IT services and products by middle-market  businesses has contributed
to the  substantial  growth in the  solutions  integration  market.  The Company
believes  that  traditional  resellers  and  other IT  providers  have  found it
increasingly  difficult  to provide  comprehensive  IT  solutions  to the middle
market.  As a result,  solutions  integrators  have emerged as a new class of IT
service providers,  possessing the technical,  marketing and financial resources
required to deliver more comprehensive and complex IT solutions.

     The  Company has  developed a  coordinated  decentralized  operating  model
("CDM")  which  consists  of   methodologies   to  facilitate  the  acquisition,
integration  and  development  of its acquired  companies.  CDM  integrates  the
skills,  experience,  practices  and resources of the Partner  Companies,  while
preserving their ability to manage and grow their respective businesses. Through
CDM,


                                        1

<PAGE>



IT Partners provides its Partner Companies with business  development tools that
are designed to improve the Company's  internal  growth.  The Company works with
each Partner  Company to develop a sales and marketing plan and to integrate its
services and products  with those of other Partner  Companies.  The Company also
facilitates  the exchange of ideas and  information  about  marketing  programs,
cross-selling  opportunities  and  employee  training  and  retention at monthly
operations  reviews  and  quarterly  meetings.  In  addition,  the  Company  has
established  several  advisory  councils  comprised  of  corporate  staff  of IT
Partners  and  selected  senior  managers  and  technical  staff of the  Partner
Companies  to exchange  ideas and  provide  guidance  on  financial,  marketing,
service and technical issues.

     The Company  believes that an important factor in its future success is its
ability to continue to acquire well-managed local systems integrators,  regional
business application providers and national specialty IT services companies. The
Company  believes  that the IT services  industry is highly  fragmented,  with a
small number of large,  national service providers and a large number of smaller
local service  providers.  The Company believes that  acquisition  opportunities
exist in the IT  services  market and that the top five  vendors for IT services
represent  less than 20% of total  market  revenues.  To date,  the  Company has
acquired eight Partner Companies,  including Sequoia Diversified Products, Inc.,
the 1998  Microsoft  "Worldwide  Partner  of the  Year,"  and has  entered  into
agreements  or  letters  of intent  to  acquire  an  additional  ten  companies,
including KiZAN Corporation,  the 1995 Microsoft  "Outstanding Solution Provider
Partner of the Year" (today that award is known as the "Worldwide Partner of the
Year"). The Company believes that CDM and the Company's reputation will continue
to attract local, regional and national IT services companies that represent the
best of their industry niches. As part of its acquisition strategy,  the Company
has  developed  and  maintains  an  extensive,  current  database  from which it
identifies  acquisition  candidates  based on a  quantitative  methodology.  The
Company  may also pursue  acquisition  opportunities  identified  by its Partner
Companies  and by the  Company's  financial  and other  advisors.  The Company's
quantitative  assessment of an  acquisition  candidate is based on a system that
evaluates numerous factors, including an acquisition candidate's business focus,
client concentration,  vendor authorizations,  historical financial performance,
number of  employees  and  technical  certifications.  The  Company's  valuation
methodology is based upon historical earnings, projected earnings growth, margin
trends, opportunities for recurring revenues and future infrastructure needs.

     The Company's  growth  strategy  focuses on: (i) improving  internal growth
opportunities  by  expanding  the services  segment of its business  through the
application of the solutions  integrator  model and the  development of solution
packages;  (ii) continuing to pursue  strategic  acquisitions  that will provide
access to new markets,  broaden the  Company's  current  service  offerings  and
expand the Company's  vertical coverage in existing  markets;  (iii) attracting,
training,  motivating  and  retaining  highly  skilled  IT  professionals;  (iv)
capitalizing  on   cross-selling   opportunities   by  developing  and  offering
comprehensive  IT solution  packages that draw upon the collective  expertise of
the Partner Companies;  (v) cultivating and expanding relationships with leading
vendors to  enhance  the  Company's  industry  recognition  and  increase  sales
opportunities;  and  (vi)  maintaining  efficient  operations  by  consolidating
certain administrative functions, thereby allowing the management of the Partner
Companies to focus on the growth of their businesses.


                              THE PARTNER COMPANIES

     Since its  inception  in 1996,  the  Company  has  acquired  eight  Partner
Companies. A brief description of the Partner Companies follows:


LOCAL SYSTEMS INTEGRATORS

     Sequoia  Diversified  Products, Inc. ("Sequoia"), acquired January 1998, is
a  network  integration provider with nine offices located in the U.S., Germany,
Sweden  and  the  United  Kingdom.  It  is  widely recognized as a leader in the
network integration industry and in 1998 was named


                                        2

<PAGE>



"Worldwide  Partner of the Year" by Microsoft.  Sequoia,  a Microsoft  Certified
Solution Provider Partner, offers a wide range of support services for a variety
of industries, including entertainment,  education,  healthcare,  manufacturing,
finance and  government.  Founded in 1990,  Sequoia is  headquartered  in Auburn
Hills,  Michigan,  has 301  employees  and had revenues of  approximately  $29.2
million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

     Servinet  Consulting  Group,  Inc.  ("Servinet"),  acquired June 1998, is a
full-service  systems  integration  company,  offering  network  integration and
consulting services,  client/server software development,  equipment procurement
and Internet and intranet development.  Servinet, a Microsoft Certified Solution
Provider   Partner,   also   specializes   in  network   conversions,   Internet
connectivity,  document  imaging  and  custom  configurations.  Founded in 1988,
Servinet is headquartered in South San Francisco,  California,  has 59 employees
and had  revenues  of  approximately  $23.7  million  for the fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1997.

     A-COM, Inc. ("A-COM"), acquired June 1997, provides customized,  integrated
system  solutions  to manage  information  flow and  maintain  a safe and secure
environment.  In 1996,  A-COM  was  named  Lucent's  "Rookie  of the  Year"  for
outstanding  service  as a new  dealer.  A-COM's  clients  include  Fortune  500
companies,  health  care and  educational  institutions,  sports and  multimedia
facilities,  and  local  and  federal  governments.  Founded  in 1969,  A-COM is
headquartered  in  Chantilly,  Virginia,  has 164  employees and had revenues of
approximately $20.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.

     Computer Network Services,  Inc.  ("CNS"),  acquired May 1997, is a network
integrator and support company that provides  systems  integration and technical
repair.  CNS' technical staff consists of Microsoft  Certified System Engineers,
Novell Certified Network Engineers, Microsoft Certified Professionals and Citrix
Winframe  Certified  Engineers.  CNS is  also  a  Microsoft  Certified  Solution
Provider.  Founded in 1984, CNS is headquartered in Denville, New Jersey, has 87
employees  and had revenues of  approximately  $11.7 million for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997.

     Kandl Data Products,  Inc. ("KDP"),  acquired May 1997, offers a full range
of systems integration and communications  services.  KDP, a Microsoft Certified
Solution  Provider  Partner,  has designed,  installed and maintained  wide area
networks ("WANs") and local area networks ("LANs") in the Mid-Atlantic.  KDP has
partnered   with  industry   leaders  to  provide  its  clients  with  complete,
single-source solutions for networking and communications requirements.  Founded
in 1984, KDP is headquartered in Beltsville,  Maryland, has 29 employees and had
revenues of  approximately  $5.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30,
1997.


REGIONAL BUSINESS APPLICATION PROVIDERS

     Financial  System  Consulting,  Inc.  ("FSC"),  acquired October 1997, is a
provider of client/ server business  applications,  financial system  consulting
services,  integrated  strategic  planning,  process  management  and technology
implementation  services.  In 1997, FSC was named Great Plains Software,  Inc.'s
("Great  Plains")  largest  volume  business  partner and has received  multiple
industry  awards from  several  accounting  software  publishers.  FSC is also a
Microsoft Certified Solution Provider.  Founded in 1994, FSC is headquartered in
Long Beach, California,  has 14 employees and had revenues of approximately $3.9
million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

     Call Business Systems,  Inc. ("Call"),  acquired May 1998, is a provider of
business  applications,  financial system consulting and programming services in
the Western  United  States.  Call is a Microsoft  Certified  Solution  Provider
Partner and a member of the Oracle Application Dealer Network.  Founded in 1976,
Call is headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah, has 30 employees and had revenues
of approximately $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


                                        3

<PAGE>



NATIONAL SPECIALTY IT SERVICES COMPANIES

     Incline Corporation ("Incline"), acquired February 1998, provides technical
repair service,  utilizing  proprietary  technologies and processes.  Founded in
1995, Incline is headquartered in Newbury Park, California, has 60 employees and
had revenues of  approximately  $4.0 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31, 1997.

     The following  table presents  historical  revenues for each of the Partner
Companies' three most recent fiscal years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1995         1996         1997
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Sequoia (fiscal year ended December 31) ..........    $  17.0      $  27.0      $  29.2
Servinet (fiscal year ended December 31) .........       27.9         25.5         23.7
A-COM (fiscal year ended June 30) ................       10.0         13.3         20.1
CNS (fiscal year ended December 31) ..............        9.0         10.2         11.7
KDP (fiscal year ended September 30) .............        5.8          5.2          5.7
Incline (fiscal year ended December 31) ..........        0.2          2.0          4.0
FSC (fiscal year ended December 31) ..............        1.6          3.5          3.9
Call (fiscal year ended December 31) .............        3.9          2.8          3.7
</TABLE>


CONSIDERATION PAID FOR ACQUISITION OF PARTNER COMPANIES

     The  aggregate  consideration  IT Partners  has paid to acquire the Partner
Companies   consists  of:  (i)   approximately   $37.1  million  in  cash;  (ii)
approximately $27.3 million in shares of Common Stock, valued at the fair market
value of such  shares,  as approved by the  Company's  Board of  Directors  (the
"Board");  and (iii) IT Partners'  notes (the "Seller  Notes") in the  aggregate
principal amount of approximately  $11.7 million (net of discount).  Five of the
acquisitions are subject to post-closing adjustments payable in 1998 and 1999 in
additional cash, shares of Common Stock and indebtedness  based on the financial
performance of such Partner Company during the 12-month period  specified in its
respective acquisition agreement (collectively, the "Post-Closing Adjustments").
The  Post-Closing  Adjustments  will be determined  based on the  achievement of
certain  operational levels and range from 15% to 25% of the total consideration
paid for such Partner Companies.

     For  information  regarding the employment  agreements  entered into by the
Company   with  certain  of  the   officers  of  the  Partner   Companies,   see
"Management--Employment  Agreements;  Covenants-Not-To-Compete."  For a  further
description  of the  transactions  pursuant to which the Partner  Companies were
acquired, see "Certain Transactions."


                           THE ACQUISITION CANDIDATES

     IT Partners has entered into agreements or letters of intent (collectively,
the "Planned Acquisitions" and each, a "Planned Acquisition"), which are binding
as to the  number of shares of Common  Stock to be issued  and share  price,  to
acquire ten companies  (collectively,  the "Acquisition Candidates" and each, an
"Acquisition Candidate"). The Company estimates that the aggregate consideration
it  will  pay to  acquire  the  Acquisition  Candidates  will  consist  of:  (i)
approximately  $20.0 million in cash; (ii) approximately $21.8 million in shares
of Common Stock,  valued at the fair market value of such shares, as approved by
the Board; and (iii) approximately $6.2 million in aggregate principal amount of
notes to be issued by the Company.

     The  closing  of each  Planned  Acquisition  will  be  subject  to  certain
customary conditions, including the following: (i) the negotiation and execution
of  definitive   acquisition   agreements;   (ii)  the  continuing  accuracy  of
representations and warranties; (iii) the performance of covenants; and (iv) the
absence of a material  adverse  change in the results of  operations,  financial
condition or busi-


                                        4

<PAGE>



ness of such Acquisition Candidate prior to the closing date. In connection with
the closing of the Planned Acquisitions,  IT Partners would typically enter into
employment  agreements  with each of the  executives  and certain key management
personnel of the  Acquisition  Candidates.  Generally,  the Company expects that
these  agreements  will  have  initial  terms of two to four  years  and will be
automatically     renewable    for    one-year     terms     thereafter.     See
"Management--Employment Agreements; Covenants-Not-To-Compete."

     A brief description of the Acquisition Candidates follows:


LOCAL SYSTEMS INTEGRATORS

     Computer Products and Resources,  Inc. ("CPR") operates as CPR/MicroAge,  a
full-service  computer company and an authorized  computer dealer for most major
software and hardware  manufacturers.  CPR has planned,  installed and supported
LANs,  from gateways to  mainframes,  throughout the Midwest.  Services  include
equipment evaluation,  system and network installation,  application development
and design and support.  Founded in 1982, CPR is  headquartered in Grand Rapids,
Michigan,  has 130 employees and had revenues of approximately $34.3 million for
the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997.

      MicroNomics  of  Lansing,  Inc.  ("Entre'")  operates  as Entre'  Computer
Services and is a full- service  systems  integration  company.  Entre' provides
design,  installation,  support, repair and business process consulting services
as well as  connectivity  services  for LANs,  WANs and  Internet  and  intranet
environments. Founded in 1983, Entre' is headquartered in Lansing, Michigan, has
48 employees and had revenues of approximately $11.7 million for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997.

     Champlain Computer Services, Inc. ("Champlain") operates as ComputerLand of
Vermont  and  offers  product  procurement,   maintenance,   training,   network
integration  and help desk services to small,  medium and large  businesses  and
governmental   entities.   Founded  in  1983,   Champlain  is  headquartered  in
Burlington,  Vermont,  has 22 employees and had revenues of  approximately  $8.6
million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

     Light Industries Service Corporation  ("Light") is a full-service  provider
of business networks and information systems, delivering networking, sales force
automation,   training  and  software  solutions  to  over  300  businesses  and
non-profit   organizations   each  year.  Its  professionals  are  certified  in
Microsoft,   Novell,  Lotus,  Solomon  Software  Inc.,  Great  Plains,  Advanced
Solutions International, Inc., SalesLogix Corporation and Symantec technologies.
Founded  in 1979,  Light is  headquartered  in  Millersville,  Maryland,  has 60
employees  and had  revenues of  approximately  $5.7 million for the fiscal year
ended August 31, 1997.

     KiZAN Corporation  ("KiZAN") is a Microsoft Solution Provider Partner and a
Microsoft  Authorized  Technical  Education Center ("ATEC").  Through offices in
Louisville,  Kentucky; Cincinnati and Westlake, Ohio; Knoxville,  Tennessee; and
Denver,  Colorado, KiZAN offers Microsoft products and a full array of services,
including system engineering consulting,  client/server architectural design and
application development, project planning, implementation services and technical
training.  In 1995, Microsoft selected KiZAN as its first "Outstanding  Solution
Provider  Partner  of the  Year"  (today  the  award is known as the  "Worldwide
Partner of the Year").  Founded in 1991,  KiZAN is  headquartered in Louisville,
Kentucky,  has 75 employees and had revenues of  approximately  $5.5 million for
the fiscal year ended November 30, 1997.

     Communications  Specialists,  Inc.  ("CSI-VA")  provides electronic systems
integration,  design, engineering,  installation,  24-hour service and scheduled
maintenance.  Founded  in  1994,  CSI-VA  is  headquartered  in  Mechanicsville,
Virginia,  has 30 employees and had revenues of  approximately  $4.7 million for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


                                        5

<PAGE>



     Richardson Associates-Electronics,  Inc. ("Richardson") sells, installs and
services telephone,  intercom,  video  distribution,  closed circuit television,
fire  and  security,   access  control,  nurse  call  and  information  systems.
Richardson's  clients include schools,  hospitals and prisons.  Founded in 1963,
Richardson  is  headquartered  in Atlanta,  Georgia,  has 25  employees  and had
revenues of  approximately  $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
1997.

     Communication  Systems Inc. ("CSI-PA") is a full-service provider of audio,
video, voice and data systems.  Services include design,  installation,  service
and  training  for  telephony,   fire  and  security,  media  retrieval,   video
arrangement  and  video  conferencing  systems.   Founded  in  1975,  CSI-PA  is
headquartered in Allentown,  Pennsylvania,  has 21 employees and had revenues of
approximately $2.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


REGIONAL BUSINESS APPLICATION PROVIDERS

     Business  Micro  Solutions,  LLC  ("BMS")  is a provider  of  client/server
business  applications,  financial system consulting  services,  implementation,
training,  custom development and integration services.  Founded in 1988, BMS is
headquartered in East Brunswick,  New Jersey,  has 30 employees and had revenues
of approximately $5.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


NATIONAL SPECIALTY IT SERVICES COMPANIES

     Technology  Applications Group, Inc. ("TAG") is a multimedia courseware and
development   company   specializing  in  the  creation  of  custom  interactive
applications. TAG offers instructional systems development, creative application
development,  interactive programming and the development of advanced multimedia
programs  incorporating  digital video, digital audio and animation.  Founded in
1990, TAG is headquartered in Troy, Michigan, has six employees and had revenues
of approximately $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

     The  executive  offices of the  Company  are  located at 9881  Broken  Land
Parkway, Suite 102, Columbia, Maryland 21046, and the Company's telephone number
is (410) 309-9800.  The Company's Web site is located at  www.itpartnersinc.com.
Information contained in the Company's Web site shall not be deemed part of this
Prospectus.



                                        6

<PAGE>


                              THE RECAPITALIZATION

     Simultaneously  with the consummation of the Offering, the Company plans to
restructure  certain  of  its existing relationships with certain equity holders
and  in  connection  therewith  intends  to:  (i)  redeem all of the outstanding
shares  of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Series  A  Preferred");  (ii)  redeem  all  of  the  outstanding  shares of the
Company's  12%  Series  C  Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per
share  ("Series  C  Preferred"), provided that the Offering yields proceeds (net
of  underwriting  commissions  and  discounts)  to the Company of at least $40.0
million  and  no  event of default exits under the Amended and Restated Loan and
Security  Agreement  dated  as  of March 31, 1998 among the Company, the lenders
named  therein,  Creditanstalt  Corporate Finance, Inc. ("Creditanstalt"), as LC
Issuer,  Credit  Agricole  Indosuez,  as  Co-Agent,  and  Creditanstalt,  as the
Collateral  Agent  and Administrative Agent (the "Credit Facility"); (iii) amend
certain  agreements  to  eliminate  rights  to  put  to  the Company warrants to
purchase  Common  Stock; (iv) amend and terminate certain of the existing equity
documents  to,  among  other things, terminate voting provisions with respect to
the  composition  of  the  Board  and eliminate certain affirmative and negative
covenants  which  currently  bind  the Company; (v) modify existing registration
rights  and  grant  new  registration rights; (vi) enter into a voting agreement
with  certain  existing  stockholders  holding  4,507,351 shares of Common Stock
(and  securities  exercisable  for  or  convertible into an additional 1,082,854
shares  of Common Stock) pursuant to which such holders will agree to vote their
shares  of Common Stock for the election of each of Daniel J. Klein and Jamie E.
Blech  as  directors  for  a  period of three years; (vii) amend and restate its
Certificate  of Incorporation to eliminate the Series A Preferred and the Series
C  Preferred, increase the authorized number of undesignated shares of Preferred
Stock,  elect  to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law  ("DGCL")  and  require actions by written consent of the stockholders to be
unanimous;  and (viii) effect the reverse stock split of one for 1.877 shares of
Common   Stock   and  Common  Stock  equivalent  securities  (collectively,  the
"Recapitalization").   See   "Capitalization,"   "The   Recapitalization"   and
"Description of Capital Stock."

     The  Company  will  have outstanding on a fully-diluted basis the following
shares  of Common Stock on a pro forma basis to reflect the Recapitalization and
on  a  pro  forma,  as  adjusted  basis  to reflect the Recapitalization and the
Offering:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF
                                               NUMBER OF         SHARES OF
                                               SHARES OF       COMMON STOCK
                                              COMMON STOCK      ON A FULLY
                                               ON A FULLY      DILUTED BASIS
                                             DILUTED BASIS      PRO FORMA,
                                               PRO FORMA        AS ADJUSTED
                                            ---------------   --------------
<S>                                         <C>               <C>
Common Stock ............................      5,781,894        11,781,894
Convertible promissory notes(1) .........         99,128            99,128
Series B Preferred Stock(2) .............        739,184           739,184
Warrants(3) .............................        993,850           993,850
Options(4) ..............................         62,231            62,231
Redemption Dividends(5) .................             --           152,290
</TABLE>

- -----------
(1)  The convertible promissory note issued to Servinet (the "Convertible Seller
     Note") is  convertible  into 99,128  shares of Common  Stock  (based on the
     assumed initial public offering price).

(2)  The 793,184  outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.01
     per  share  (the  "Series  B  Preferred"),  of the  Company  are  currently
     convertible  into  shares of Common  Stock (on a  one-to-one  basis) at the
     option of the holders.

(3)  The warrants are  currently  exercisable  for shares of Common Stock (or at
     the option of the holder an equal number of shares of Series B  Preferred),
     at an exercise  price of $.01 per share,  or may be put back to the Company
     at the option of the holder  (collectively,  the "Put  Warrants").  The Put
     Rights will terminate  simultaneously  with the Offering.  The Put Warrants
     accrue dividends at a compounded rate of 8%, payable quarterly in shares of
     Common Stock and/or Series B Preferred at the option of the holders.

(4)  The Company has granted options to its executive officers and key personnel
     exercisable  for  shares of  Common  Stock  pursuant  to its  Amended  1997
     Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "1997 Plan").

(5)  The  Series C  Preferred  is subject to a  redemption  dividend  of 152,290
     shares of Common Stock  (calculated at the assumed  initial public offering
     price).


                                       7

<PAGE>



                                  THE OFFERING



Common Stock offered by the Company .................. 6,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering..... 13,667,218 shares(1)
Use of proceeds ...................................... To repay  certain  Seller
                                                       Notes   payable   by  the
                                                       Company     to     former
                                                       stockholders of the Part-
                                                       ner  Companies,  to repay
                                                       indebtedness   under  the
                                                       Credit    Facility,    to
                                                       redeem  all of the Series
                                                       A Preferred  and Series C
                                                       Preferred and for working
                                                       capital.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol ............... "ITPI"

- -----------
(1)  Assumes:  (a) the  exercise of all  outstanding  Put  Warrants  for 993,850
     shares of Common Stock; (b) conversion of all outstanding  shares of Series
     B Preferred  into 739,184  shares of Common  Stock;  (c)  redemption of all
     outstanding  shares of Series C  Preferred  and  payment of the  redemption
     dividend  thereon  in 152,290  shares of Common  Stock  (calculated  at the
     assumed initial public offering price);  (d) the issuance of 312,270 shares
     of Common Stock issued in connection  with the acquisition of Call; and (e)
     the issuance of 1,306,642  shares of Common Stock issued in connection with
     the  acquisitions of The  Acquisition  Candidates.  Excludes:  (i) up to an
     aggregate of 657,103  additional  shares of Common Stock (calculated at the
     assumed  initial  public  offering  price) that may be issued to the former
     stockholders of the Partner  Companies in connection with the  Post-Closing
     Adjustments  and  upon  the  conversion  of  the  Convertible  Seller  Note
     (calculated at the assumed initial public offering  price);  (ii) 1,185,711
     shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding  stock options
     granted  under the 1997  Plan;  and (iii)  581,573  shares of Common  Stock
     reserved for issuance  under the 1997 Plan. See  "Management--Stock  Option
     Plan," "The  Recapitalization,"  "Description  of Capital  Stock,"  "Shares
     Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."


                                  RISK FACTORS

     An  investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.





                                        8

<PAGE>



                 SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

     The summary  historical  financial data has been derived from the financial
statements  and is presented for IT Partners.  The following  summary  financial
data is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information  appearing in
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and the historical and pro forma financial statements, including the
related notes, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

     The  unaudited  Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data is adjusted to give effect to:
(i) the acquisitions of Call and Servinet; (ii) the Planned Acquisitions;  (iii)
the issuance of Series B Preferred; and (iv) the issuance of Series C Preferred,
as if each had occurred on March 31, 1998. The unaudited Pro Forma, As Adjusted,
Balance Sheet Data is adjusted to give effect to: (i) the  acquisitions  of Call
and  Servinet;  (ii) the Planned  Acquisitions;  (iii) the  issuance of Series B
Preferred;  (iv) the issuance of Series C Preferred; and (v) the Offering, as if
each had occurred on March 31, 1998 and assuming application of the net proceeds
of the Offering as set forth in "Use of Proceeds."

     The unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the year ended December
31,  1997 is adjusted  to give  effect to: (i) the  acquisitions  of the Partner
Companies;  (ii) the  Planned  Acquisitions;  (iii)  the  issuance  of  Series B
Preferred  and (iv) the issuance of Series C Preferred;  as if each had occurred
at the beginning of such period. The unaudited Pro Forma As Adjusted,  Statement
of  Operations,  for the year ended December 31, 1997 is adjusted to give effect
to:  (i)  the   acquisitions  of  the  Partner   Companies;   (ii)  the  Planned
Acquisitions;  (iii) the  issuance of Series B  Preferred;  (iv) the issuance of
Series  C  Preferred;  and  (v) the  Offering  as if each  had  occurred  at the
beginning  of such period and  assuming  application  of the net proceeds of the
Offering as set forth in "Use of Proceeds." The unaudited Pro Forma Statement of
Operations  for the three months ended March 31, 1998 is adjusted to give effect
to: (i) the  acquisitions  of  Sequoia,  Incline,  Call and  Servinet;  (ii) the
Planned Acquisitions (iii) the issuance of Series B Preferred; (iv) the issuance
of Series C  Preferred;  and (v) the  Offering,  as if each had  occurred at the
beginning  of such period.  The  unaudited  Pro Forma As Adjusted,  Statement of
Operations, for the three months ended March 31, 1998 is adjusted to give effect
to: (i) the  acquisitions  of  Sequoia,  Incline,  Call and  Servinet;  (ii) the
Planned  Acquisitions;  (iii)  the  issuance  of  Series B  Preferred;  (iv) the
issuance of Series C Preferred;  and (v) the Offering as if each had occurred at
the beginning of such period and assuming application of the net proceeds of the
Offering as set forth in "Use of Proceeds." The pro forma  adjustments are based
upon available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are
reasonable.


                                        9

<PAGE>



                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         ----------------------------------------------
                                                                           PRO FORMA,
                                            HISTORICAL      PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                               1997           1997            1997
                                         --------------- -------------- ---------------
                                           (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE, PER SHARE AND
                                                      CERTAIN OTHER DATA)
<S>                                      <C>             <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ..............................   $   23,781      $  187,270     $   187,270
 Cost of goods sold ....................       17,958         127,407         127,407
                                           ----------      ----------     -----------
 Gross profit ..........................        5,823          59,863          59,863
 Selling, general and administrative
  expenses .............................        4,813          49,147          49,147
 Merger and acquisition costs ..........          362             362             362
 Organizational costs ..................        1,131           1,131           1,131
 Depreciation and amortization .........          782           8,045           8,045
                                           ----------      ----------     -----------
 Operating income (loss) ...............       (1,265)          1,178           1,178
 Interest expense, net .................        3,134           8,891             957
 Other expenses ........................           --              28              28
                                           ----------      ----------     -----------
 Net income (loss) before income
  tax provision (benefit) and ex-
  traordinary loss .....................       (4,399)         (7,741)            193
 Income tax provision (benefit) ........         (722)         (1,419)            947
                                           ----------      ----------     -----------
 Net income (loss) before extraordi-
  nary loss ............................       (3,677)         (6,322)           (754)
 Extraordinary loss, net of tax ........           --              --              --
                                           ----------      ----------     -----------
 Net income (loss) .....................   $   (3,677)     $   (6,322)    $      (754)
                                           ==========      ==========     ===========
 Net income (loss) available to com-
  mon stockholders .....................   $   (4,087)     $   (6,732)    $    (1,164)
                                           ==========      ==========     ===========
PER SHARE AMOUNTS:
 Basic .................................   $    (3.45)     $    (1.28)    $     (0.10)
                                           ==========      ==========     ===========
 Diluted ...............................   $    (3.45)     $    (1.28)    $     (0.10)
                                           ==========      ==========     ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
 Basic .................................    1,186,239       5,254,607      11,254,607
 Diluted ...............................    1,186,239       5,254,607      11,254,607
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(1) .............................   $     (483)     $    9,223     $     9,223
 EBITDA margin(2) ......................         (2.0)%           4.9%            4.9%
 Adjusted EBITDA(3) ....................        1,010          10,716          10,716
 Adjusted EBITDA margin(2) .............          4.2%            5.7%            5.7%

<CAPTION>
                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                  HISTORICAL
                                         ----------------------------                  PRO FORMA,
                                                                         PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                              1997          1998           1998           1998
                                          (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)  -------------- --------------
                                          (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE, PER SHARE AND CERTAIN OTHER
                                                                    DATA)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ..............................   $     --      $   17,786     $   50,031    $     50,031
 Cost of goods sold ....................         --          11,561         32,640          32,640
                                           --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Gross profit ..........................         --           6,225         17,391          17,391
 Selling, general and administrative
  expenses .............................         --           5,052         13,404          13,404
 Merger and acquisition costs ..........         --             176            176             176
 Organizational costs ..................      1,131              --             --              --
 Depreciation and amortization .........         --           1,082          2,029           2,029
                                           --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Operating income (loss) ...............     (1,131)            (85)         1,782           1,782
 Interest expense, net .................         --           3,306          4,034             852
 Other expenses ........................         --              --            (12)            (12)
                                           --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Net income (loss) before income
  tax provision (benefit) and ex-
  traordinary loss .....................     (1,131)         (3,391)        (2,240)            942
 Income tax provision (benefit) ........       (452)           (212)           197             569
                                           --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Net income (loss) before extraordi-
  nary loss ............................       (679)         (3,179)        (2,437)            373
 Extraordinary loss, net of tax ........         --             341            341             341
                                           --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Net income (loss) .....................   $   (679)     $   (3,520)    $   (2,778)   $         32
                                           ========      ==========     ==========    ============
 Net income (loss) available to com-
  mon stockholders .....................   $   (679)     $   (3,784)    $   (3,042)   $         32
                                           ========      ==========     ==========    ============
PER SHARE AMOUNTS:
 Basic .................................   $  (1.82)     $    (1.00)    $    (0.53)            (--)
                                           ========      ==========     ==========    ============
 Diluted ...............................   $  (1.82)     $    (1.00)    $    (0.53)            (--)
                                           ========      ==========     ==========    ============
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
 Basic .................................    373,043       3,777,686      5,738,525      11,876,867
 Diluted ...............................    373,043       3,777,686      5,738,525      11,876,867
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(1) .............................   $ (1,131)     $      997     $    3,811    $      3,811
 EBITDA margin(2) ......................         --             5.6%           7.6%            7.6%
 Adjusted EBITDA(3) ....................         --           1,173          3,987           3,987
 Adjusted EBITDA margin(2) .............         --             6.6%           8.0%            8.0%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MARCH 31, 1998
                                                       ----------------------------------------
                                         DECEMBER 31,    HISTORICAL               PRO FORMA, AS
                                             1997       (UNAUDITED)   PRO FORMA     ADJUSTED
                                        -------------- ------------- ----------- --------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital ......................     $ 3,084       $ 7,334     $ 22,211      $ 28,957
 Total assets .........................      42,192        86,956      160,227       167,123
 Long-term debt(4) ....................      22,265        40,125       65,010         7,771
 Put Warrants outstanding .............       4,824         8,509        8,509            --
 Redeemable preferred stock(5) ........         545         1,054       11,054            --
 Stockholders' equity (including war-
  rants of $8,509).....................       2,193        18,004       43,735       127,283
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  EBITDA  represents  operating income before  depreciation and amortization.
     Management  believes that EBITDA  provides useful  information  regarding a
     company's  ability to service  debt.  EBITDA  should not be  considered  in
     isolation  or as a  substitute  for  measures  of  performance  prepared in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(2)  EBITDA  Margin is  defined as EBITDA (as  defined  in  footnote  (1) above)
     divided by revenues.  Adjusted  EBITDA Margin is defined as adjusted EBITDA
     (as defined in footnote (3) below)  divided by revenues.  EBITDA Margin and
     Adjusted  EBITDA  Margin  should not be  considered  in  isolation  or as a
     substitute  for  measures  of  performance   prepared  in  accordance  with
     generally accepted accounting principles.

(3)  Adjusted  EBITDA is defined as EBITDA (as  defined in  footnote  (1) above)
     plus merger and acquisition costs and non-recurring  organizational  costs.
     Adjusted  EBITDA  should not be  considered in isolation or as a substitute
     for measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principles.

(4)  Long-term debt includes current and noncurrent debt obligations, the Seller
     Notes and other liabilities.

(5)  Redeemable  preferred  stock  consists of Series A  Preferred  and Series C
     Preferred. See "Description of Capital Stock."


                                       10
<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

     The following  risk factors  should be considered  carefully in addition to
the other  information  contained in this Prospectus before purchasing shares of
the Common Stock offered hereby.  This Prospectus contains certain statements of
a forward-looking nature all of which involve risks and uncertainties and actual
events or results  may differ  materially  from the  results  discussed  in such
forward-looking statements.


LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; RISKS OF INTEGRATION

     IT Partners is a holding company with a limited operating history.  Founded
in October 1996, IT Partners acquired its first Partner Companies,  CNS and KDP,
in May 1997.  The  Partner  Companies  were  operated  as  separate  independent
entities  prior  to  their  acquisition  by IT  Partners,  and  there  can be no
assurance that IT Partners will be able to integrate successfully the operations
of  these  businesses  or  institute  the  necessary  Company-wide  systems  and
procedures  to manage  successfully  the  combined  enterprise.  There can be no
assurance  that  the  Company's  management  group  will be able to  effectively
implement the Company's  internal growth strategy and acquisition  program.  The
Company may need to hire  additional  employees to implement its growth strategy
and acquisition  program, but there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to attract and retain qualified personnel.  The pro forma financial results
of the Company include  periods when the Partner  Companies and IT Partners were
not under common control or management and, therefore,  may not be indicative of
the operating results or financial position that would have been achieved had IT
Partners  and the Partner  Companies  been under common  control and  management
during the periods  covered by such pro forma  financial  results and may not be
indicative of the Company's  future results of operations,  financial  condition
and business.

     A  number  of the  Partner  Companies  offer  different  services,  utilize
different  capabilities and technologies and target different geographic markets
and  client  segments.   These   differences   increase  the  risk  inherent  in
successfully  completing  the  integration of such Partner  Companies.  Further,
there can be no assurance that the Company's  strategy to establish  itself as a
single-source provider of IT services will be successful,  or that the Company's
targeted  clients  will accept the Company as a provider of such  services.  The
inability of the Company to successfully integrate the Partner Companies or lack
of client  acceptance  would have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  business.  See  "Prospectus
Summary--The Company,"  "Business--Growth Strategy" and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY'S ACQUISITION STRATEGY

     As part of its growth strategy,  the Company plans to acquire additional IT
services  companies.  The market for  acquisitions  of IT services  companies is
highly competitive.  If competition intensifies,  there may be fewer acquisition
opportunities  available  to the  Company as well as higher  prices  required to
acquire  companies.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to
identify, acquire on favorable terms, integrate or manage additional IT services
companies without  substantial  costs,  delays or other operational or financial
problems.  Failure to acquire and integrate such companies may adversely  affect
the Company's ability to bid successfully on certain engagements,  enter certain
markets and otherwise grow its business.  Client  dissatisfaction or performance
problems  at a single  acquired  company  could  have an  adverse  effect on the
reputation  of the Company as a whole,  resulting  in  increased  difficulty  in
marketing services or acquiring companies in the future. In addition,  there can
be no  assurance  that the  Partner  Companies  or other IT  services  companies
acquired in the future will operate profitably. Acquisitions involve a number of
additional  risks,  including  diversion of management's  attention,  failure to
retain key acquired clients or personnel,  risks  associated with  unanticipated
events or  liabilities,  and  amortization  of goodwill and acquired  intangible
assets,  some or all of  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's  results  of  operations,   financial  condition  and  business.   See
"Business--Growth Strategy."


FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company's revenues,  gross profit,  operating income and net income may
vary  substantially  in the future  from  quarter to quarter.  Factors  that may
affect this quarter to quarter variability include: (i) the short-term nature of
certain client commitments;  (ii) patterns of IT spending by clients; (iii) loss
of a major


                                       11

<PAGE>



client;  (iv)  seasonality  that may accompany  private or  governmental  sector
budget cycles;  (v) the timing,  size and mix of service and product  offerings;
(vi) the timing and size of  significant  software  sales;  (vii) the timing and
size of new  projects;  (viii) the  timing and  magnitude  of  required  capital
expenditures;  (ix) pricing changes in response to various competitive  factors;
(x) the timing and size of future  acquisitions;  (xi) market factors  affecting
the  availability  of  qualified  technical  personnel;  (xii) timing and client
acceptance of new service offerings;  (xiii) changes in the trends affecting the
outsourcing of IT services; (xiv) additional selling, general and administrative
expenses  to  acquire  and  support  new   business   and   acquisitions;   (xv)
technological change in the industry; and (xvi) general economic conditions. The
Company's  operating results will be affected by changes in technical  personnel
billing and utilization  rates.  Technical  personnel  utilization  rates may be
adversely   affected  during  periods  of  rapid  and  concentrated   hiring  in
anticipation of future revenues.  Gross margin may also be adversely affected if
the Company is required to use contract  personnel rather than Company personnel
to complete certain  assignments.  Operating  results may also be materially and
adversely  affected by the cost,  timing and other effects of acquisitions.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."

     In addition,  most of the Company's  project-based contracts are terminable
by the client with limited advance notice,  typically not more than 60 days, and
without  significant  penalty  (generally  limited to fees  earned and  expenses
incurred by the Company through the date of  termination).  The  cancellation or
significant  reduction  in the scope of a large  project  could  have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations,  financial  condition and
business.  Although the Company's  principal method of billing a project is on a
time and  materials  basis,  the Company also  undertakes  projects  billed on a
fixed-price basis. The cancellation of one or more significant  contracts or the
failure of the Company to  complete a  fixed-bid  project  within  budget  would
expose the Company to risks  associated  with cost overruns,  which could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  results  of  operations,  financial
condition  and business.  See  "--Project  Risks Related to Service  Providers,"
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and "Business--Services."


NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING; RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITION FINANCING

     The Company plans to finance future acquisitions in part by using shares of
Common  Stock.  In the event that its shares of Common  Stock do not  maintain a
sufficient  market  value,  or potential  acquisition  candidates  are otherwise
unwilling to accept shares of Common Stock as part of the  consideration for the
sale of their  businesses,  the  Company may be required to use more of its cash
resources,  if available,  in order to pursue its  acquisition  program.  If the
Company does not have  sufficient  cash  resources,  its growth could be limited
unless  it  is  able  to  obtain  additional  capital  through  debt  or  equity
financings.  The Company has entered into the Credit Facility, which permits the
Company to borrow up to $70.0 million to pursue acquisitions.  The Company plans
to use a portion of the net  proceeds  from the  Offering  to repay all  amounts
outstanding under the Credit Facility and to negotiate a new credit  arrangement
on more favorable terms. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to obtain a new credit  arrangement or any other financing it will need on terms
it deems  acceptable.  If the Company's  financial  resources are  inadequate to
support its acquisition activities, the Company's future operating results would
be materially and adversely  affected.  See "Use of Proceeds" and  "Management's
Discussion    and   Analysis   of   Financial    Condition    and   Results   of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."


CONSIDERATION FOR PARTNER COMPANIES EXCEEDS ASSET VALUE

     The  purchase  prices paid or payable for the  Partner  Companies  were not
established  by  independent  appraisals,  but  generally  through  arm's-length
negotiations  between IT Partners and  representatives  of each Partner Company.
The consideration paid for each Partner Company was based primarily on the value
of such  company  as a going  concern  and not on the  value  of such  company's
assets.  Valuations of each Partner Company  determined  solely by appraisals of
the acquired assets would likely be less than the consideration the Company paid
for each Partner Company. The future performance of each Partner Company may not
be commensurate with the consideration paid.


MATERIALITY OF GOODWILL; AMORTIZATION CHARGES

     The Company's pro forma,  as adjusted,  balance sheet as of March 31, 1998,
will include an amount  designated as "goodwill" that  represents  approximately
47% of total assets and approximately 61% of


                                       12

<PAGE>



stockholders' equity.  Goodwill arises when an acquirer pays more for a business
than the fair value of the tangible and  separately  measurable  intangible  net
assets.  Generally accepted  accounting  principles  ("GAAP") require that these
assets and all other intangible assets be amortized over the period  benefitted.
Management has determined that the period  benefitted by the goodwill will range
from 20 to 40  years  depending  on the type of  business  (e.g.,  IT  services,
electronics integrators,  etc.) of the respective Partner Company. If the actual
benefit period of the goodwill is shorter than the assigned period,  the Company
may  recognize  amortization  expense in later periods  without a  corresponding
income  benefit.  Earnings in later  years could also be affected if  management
records a charge to earnings  after  determining  that the remaining  balance of
goodwill was  impaired.  Management  has reviewed all of the factors and related
future cash flows  which it  considered  in  arriving at the amount  incurred to
acquire the companies.  Management  concluded that anticipated future cash flows
associated with intangible  assets  recognized in the  acquisitions and probable
acquisitions  will continue  indefinitely,  and there is no persuasive  evidence
that  any  material  portion  will  dissipate  over a  period  shorter  than the
respective assigned lives.


MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

     The  Company  expects to expend  significant  time and effort to attempt to
expand its existing businesses and to acquire additional IT companies. There can
be no assurance that the Company's systems, procedures,  controls and management
resources  will be adequate  to support the  Company's  future  operations.  Any
future growth also will impose significant added  responsibilities on members of
senior management, including the need to attract, train, motivate and retain new
senior-level  managers  and  executives.  There  can be no  assurance  that such
additional  management  will be identified  and retained by the Company.  To the
extent  that the  Company  is  unable  to  manage  its  growth  efficiently  and
effectively, or is unable to attract and retain additional qualified management,
the Company's results of operations,  financial  condition and business would be
materially  and  adversely  affected.   See   "Business--Growth   Strategy"  and
"Management."


SHIFTING BUSINESS FOCUS

     The Partner  Companies  historically  have  derived  the  majority of their
revenues  from the  provision  of products.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations." In the future,  the
Company plans to expand its operations in areas which are more service  oriented
and  management  believes  offer the  potential for more rapid growth and higher
levels  of  profitability.  See  "Business--Growth  Strategy."  There  can be no
assurance  that the Company  will be  successful  in  transitioning  some of its
Partner Companies to a higher percentage of services and the Company's prospects
must be considered in light of the risks, expenses, and difficulties  frequently
encountered by companies seeking to shift the focus of their business. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in addressing such risks and
the  failure  to do so could  have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
results of operations, financial condition and business.


COMPETITION

     The market for the Company's  services and products is highly  competitive.
The  Company's  competitors  vary in size and in the scope of the  products  and
services that they offer.  Primary competitors  generally include consulting and
systems  integrators,  "Big Five"  accounting  firms,  applications  development
firms,  service groups of computer equipment companies,  programming  companies,
temporary  staffing firms and other IT services  providers.  Traditionally,  the
largest  service  providers have focused  principally on providing  full-service
solutions  to Global  1000  companies.  The  Company  believes  that  certain IT
services companies,  including Perot Systems Corporation ("Perot"),  Renaissance
Worldwide, Inc.  ("Renaissance"),  Technology Solutions Corporation ("Technology
Solutions"),  GE Capital  Information  Technology  Solutions ("GE"), IKON Office
Solutions, Inc. ("IKON"),  Whittman-Hart,  Inc.  ("Whittman-Hart"),  Cotelligent
Group, Inc.  ("Cotelligent") and Entex Information Services, Inc. ("Entex"), are
exploring opportunities within the middle market.

     There  are relatively low barriers to entry into the Company's markets, and
the   Company   expects  to  face  competition  from  established  and  emerging
companies.  Increased  competition may result in greater pricing pressure, which
could  adversely  affect  the Company's gross margins and its ability to acquire
companies. In


                                       13

<PAGE>



addition, many of the Company's competitors have greater financial, development,
technical,  marketing and sales  resources  than the Company.  As a result,  the
Company's  competitors  may be able to adapt  more  quickly  to new or  emerging
technologies  and  to  changes  in  client  requirements  or to  devote  greater
resources than the Company to the development, promotion, sale and support of IT
products and  services.  In addition,  there is a risk that clients may elect to
increase  their internal IT resources to satisfy their IT solutions  needs.  The
Company also plans to enter new markets and offer new  services,  and expects to
face intense  competition from existing and new competitors,  particularly since
barriers of entry in the IT services  industry are relatively  low. There can be
no assurance  that the Company will continue to provide IT services and products
demanded by the market or be able to compete  successfully  with existing or new
competitors.  An  inability  to compete in its market  effectively  would have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  results  of  operations,  financial
condition and business. See "Business--Competition."


RISKS RELATED TO INTERNAL GROWTH STRATEGY

     The Company's growth strategy is to increase the revenues and profitability
of the  Partner  Companies.  One of the key  components  of this  strategy is to
cross-sell the services and products of each Partner Company to other clients of
the Company.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to expand
its sales of  services  and  products to its  existing  clients and those of any
subsequently  acquired  businesses.  The Company's growth strategy of broadening
its service and product  offerings,  implementing an aggressive  marketing plan,
pursuing strategic  acquisitions and deploying leading technologies has inherent
risks and  uncertainties.  There can be no assurance  that the Company's  growth
strategy  will be  successful  or that the Company will be able to generate cash
flow  sufficient to fund its  operations  and to support  internal  growth.  The
Company's inability to achieve internal earnings growth or otherwise execute its
growth strategy could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations, financial condition and business. See "Business--Growth Strategy."


PROJECT RISKS RELATED TO SERVICE PROVIDERS

     The nature of the Company's engagements exposes the Company to a variety of
risks. Many of the Company's  engagements  involve projects that are critical to
the operations of its clients' businesses. The Company's failure or inability to
meet a client's  expectations  in the performance of its services or to do so in
the time frame  required by such client could result in a claim for  substantial
damages against the Company, regardless of the Company's responsibility for such
failure.  Service  providers,  such  as the  Company,  are in  the  business  of
employing  people  and  placing  them  in the  workplace  of  other  businesses.
Therefore,  the Company is also  exposed to  liability  with  respect to actions
taken by its employees  while on assignment,  such as damages caused by employee
errors and omissions, misuse of client proprietary information, misappropriation
of  funds,  discrimination  and  harassment,  theft of  client  property,  other
criminal  activity or torts and other  claims.  Although  the Company  maintains
general  liability  insurance  coverage,  there  can be no  assurance  that such
coverage will remain available on reasonable  terms or in sufficient  amounts to
cover one or more large claims,  or that the insurer will not disclaim  coverage
as to any claim.  The  successful  assertion of one or more large claims against
the Company that exceed available insurance coverage or changes in the Company's
insurance  policies,  including  premium  increases or the  imposition  of large
deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations, financial condition and business.


RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; DEPENDENCE ON NEW SOLUTIONS

     The IT services  industry is characterized by rapid  technological  change,
evolving  industry  standards,  changing client  preferences and new product and
service introductions.  The Company's success will depend in part on its ability
to  develop  IT  solutions  that  keep pace with  continuing  changes  in the IT
services industry. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful
in adequately  addressing these developments on a timely basis or that, if these
developments  are addressed,  the Company will be successful in the marketplace.
In addition,  there can be no assurance that products or technologies  developed
by others will not render the Company's  services  non-competitive  or obsolete.
The  Company's  failure  to  address  these  developments  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations,  financial  condition and
business. See "Business--Services."


                                       14

<PAGE>



ABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

     The Company depends upon its ability to attract, train, motivate and retain
technical personnel who possess the skills and experience  necessary to meet the
Company's  own  personnel  needs and the staffing  requirements  of its clients.
Competition  for  individuals  with  proven  technical  skills  is  intense.  In
addition,  the IT industry in general  experiences  a high rate of  attrition of
such personnel.  The Company  competes for such  individuals  with other systems
integrators,  providers of outsourcing  services,  temporary personnel agencies,
computer  systems  consultants,   clients  and  potential  clients.  Many  large
competitors  have  recently  announced  extensive  campaigns to hire  additional
technical  personnel.  Competition for quality technical personnel has continued
to  intensify,  resulting  in  increased  personnel  costs  for many IT  service
providers. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will not have
to incur increased  costs to attract and retain such personnel.  There can be no
assurance the Company will be able to recruit or retain the technical  personnel
necessary  to  execute  its  strategy.  Failure  to do so would  have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations,  financial  condition and
business. See "Business--Growth Strategy."


DEPENDENCE    ON    CONTINUED    AUTHORIZATION    TO    RESELL    AND    PROVIDE
MANUFACTURER-AUTHORIZED SERVICES

     The Company's future success with IT service and product  offerings depends
in part on its continued  authorization  by IT vendors as a service provider and
as a certified reseller of certain software and hardware products.  Without such
service and sales  authorizations,  the  Company  would be unable to provide the
range of services and products currently offered by the Company. In general, the
agreements  between  the  Company  and such  manufacturers  include  termination
provisions,  some of which permit  termination  without notice.  There can be no
assurance that such  manufacturers  will continue to authorize the Company as an
approved  reseller  or  service  provider,  and the  loss of one or more of such
authorizations  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations, financial condition and business.


DEPENDENCE ON EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY PERSONNEL

     The Company depends on the continued efforts of its executive  officers and
the senior management of the Partner  Companies,  in particular Daniel J. Klein,
Jamie E. Blech and the  president  of each  Partner  Company.  The Company  will
likely be dependent on the senior  management of any businesses  acquired in the
future. If any of these persons is unable or unwilling to continue in his or her
role with the  Company,  or if the Company is unable to attract and retain other
qualified  employees,  the Company's results of operations,  financial condition
and  business  could  be  adversely  affected.  Although  each of the  executive
officers of the Company and the Partner Companies has entered into an employment
agreement  with the Company,  which  includes  confidentiality  and  non-compete
provisions,  there can be no assurance that any individual  will continue in his
or her present  capacity with the Company or Partner  Company for any particular
period of time. See "Management."


SIGNIFICANCE OF RELATIONSHIPS WITH MICROSOFT

     Several of the Company's Partner  Companies have significant  relationships
with  Microsoft,  from which  substantial  training  support,  general  business
planning,  business  referrals  and sales  support are  derived.  These  Partner
Companies are authorized to implement and service  Microsoft's  technology under
the  terms of their  respective  partner  agreements  with  Microsoft.  If these
relationships  were  to  deteriorate  or  be  discontinued  or if  such  Partner
Companies'  status as a Microsoft  Certified  Solution  Provider  Partner in the
United States was to be terminated,  it would have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's  results of  operations,  financial  condition  and business.  See
"Business--Growth Strategy."


RISK OF LOSS FROM POSSIBLE FAILURE TO ACHIEVE YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer  programs having been written
using two digits rather than four to define the  applicable  year,  resulting in
date-sensitive  software  having the potential to recognize a date using "00" as
the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.  This could result in a system  failure
or


                                       15

<PAGE>



miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of  operations,  including,  among  other
things, a temporary inability to process transactions,  send invoices, or engage
in  similar  normal  business  activities.  In  anticipation  of the year  2000,
management has developed a plan to review software that was internally developed
or externally purchased or licensed, and also to review with its key vendors and
service  providers  their  software,  for compliance  with Year 2000  processing
requirements.  If the Company's  systems,  or the systems of other  companies on
whose  services  the  Company  depends,  or  with  whom  the  Company's  systems
interface, are not Year 2000 compliant, there could be a material adverse effect
on the Company.  In addition,  if the IT products  that the Company  provides to
clients are not Year 2000  compliant,  and such clients are harmed,  there is no
assurance that they will not seek recourse against the Company as supplier, even
though  such  products  were  procured by the Company  from third  parties.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations--Year 2000 Issue."


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

     The success of certain  Partner  Companies  is dependent in part on certain
proprietary  methodologies  these  companies  use in designing,  installing  and
integrating   computer  software,   systems,   hardware  and  other  proprietary
intellectual  property rights.  These Partner Companies rely on a combination of
nondisclosure  and other contractual  arrangements and trade secret,  copyright,
and  trademark  laws to protect  their  proprietary  rights and the  proprietary
rights of third parties;  enter into  confidentiality  agreements with their key
employees;  and limit distribution of proprietary  information.  There can be no
assurance that the steps taken by these Partner Companies in this regard will be
adequate to deter  misappropriation  of  proprietary  information  or that these
Partner  Companies will be able to detect  unauthorized use and take appropriate
steps to enforce their intellectual property rights.


POTENTIAL EFFECT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON PRICE OF COMMON STOCK

     The market price of the Common Stock may be adversely affected by the sale,
or  availability  for sale,  of  substantial  amounts of the Common Stock in the
public market  following the  Offering.  The 6,000,000  shares being sold in the
Offering will be freely tradable unless held by affiliates of the Company.  Upon
completion of the Offering: (i) the former stockholders of the Partner Companies
who received shares of Common Stock, will own in the aggregate  3,729,323 shares
of Common Stock (excluding shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to
any  Post-Closing  Adjustment  related  to such  acquisition);  (ii) the  former
stockholders of the Partner Companies will own in the aggregate 99,128 shares of
Common Stock upon  conversion of the  Convertible  Seller Note;  (iii) founders,
consultants  and  management  of IT  Partners,  will own an aggregate of 678,126
shares of Common Stock and options to acquire  1,185,711  shares  granted by the
Company  under the 1997 Plan;  and (iv) certain  equity  holders will own (a) an
aggregate of 739,184 shares of Series B Preferred,  currently  convertible  into
739,184 shares of Common Stock (subject to antidilution  protection) and (b) the
Put Warrants  exercisable for up to 993,850 shares of Common Stock and/or Series
B Preferred  (convertible  on a  one-for-one  basis into Common  Stock),  at the
option  of  the  holders.  Up to  152,290  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock
(calculated at the assumed initial public offering price) may be issued,  at the
discretion of the Company,  as payment for certain  redemption  dividends on the
shares of Series C Preferred.  The securities  issued prior to the Offering have
not been registered  under the Securities Act, and,  therefore,  may not be sold
unless registered under the Securities Act or sold pursuant to an exemption from
registration,  such as the  exemption  provided  by  Rule  144.  Certain  of the
Company's executive officers,  directors and existing stockholders owning in the
aggregate  5,781,894  shares of Common  Stock have  agreed  not to offer,  sell,
contract  to sell,  make any short  sale or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of
Common  Stock,   options  to  acquire  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  securities
convertible  into or  exchangeable  for,  or any rights to  purchase or acquire,
shares of Common  Stock during the 12-month  period  following  the date of this
Prospectus,  without the prior written consent of Friedman,  Billings,  Ramsey &
Co.,  Inc.,  subject to certain  limited  exceptions.  The Company has agreed to
provide  demand and  piggyback  registration  rights with  respect to the Common
Stock issued to certain  existing  stockholders,  including  BDC. The  piggyback
registration rights described above will not apply to the Offering.  The Company
intends to register the 1,767,284  shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance
upon  exercise  of stock  options  granted  pursuant to the 1997 Plan as soon as
practicable  after  the  date  of  this  Prospectus.   See  "Management,"   "The
Recapitalization," "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."


                                       16

<PAGE>



NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
and there can be no  assurance  that an active  trading  market will develop and
continue subsequent to the Offering or that the market price of the Common Stock
will not decline below the initial  public  offering  price.  The initial public
offering  price for the Common Stock will be determined by  negotiation  between
the Company and the Representatives and may bear no relationship to the price at
which the Common Stock will trade after the Offering. See "Underwriting" for the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public  offering price.  The
Company has applied for  quotation  of the shares of Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market,  subject  to  official  notice of  issuance,  under the symbol
"ITPI." After the  Offering,  the market price of the shares of Common Stock may
be  subject  to  significant  fluctuations  in  response  to  numerous  factors,
including variations in the annual or quarterly financial results of the Company
or its  competitors,  timing of  announcements of acquisitions by the Company or
its competitors, changes by financial research analysts in their recommendations
or  estimates  of the  earnings  of the  Company,  conditions  in the economy in
general  or  in  the  IT  service  sectors  in  particular,   announcements   of
technological  innovations  or new  products  or  services by the Company or its
competitors, proprietary rights development, unfavorable publicity or changes in
applicable laws and regulations (or judicial or  administrative  interpretations
thereof)  affecting the Company or IT service  sectors.  Moreover,  from time to
time, the stock market experiences  significant price and volume volatility that
may affect the market  price of the Common  Stock for reasons  unrelated  to the
Company's performance.


IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

     The purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will experience
immediate and  substantial  dilution in the pro forma combined net tangible book
value of their  shares of $9.79 per  share.  In the  event  the  Company  issues
additional  shares of Common  Stock in the future,  including  shares  issued in
connection with future  acquisitions  or pursuant to the earn-out  provisions of
the agreements to acquire certain of the Partner Companies, purchasers of Common
Stock in the Offering may experience further dilution. See "Dilution."


ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS

     The Company  plans to retain  future net income,  if any, to fund  internal
growth and to help fund future acquisitions and, therefore,  does not anticipate
paying any dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future. In addition,
the Company's  Credit Facility and the terms of the Series A Preferred  restrict
the Company's ability to pay dividends. See "Dividend Policy."


POSSIBLE ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

     IT Partners' Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended (the "Certificate of
Incorporation"),  authorizes the Board to issue,  without stockholder  approval,
one or more  series of  preferred  stock  having  such  preferences,  powers and
relative,  participating,  optional and other rights (including preferences over
the Common Stock respecting  dividends and  distributions  and voting rights) as
the Board may  determine.  The issuance of this  "blank-check"  preferred  stock
could render more  difficult or discourage  an attempt to obtain  control of the
Company by means of a tender offer,  merger,  proxy  contest or  otherwise.  The
Certificate  of  Incorporation  contains a  prohibition  of  stockholder  action
without a meeting by less than  unanimous  written  consent.  In  addition,  the
By-Laws  establish an advance notice  procedure for stockholder  proposals to be
brought  before an annual  meeting of  stockholders  of the  Company,  including
proposed  nominations of persons for election to the Board. These provisions may
have the effect of  inhibiting  or delaying a change in control of the  Company.
Certain  provisions  of the DGCL,  including  Section 203,  may also  discourage
takeover  attempts that have not been approved by the Board. See "Description of
Capital Stock."


                                       17

<PAGE>



                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net  proceeds to the Company from the sale of the  6,000,000  shares of
Common  Stock  offered  by the  Company  hereby,  after  deducting  underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering  expenses,  are estimated to be
approximately  $79.5 million ($92.1 million if the Underwriters'  over-allotment
option is exercised in full). Of such net proceeds, the Company plans to use (i)
approximately  $11.7 million to repay certain Seller Notes;  (ii)  approximately
$53.6  million  to repay  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility,
including  amounts  anticipated  to be drawn down to finance the cash portion of
the purchase price for the Acquisition  Candidates;  (iii)  approximately  $10.0
million to redeem all of the Series C Preferred plus accrued dividends; and (iv)
approximately  $3.5 million to redeem all of the Series A Preferred.  The Seller
Notes  mature at various  dates from May 27, 2002  through  June 10,  2003,  and
accrue  interest at various rates  ranging from 8% to 10% per annum.  The Credit
Facility matures on November 30, 2001 and accrues interest at floating  interest
rates  ranging from 9.65% to 10.5% as of June 30,  1998.  See Note 7 of Notes to
Consolidated   Financial   Statements   of   the   Company,    "Capitalization,"
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations--Liquidity  and Capital  Resources," and "Certain  Transactions." The
balance of such net proceeds,  if any, will be retained for working  capital and
other general corporate purposes,  including future strategic acquisitions.  See
"Prospectus Summary--The Acquisition Candidates." Pending such uses, the Company
plans to  invest  the net  proceeds  in  short-term,  investment-grade  interest
bearing instruments.


                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The  Company  plans to retain all of its  earnings,  if any, to finance the
expansion of its business and for general corporate  purposes,  including future
acquisitions,  and does not  anticipate  paying any cash dividends on its Common
Stock for the  foreseeable  future.  The  Credit  Facility  and the terms of the
Series A  Preferred  include  restrictions  on the ability of the Company to pay
dividends without the consent of the lenders. In addition, it is likely that any
other credit  facility that the Company may negotiate in the future will include
similar restrictions.


                                       18

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The  following  table sets forth the  capitalization  of the  Company as of
March 31, 1998 (i) on an actual basis, (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect: (a)
the  acquisitions of Call and Servinet;  (b) the Planned  Acquisitions;  (c) the
issuance of Series B Preferred and (d) the issuance of Series C Preferred, as if
all such transactions had been consummated on March 31, 1998, and (iii) on a pro
forma,  as adjusted basis to give effect to the Offering and the  application of
the estimated net proceeds  therefrom.  See "Use of Proceeds." This table should
be read in conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations"  and the historical and pro forma financial
statements  of the  Company,  including  the  related  notes  thereto,  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                                       PRO FORMA,
                                                                             ACTUAL      PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                          -----------   -----------   ------------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash and cash equivalents .............................................    $  1,061      $  9,426      $  16,172
                                                                           ========      ========      =========
Notes payable .........................................................    $    538      $    843      $     843
Debt outstanding under Credit Facility, (net of discounts of $2,270;
 $2,270 pro forma) ....................................................      29,157        47,352             --
Convertible Seller Notes (net of discounts of $476 pro forma; $476
 pro forma, as adjusted) ..............................................          --         1,013          1,013
Seller Notes, (net of discounts of $1,349; $1,481 pro forma; and $616
 pro forma, as adjusted) ..............................................       9,030        15,292          5,405
Series C 12% senior redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value,
 1,000 shares authorized, 0 shares outstanding, 1,000 shares outstand-
 ing pro forma, no shares outstanding pro forma, as adjusted ..........          --        10,000             --
Series A preferred stock, $.01 par value, 600,000 shares autho-
 rized, 354,170 shares outstanding, 354,170 shares outstanding pro
 forma, no shares outstanding pro forma, as adjusted...................       1,054         1,054             --
Put Warrants outstanding(1) ...........................................       8,509         8,509             --

Stockholders' equity:
 Series B preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized,
 118,392 shares outstanding, 739,184 shares outstanding
 pro forma, 739,184 shares outstanding pro forma, as adjusted .........       1,000         6,395          6,395

 Common Stock, $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized
 and 4,162,981 shares outstanding, 5,781,894 shares outstanding
 pro forma, 11,781,894 shares outstanding pro forma, as adjust-
 ed(2) ................................................................          42            58            118

 Warrants outstanding(1) ..............................................          --            --          8,509
 Additional paid-in capital(2) ........................................      24,834        45,303        124,711
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ..............................      (7,872)       (8,021)       (12,450)
                                                                           --------      --------      ---------
    Total stockholders' equity ........................................      18,004        43,735        127,283
                                                                           --------      --------      ---------
    Total capitalization ..............................................    $ 66,292      $127,798      $ 134,544
                                                                           ========      ========      =========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The put feature of the warrants will terminate upon the consummation of the
     Offering.
(2)  Excludes:  (i) Put Warrants for 993,850 shares of Common Stock on an actual
     and pro forma basis; and (ii) all outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred
     and Series C  Preferred  (iii) up to an  aggregate  of  605,191  additional
     shares of Common Stock  (calculated at the assumed  initial public offering
     price) that may be issued to the former stockholders in connection with the
     Post-Closing  Adjustments and upon the conversion of the Convertible Seller
     Notes  (calculated at the assumed  initial  public  offering  price);  (iv)
     1,185,711  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of  outstanding
     stock options granted under the 1997 Plan; and (v) 581,573 shares of Common
     Stock  reserved for issuance  under the 1997 Plan.  See  "Management--Stock
     Option  Plan,"  "The  Recapitalization,"  "Description  of Capital  Stock,"
     "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."


                                       19

<PAGE>



                                    DILUTION

     The pro forma net  tangible  book value of the Company as of March 31, 1998
was a deficit of  approximately  $53.8  million,  or $(7.01) per share of Common
Stock.  Pro forma net  tangible  book value per share is equal to the  Company's
total pro forma tangible assets less its total pro forma  liabilities,  Series A
Preferred and Series C Preferred divided by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding,  including shares issuable for Put Warrants and Series B Preferred.
After  giving  effect to the sale by the Company of  6,000,000  shares of Common
Stock offered hereby,  at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per
share, and the application of the estimated net proceeds  therefrom as described
under "Use of Proceeds," the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at
March 31, 1998, would have been  approximately  $21.3 million,  or approximately
$1.56 per share. This represents an immediate increase of $8.57 per share in the
pro forma net  tangible  book value to existing  stockholders  and an  immediate
dilution  of $9.79  per  share  in pro  forma  net  tangible  book  value to new
investors purchasing Common Stock in the Offering.

     The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>           <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share ..........................                 $ 15.00
 Pro forma net tangible book value per share before the Offering .........   $(7.01)
 Increase per share attributable to new investors ........................     8.57
                                                                             ------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering ...........                   1.56
                                                                                           -------
Dilution per share to new investors(1) ...................................                 $ 13.44
                                                                                           =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The preceding  table assumes no exercise of outstanding  options to acquire
     1,185,711  shares of Common Stock subsequent to March 31, 1998. As of March
     31, 1998, an aggregate of 793,654 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon
     the exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of
     $9.98 per share. To the extent that these options are exercised, the effect
     would be to decrease the dilution to new  investors  from $13.44 to $12.98.
     See "Management--Stock Option Plan."

     The  following  table gives  effect,  on a pro forma basis,  to the Planned
Acquisitions as if they were consummated on March 31, 1998, the number of shares
of Common Stock purchased from IT Partners, the total consideration paid and the
average price per share paid by existing stockholders (including persons who are
expected  to  acquire  Common  Stock in the  Planned  Acquisitions)  and the new
investors  purchasing  shares of Common Stock in the Offering (before  deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      SHARES PURCHASED        TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                  ------------------------   --------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                     NUMBER       PERCENT          AMOUNT(1)           PER SHARE
                                  ------------   ---------   --------------------   --------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>         <C>                    <C>
Existing stockholders .........    7,667,218      56.1%           $ 6,649,000       $  0.87
New investors .................    6,000,000      43.9             90,000,000        15.00
                                   ---------     -----            -----------
 Total ........................   13,667,218     100.0%           $96,649,000
                                  ==========     =====            ===========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Total  consideration  paid by  existing  stockholders  includes  only  cash
     consideration for Common Stock, Put Warrants and Series B Preferred.


                                       20

<PAGE>



               SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following  unaudited  pro forma  combined  financial  statements of the
Company set forth the unaudited pro forma combined  balance sheet of the Company
as of March 31, 1998 (the "Pro Forma Balance Sheet") and the unaudited pro forma
combined  statements  of  operations  of the  Company  for the fiscal year ended
December  31,  1997 and the three  months  ended  March 31, 1998 (the "Pro Forma
Statements of Operations"  and,  together with the Pro Forma Balance Sheet,  the
"Company Pro Forma Financial  Statements").  The pro forma adjustments are based
upon available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are
reasonable.

     The  unaudited  Pro Forma,  As Adjusted,  Balance Sheet is adjusted to give
effect  to:  (i) the  acquisitions  of  Call  and  Servinet;  (ii)  the  Planned
Acquisitions;  (iii) the  issuance of Series B  Preferred;  (iv) the issuance of
Series C Preferred;  and (v) the Offering,  as if such transactions  occurred on
March 31, 1998 and assuming  application  of the net proceeds of the Offering as
set forth in "Use of Proceeds."

     The unaudited Pro Forma, As Adjusted,  Statement of Operations for the year
ended December 31, 1997 is adjusted to give effect to: (i) the  acquisitions  of
the Partner  Companies;  (ii) the Planned  Acquisitions;  (iii) the  issuance of
Series B  Preferred;  (iv) the  issuance  of  Series  C  Preferred;  and (v) the
Offering,  as if such  transactions had occurred at the beginning of such period
and  assuming  application  of the net  proceeds of the Offering as set forth in
"Use of Proceeds."

     The unaudited Pro Forma, As Adjusted, Statement of Operations for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 is adjusted to give effect to: (i) the  acquisitions
of Sequoia, Incline, Call and Servinet; (ii) the Planned Acquisitions; (iii) the
issuance of Series B Preferred; (iv) the issuance of Series C Preferred; and (v)
the  Offering as if such  transactions  had  occurred at the  beginning  of such
period and assuming application of the net proceeds of the Offering as set forth
in "Use of Proceeds."

     The  Pro  Forma  Statements  of  Operations  have  been  derived  from  the
historical  audited  statements  of operations of IT Partners for the year ended
December 31, 1997 included  elsewhere in this Prospectus;  the audited statement
of operations  of CNS and the  unaudited  statement of operations of KDP for the
five months ended May 31, 1997;  the unaudited  statement of operations of A-COM
for the six months ended June 30, 1997; the unaudited statement of operations of
FSC for the period from  January 1, 1997 through  October 20, 1997;  the audited
statement of  operations  of Sequoia for the year ended  December 31, 1997;  the
audited  statement of  operations of Incline for the 12 months ended October 31,
1997; the audited  statement of operations of Call,  Servinet and CPR for the 12
months ended  February 28, 1998;  the  unaudited  statements  of  operations  of
CSI-PA,  CSI-VA,  Richardson,  TAG and Champlain for the year ended December 31,
1997;  the audited  statements  of operations of BMS and Entre for the 12 months
ended March 31, 1998;  and the  unaudited  statements of operations of KiZAN and
Light for the 12 months ended December 31, 1997.

     The  Company's  Pro Forma  Financial  Statements  as of,  and for the three
months  ended,  March 31,  1998,  have been derived  from  unaudited  historical
financial statements as of, and for the three months ended, March 31, 1998 of IT
Partners,  the unaudited statements of operations of Sequoia for the period from
January 1, 1998 to January 8, 1998;  the  unaudited  statement of  operations of
Incline  for the period  from  January  1, 1998 to  February  5,  1998;  and the
unaudited  financial  statements  as of and for the three months ended March 31,
1998 of Call, Servinet and the Acquisition Candidates.

     IT Partners'  acquisitions  of the Partner  Companies  and the  Acquisition
Candidates  have been, or will be,  accounted  for under the purchase  method of
accounting,  pursuant to which the total purchase price of such  acquisitions is
allocated to the identifiable  assets and liabilities  acquired based upon their
relative  fair values as of the closing  date,  with the excess of the  purchase
price  over  the fair  value  of the  assets  acquired,  net of the  liabilities
assumed,  allocated  to  goodwill.  The Company  believes  that the  preliminary
allocations  set forth herein are reasonable;  however,  in some cases the final
allocations  will be based upon  valuations  and other  studies that are not yet
complete.  As a result, the allocations set forth herein are subject to revision
when additional  information  becomes  available,  and such revised  allocations
could differ substantially from those set forth herein.


                                       21

<PAGE>


                       IT PARTNERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           CONSOLIDATED
                       DESCRIPTION                          HISTORICAL       CALL      SERVINET
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ----------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..............................   $  1,061       $  164      $   211
 Accounts receivable, net ...............................     13,985          936        3,894
 Inventory ..............................................      1,816           --          410
 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings .....      1,135           --           --
 Deferred tax asset .....................................        872           --           --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............      1,275          572           84
                                                            --------       ------      -------
 Total current assets ...................................     20,144        1,672        4,599
Property and equipment, net .............................      3,287          462          155
Intangible assets .......................................     62,402           --          124
Other assets ............................................      1,123           --           --
                                                            --------       ------      -------
 Total assets ...........................................     86,956        2,134        4,878
                                                            ========       ======      =======
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable .......................................      4,167          967        1,631
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities .................      7,314          105          597
 Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings .....      1,069             (2)        --
 Revolving line of credit ...............................         --           --        1,367
 Current portion of notes payable .......................        261           --           --
                                                            --------       --------    -------
 Total current liabilities ..............................     12,811        1,070        3,595
Notes payable, net of discount and current portion ......        277           --           --
Revolving line of credit, net of discounts ..............     29,157           --           --
Seller Notes, net of discounts ..........................      9,030           --           --
Convertible Seller Notes, net of discounts ..............         --           --           --
Deferred tax liability ..................................      6,714           --           --
Other liabilities .......................................      1,400          296          126
                                                            --------       --------    -------
 Total liabilities ......................................     59,389        1,366        3,721
Put Warrants outstanding ................................      8,509           --           --
Series C Preferred ......................................         --           --           --
Series A Preferred ......................................      1,054           --           --

Stockholders' equity:
 Series B Preferred .....................................      1,000           --           --
 Common stock ...........................................         42            1            2
 Warrants outstanding ...................................         --           --           --
 Treasury stock .........................................         --           --           --
 Additional paid-in capital .............................     24,834           --           --
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ................     (7,872)         767        1,155
                                                            --------       --------    -------
 Total stockholders' equity .............................     18,004          768        1,157
                                                            --------       --------    -------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .............   $ 86,956       $ 2,134     $ 4,878
                                                            ========       ========    =======

<CAPTION>

                       DESCRIPTION                             CPR       CSI-PA    CSI-VA    RICHARDSON      BMS
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------- -------- ---------- ------------ ----------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>      <C>        <C>          <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..............................    $  249      $  20    $     8       $ 280     $   560
 Accounts receivable, net ...............................     4,279        418      1,218         266       1,043
 Inventory ..............................................     1,229        387        266         236          --
 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings .....        --         --         38          41          --
 Deferred tax asset .....................................       215         --         --          --          --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............        70         13         86           4         610
                                                             ------      -----    -------       -----     -------
 Total current assets ...................................     6,042        838      1,616         827       2,213
Property and equipment, net .............................       457        136        186         131         180
Intangible assets .......................................        --         --         --          --          --
Other assets ............................................         1         18         63          --          21
                                                             ------      -----    -------       -----     -------
 Total assets ...........................................     6,500        992      1,865         958       2,414
                                                             ======      =====    =======       =====     =======
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable .......................................     2,102        300        429         110         148
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities .................       593         10        240          50         142
 Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings .....     1,650         --        567          27          --
 Revolving line of credit ...............................        --        150        125          --          --
 Current portion of notes payable .......................        --         27         --          --          --
                                                             ------      -----    -------       -----     -------
 Total current liabilities ..............................     4,345        487      1,361         187         290
Notes payable, net of discount and current portion ......        --         75         38          --          --
Revolving line of credit, net of discounts ..............        --         --         --          --          --
Seller Notes, net of discounts ..........................        --         --         --          --          --
Convertible Seller Notes, net of discounts ..............        --         --         --          --          --
Deferred tax liability ..................................        --         --         --          --          --
Other liabilities .......................................        --         --         --          --          --
                                                             ------      -----    -------       -----     -------
 Total liabilities ......................................     4,345        562      1,399         187         290
Put Warrants outstanding ................................        --         --         --          --          --
Series C Preferred ......................................        --         --         --          --          --
Series A Preferred ......................................        --         --         --          --          --

Stockholders' equity:
 Series B Preferred .....................................        --         --         --          --          --
 Common stock ...........................................         1         --          3           2          --
 Warrants outstanding ...................................        --         --         --          --          --
 Treasury stock .........................................        --         --         --          --          --
 Additional paid-in capital .............................     2,160         17         --         769          --
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ................          (6)     413        463          --       2,124
                                                             ---------   -----    -------       -----     -------
 Total stockholders' equity .............................     2,155        430        466         771       2,124
                                                             --------    -----    -------       -----     -------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .............    $ 6,500     $ 992    $ 1,865       $ 958     $ 2,414
                                                             ========    =====    =======       =====     =======
</TABLE>

                                       22

<PAGE>


                      IT PARTNERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                        AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       DESCRIPTION                          ENTRE     KIZAN     LIGHT      TAG     CHAMPLAIN
- --------------------------------------------------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..............................  $   36    $  120    $  165    $    14    $  738

 Accounts receivable, net ...............................   1,233     1,048       532        100       943
 Inventory ..............................................     668        --       392         --       336
 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings .....      --        --        --         23        --
 Deferred tax asset .....................................      70        --        --          4        --

 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............      50        81       451          3         5
                                                           ------    ------    ------    -------    ------
 Total current assets ...................................   2,057     1,249     1,540        144     2,022
Property and equipment, net .............................     327       327       310         25       173
Intangible assets .......................................      --        --        --         --        --
Other assets ............................................      54        41         4          2        --
                                                           ------    ------    ------    -------    ------
 Total assets ...........................................   2,438     1,617     1,854        171     2,195
                                                           ======    ======    ======    =======    ======
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable .......................................     919       319       392          5        87
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities .................      65       147        82         13       767
 Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings .....     929       157        79        148       218
 Revolving line of Credit ...............................      --       273        --        120        --
 Current portion of notes payable .......................       6        46        70         --        --
                                                           ------    ------    ------    -------    ------
 Total current liabilities ..............................   1,919       942       623        286     1,072
Notes payable, net of discount and current portion ......      16        71       125         --        --
Revolving line of credit, net of discounts ..............      --        --        --         --        --
Seller Notes, net of discounts ..........................      --        --        --         --        --
Convertible seller notes, net of discounts ..............      --        --        --         --        --
Deferred tax liability ..................................      --        --        --         --        --
Other liabilities .......................................      --       123        --         --       138
                                                           ------    ------    ------    -------    ------
 Total liabilities ......................................   1,935     1,136       748        286     1,210
Put Warrants outstanding ................................      --        --        --         --        --
Series C Preferred ......................................      --        --        --         --        --

Series A Preferred ......................................      --        --       ---         --        --

Stockholders' equity:
 Series B Preferred .....................................      --        --        --         --        --
 Common stock ...........................................      33        --         5         --         5
 Warrants outstanding ...................................      --        --        --         --        --
 Treasury stock .........................................      --        --        --         --       (65)
 Additional paid-in capital .............................      97       103     1,101         14        35

 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ................     373       378        --       (129)    1,010
                                                           ------    ------    ------    -------    ------
 Total stockholders' equity .............................     503       481     1,106       (115)      985
                                                           ------    ------    ------    -------    ------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .............  $2,438    $1,617    $1,854    $   171    $2,195
                                                           ======    ======    ======    =======    ======

<CAPTION>

                                                                                                             ADJUSTED
                                                              PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA       OFFERING        PRO FORMA
                       DESCRIPTION                           ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED      ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED
- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------- ------------------ ------------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>         <C>                <C>
Current assets:

 Cash and cash equivalents ..............................    $   4,925 (a)   $  9,426            6,746 (e)  $  16,172
                                                                   875 (b)
 Accounts receivable, net ...............................       (3,894)(d)     26,001               --         26,001
 Inventory ..............................................           --          5,740               --          5,740
 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings .....          (23)(d)      1,214               --          1,214
 Deferred tax asset .....................................          (70)(b)      1,087               --          1,087
                                                                    (4)(d)

 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............           (3)(d)      3,301               --          3,301
                                                             ---------       --------            -----      ---------
 Total current assets ...................................        1,806         46,769            6,746         53,515
Property and equipment, net .............................          (25)(d)      6,131               --          6,131
Intangible assets .......................................       43,476 (b)    106,002               --        106,002
Other assets ............................................           (2)(d)      1,325               --          1,325
                                                             ---------       --------            -----      ---------
 Total assets ...........................................       45,255        160,227            6,746        166,973
                                                             =========       ========            =====      =========
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable .......................................       (1,521)(c)     10,055               --         10,055
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities .................         (684)(c)      9,441               --          9,441
 Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings .....         (146)(c)      4,696               --          4,696
 Revolving line of Credit ...............................       (2,035)(c)         --               --             --
 Current portion of notes payable .......................          (44)(c)        366               --            366
                                                             ---------       --------            -----      ---------
 Total current liabilities ..............................       (4,430)        24,558               --         24,558
Notes payable, net of discount and current portion ......         (125)(c)        477               --            477
Revolving line of credit, net of discounts ..............       18,195 (d)     47,352          (47,352)(e)         --
Seller Notes, net of discounts ..........................        6,262 (d)     15,292           (9,887)(e)      5,405
Convertible seller notes, net of discounts ..............        1,013 (d)      1,013               --          1,013
Deferred tax liability ..................................           --          6,714               --          6,714
Other liabilities .......................................         (560)(c)      1,523               --          1,523
                                                             ---------       --------          -------      ---------
 Total liabilities ......................................       20,355         96,929          (57,239)        39,690
Put Warrants outstanding ................................           --          8,509           (8,509)(e)         --
Series C Preferred ......................................        7,000 (a)     10,000          (10,000)(e)         --
                                                                 3,000 (a)
Series A Preferred ......................................           --          1,054           (1,054)(e)         --

Stockholders' equity:
 Series B Preferred .....................................        5,395 (d)      6,395               --          6,395
 Common stock ...........................................          (52)(c)         58               60 (e)        118
 Warrants outstanding ...................................           16 (d)         --            8,509          8,509
 Treasury stock .........................................           65 (c)         --               --             --
 Additional paid-in capital .............................       (4,282)(c)     45,303           79,408 (e)    124,711
                                                                20,455 (d)         --               --             --
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ................       (6,697)(c)     (8,021)          (4,429)(e)    (12,450)
                                                             ---------       --------          -------      ---------
 Total stockholders' equity .............................       14,900         43,735           83,548        127,283
                                                             ---------       --------          -------      ---------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .............    $  45,210       $160,227      $     6,746      $ 166,973
                                                             =========       ========      ===========      =========

</TABLE>

                                       23

<PAGE>

                      IT PARTNERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

                              AS OF MARCH 31, 1998

                                  (UNAUDITED)

(a)  To reflect the issuance of 1,000  shares of Series C  Preferred,  par value
     $10,000 per share, net of $150,000 of transaction closing costs.

(b)  The March 31, 1998 net assets are  adjusted to reflect the  elimination  of
     the  deferred  tax  assets (if any)  relating  to the  acquisitions  of the
     Partner Companies and the Planned Acquisitions. Pursuant to the acquisition
     agreements for Call and Servinet and for the Planned Acquisitions,  certain
     liabilities  are not assumed by IT Partners and therefore are excluded from
     the pro forma combined financial statements as noted in the table below (in
     thousands).


      Actual/estimated purchase price ...............................    $56,262
      March 31, 1998 adjusted net assets ............................     10,761
      Less: assets and liabilities not acquired or assumed ..........      1,150
      Less: minimum working capital requirements ....................        875
                                                                         -------
       Total intangible assets ......................................     43,476
       Less: identifiable intangible assets .........................      7,864
                                                                         -------
        Total goodwill ..............................................    $35,612
                                                                         =======


     The   actual/estimated   purchase   price  column   excludes   Post-Closing
     Adjustments,  the payment of which is dependent  upon the future  financial
     performance  of  the  individual  Partner  Companies  and  the  Acquisition
     Candidates.  The  Post-Closing  Adjustments will be determined based on the
     achievement of certain  operational levels and range from 15% to 25% of the
     total  consideration.  The  Post-Closing  Adjustments  range  from  $0 to a
     maximum of: (i) approximately $2.6 million in cash; (ii) approximately $8.5
     million of Common Stock; and (iii) Seller Notes in the aggregate  principal
     amount of approximately $6.4 million.

(c)  To reflect the assets and liabilities not assumed by the Company,  pursuant
     to the acquisition agreements for Call and Servinet and for the Acquisition
     Candidates.

(d)  To  reflect  anticipated  increase  in  capitalization  resulting  from the
     acquisitions  of Call and Servinet,  and the  Acquisition  Candidates as of
     March  31,  1998.  Pursuant  to the  acquisition  agreements  for  Call and
     Servinet and for the Acquisition  Candidates,  certain  liabilities are not
     assumed  by IT  Partners  and  therefore  are  excluded  from the pro forma
     combined financial statements as noted in the table below (in thousands).


      Line of credit ................................................    $18,195
      Seller Notes, net of discounts of $2,174.......................      6,262
      Convertible Seller Notes ......................................      1,013
      Fair value of Common Stock ....................................     20,471
      Series B Preferred ............................................      5,395
      Series C Preferred (portion to be used for acquisitions) ......      4,925
                                                                         -------
       Total ........................................................    $56,262
                                                                         =======


(e)  To reflect the  proceeds of the Offering  and the  Recapitalization  (at an
     assumed  initial public  offering price of $15.00 per share),  net of $10.5
     million of underwriting  discounts and  commissions and estimated  offering
     expenses,  and the  application  of the proceeds  therefrom as set forth in
     "Use of  Proceeds."  There can be no assurance  that the  Offering  will be
     consummated.



                                       24
<PAGE>



                      IT PARTNERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CONSOLIDATED
                    DESCRIPTION                      HISTORICAL       CNS         KANDL        A-COM       FSC(F)
- -------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Revenues .........................................   $ 23,781       $4,453       $2,139      $ 9,576       $3,398
Cost of goods sold ...............................     17,958       3,430        1,415         7,636        1,654
                                                     --------       ------       ------      -------       ------
Gross profit .....................................      5,823       1,023          724         1,940        1,744
Selling, general and administrative ..............      4,813       1,030          679         3,038        1,222
Merger and acquisition costs .....................        362          --           --            --           --
Organizational costs .............................      1,131          --           --            --           --
Depreciation and amortization ....................        782           9           51            62           34
                                                     --------       ------       ------      -------       ------
Operating income (loss) ..........................     (1,265)        (16)          (6)       (1,160)         488
Interest expense, net ............................      3,134          31          (22)           81           --
Other expenses (income) ..........................         --          (3)          (9)           (9)        (117)
                                                     --------       --------     --------    ----------    ------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) .....     (4,399)        (44)          25        (1,232)         605
Income tax provision (benefit) ...................       (722)         --           37           107           11
                                                     --------       -------      -------     ---------     ------
Net income (loss) ................................   $ (3,677)      $ (44)       $ (12)      $(1,339)      $  594
                                                     ========       =======      =======     =========     ======
<CAPTION>
                    DESCRIPTION                       SEQUOIA       INCLINE       CALL      SERVINET      CPR     CSI-PA
- -------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- ---------- --------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues .........................................    $29,219       $3,671       $4,953     $24,790    $31,393    $2,008
Cost of goods sold ...............................    17,521          944        1,482       20,648     23,022     1,280
                                                      -------       ------       ------     -------    -------    ------
Gross profit .....................................    11,698        2,727        3,471        4,142      8,371       728
Selling, general and administrative ..............     9,762        1,856        2,300        2,685      7,179       557
Merger and acquisition costs .....................        --           --           --           --         --        --
Organizational costs .............................        --           --           --           --         --        --
Depreciation and amortization ....................       325           40           87           36        256        38
                                                      -------       ------       ------     -------    -------    ------
Operating income (loss) ..........................     1,611          831        1,084        1,421        936       133
Interest expense, net ............................       576           --           44          204         43        24
Other expenses (income) ..........................        (3)          (4)          (1)          --        (68)       --
                                                      ---------     --------     --------   -------    -------    ------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) .....     1,038          835        1,041        1,217        961       109
Income tax provision (benefit) ...................       490           --           --           56        330        --
                                                      --------      -------      -------    -------    -------    ------
Net income (loss) ................................    $  548        $ 835        $1,041     $ 1,161    $   631    $  109
                                                      ========      =======      =======    =======    =======    ======
<CAPTION>
                    DESCRIPTION                       CSI-VA
- -------------------------------------------------- ------------
                                                       (IN
                                                    THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>
Revenues .........................................    $4,679
Cost of goods sold ...............................    2,969
                                                      ------
Gross profit .....................................    1,710
Selling, general and administrative ..............    1,182
Merger and acquisition costs .....................       --
Organizational costs .............................       --
Depreciation and amortization ....................       79
                                                      ------
Operating income (loss) ..........................      449
Interest expense, net ............................        1
Other expenses (income) ..........................       (8)
                                                      --------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) .....      456
Income tax provision (benefit) ...................      236
                                                      -------
Net income (loss) ................................    $ 220
                                                      =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    DESCRIPTION                     RICHARDSON       BMS        ENTRE     KIZAN     LIGHT      TAG
- -------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------- --------- ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues .........................................   $3,719       $5,653      $11,632    $6,457    $6,110    $1,067
Cost of goods sold ...............................    2,400        3,084        8,180     2,223     3,733       812
                                                      ------       ------     -------    ------    ------    ------
Gross profit .....................................    1,319        2,569        3,452     4,234     2,377       255
Selling, general and administrative ..............    1,568        1,385        3,087     3,938     1,957       213
Merger and acquisition costs .....................       --           --           --        --        --        --
Organizational costs .............................       --           --           --        --        --        --
Depreciation and amortization ....................       25           36          186        65        43        --
                                                      ------       ------     -------    ------    ------    ------
Operating income (loss) ..........................     (274)       1,148          179       231       377        42
Interest expense, net ............................       --           (7)           6        27         1         6
Other expenses (income) ..........................       (5)         209            8        48       (10)       --
                                                      --------     -------    -------    ------    ------    ------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) .....     (269)         946          165       156       386        36
Income tax provision (benefit) ...................       --           --           58        48        --        18
                                                      -------      -------    -------    ------    ------    ------
Net income (loss) ................................    $(269)       $ 946      $   107    $  108    $  386    $   18
                                                      =======      =======    =======    ======    ======    ======
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                AS ADJUSTED,
                                                                   PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA       OFFERING       PRO FORMA
                    DESCRIPTION                     CHAMPLAIN     ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED     ADJUSTMENTS       COMBINED
- -------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------------- ----------- ----------------- -------------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>               <C>         <C>               <C>
Revenues .........................................   $8,572               --      $187,270              --       $187,270
Cost of goods sold ...............................    7,016               --       127,407              --        127,407
                                                     ------               --      --------              --       --------
Gross profit .....................................    1,556               --        59,863              --         59,863
Selling, general and administrative ..............    1,137             (441)(b)    49,147              --         49,147
Merger and acquisition costs .....................       --               --           362              --            362
Organizational costs .............................       --               --         1,131              --          1,131
Depreciation and amortization ....................       23            5,868 (c)     8,045              --          8,045
                                                     ------            -----      --------              --       --------
Operating income (loss) ..........................      396           (5,427)        1,178              --          1,178
Interest expense, net ............................      (17)           4,759 (d)     8,891          (7,934)(d)        957
Other expenses (income) ..........................       --               --            28              --             28
                                                     ------           ------      --------          ------       --------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) .....      413          (10,186)       (7,741)          7,934            193
Income tax provision (benefit) ...................       --           (2,088)(e)    (1,419)          2,366 (e)        947
                                                     ------          -------      --------          ------       --------
Net income (loss) ................................   $  413       $   (8,098)     $ (6,322)     $    5,568       $   (754)
                                                     ======       ==========      ========      ==========       ========
</TABLE>


                                       25

<PAGE>



                       IT PARTNERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         CONSOLIDATED
                       DESCRIPTION                         HISTORICAL   SEQUOIA(A)   INCLINE(A)     CALL
- -------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ---------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues ...............................................   $ 17,786         137         $638      $2,316
Cost of goods sold .....................................     11,561         245         211          830
                                                           --------         ---         ----      ------
Gross profit ...........................................      6,225        (108)        427        1,486
Selling, general and administrative ....................      5,052         466         211          428
Merger and acquisition costs ...........................        176          --          --           --
Organizational costs ...................................         --          --          --           --
Depreciation and amortization ..........................      1,082          --           9           61
                                                           --------        ----         ----      ------
Operating income (loss) ................................        (85)       (574)        207          997
Interest expense, net ..................................      3,306          --           1            5
Other expenses (income) ................................         --          --          (1)           1
                                                           --------        ----         ------    ------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) and ex-
 traordinary loss ......................................     (3,391)       (574)        207          991
Income tax provision (benefit) .........................       (212)         --          --           --
                                                           --------        ----         -----     ------
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss ................   $ (3,179)       (574)        $207      $  991
                                                           ========        ====         =====     ======
<CAPTION>
                       DESCRIPTION                        SERVINET     CPR      CSI-PA    CSI-VA   RICHARDSON       BMS
- -------------------------------------------------------- ---------- --------- ---------- -------- ------------ ------------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>
Revenues ...............................................   $6,559    $8,674     $628       $977      $ 446       $1,455
Cost of goods sold .....................................    4,597     6,637      422        468        302          927
                                                           ------    ------      ----      ----      -----        ------
Gross profit ...........................................    1,962     2,037      206        509        144          528
Selling, general and administrative ....................    1,515     1,923      172        343        244          173
Merger and acquisition costs ...........................       --        --       --         --         --           --
Organizational costs ...................................       --        --       --         --         --           --
Depreciation and amortization ..........................        9        53        8         15         12            9
                                                           ------    ------      ----      ----      -----        ------
Operating income (loss) ................................      438        61       26        151       (112)         346
Interest expense, net ..................................        2        --        4         --         --           (1)
Other expenses (income) ................................       --       (55)      (3)         3         (2)          53
                                                           ------    ------      ------    ----      --------     -------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) and ex-
 traordinary loss ......................................      436       116       25        148       (110)         294
Income tax provision (benefit) .........................        7       141       --         --         --           --
                                                           ------    ------      -----     ----      -------      -------
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss ................   $  429    $  (25)     $25       $148      $(110)       $ 294
                                                           ======    ======      =====     ====      =======      =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       DESCRIPTION                         ENTRE       KIZAN        LIGHT      TAG   CHAMPLAIN
- -------------------------------------------------------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------ -----------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>    <C>
Revenues ...............................................  $2,645      $1,720       $1,785      214    $4,051
Cost of goods sold .....................................   1,689        907          599       106    3,139
                                                          ------      ------       ------      ---    ------
Gross profit ...........................................     956        813        1,186       108      912
Selling, general and administrative ....................     834        571        1,057        54      317
Merger and acquisition costs ...........................      --         --           --        --       --
Organizational costs ...................................      --         --           --        --       --
Depreciation and amortization ..........................      39         15           13        --       14
                                                          ------      ------       ------      ---    ------
Operating income (loss) ................................      83        227          116        54      581
Interest expense, net ..................................      --          6            1         2       --
Other expenses (income) ................................       7         (8)          (6)       --       (1)
                                                          ------      --------     --------    ---    --------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) and ex-
 traordinary loss ......................................      76        229          121        52      582
Income tax provision (benefit) .........................      19         --           --        23       --
                                                          ------      -------      -------     ---    -------
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss ................  $   57      $ 229        $ 121      $ 29    $ 582
                                                          ======      =======      =======    ====    =======
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          AS ADJUSTED
                                                             PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA       OFFERING       PRO FORMA
                       DESCRIPTION                          ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED     ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED
- -------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------- ----------------- ------------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>         <C>               <C>
Revenues ...............................................          --        $ 50,031              --       $50,031
Cost of goods sold .....................................          --          32,640              --        32,640
                                                                  --        --------              --       -------
Gross profit ...........................................          --          17,391              --        17,391
Selling, general and administrative ....................          44 (b)      13,404              --        13,404
Merger and acquisition costs ...........................          --             176              --           176
Organizational costs ...................................          --              --              --            --
Depreciation and amortization ..........................         690 (c)       2,029              --         2,029
                                                                 ---        --------              --       -------
Operating income (loss) ................................        (734)          1,782              --         1,782
Interest expense, net ..................................         708 (d)       4,034          (3,182)(d)       852
Other expenses (income) ................................          --             (12)             --           (12)
                                                                ----        --------          ------       -------
Income (loss) before tax provision (benefit) and ex-
 traordinary loss ......................................      (1,442)         (2,240)          3,182           942
Income tax provision (benefit) .........................         219 (e)         197             372 (e)       569
                                                              ------        --------          ------       -------
Income (loss) before extraordinary loss ................     $(1,661)       $ (2,437)     $    2,810       $   373
                                                              =======       ========      ==========       =======
</TABLE>


                                       26

<PAGE>

                       IT PARTNERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND
                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                   (UNAUDITED)

(a)  The Sequoia  column  reflects  the results of  operations  of Sequoia  from
     January 1, 1998 to January 8, 1998, the date on which the  acquisition  was
     consummated.  The Incline  column  reflects the results of  operations  for
     Incline  from  January 1, 1998 to February  5, 1998,  the date on which the
     acquisition was consummated.

(b)  To adjust officer salary expense recorded by the Partner  Companies and the
     Acquisition  Candidates  to reflect the salaries  paid or to be paid to the
     respective officers pursuant to employment agreements with the Company from
     January 1, 1997 through the earlier of the date of  acquisition or December
     31,  1997 and from  January  1, 1998  through  the  earlier  of the date of
     acquisition or March 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1997     MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                  ------------------- -------------------
                                                                       PRO FORMA           PRO FORMA
                                                                      ADJUSTMENTS         ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                  ------------------- -------------------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>
     Officer salary expense .....................................      $  3,473             $  558
     Less: Officer salary expense recorded by the
       Partner Companies and the Acquisition Candidates .........        (3,914)              (514)
                                                                       --------             ------
     Net adjustment .............................................      $   (441)            $   44
                                                                       ========             ======
</TABLE>

(c)  To record  amortization  expense  related  to  acquired  or to be  acquired
     intangible  assets  and  eliminate  amortization  expense  recorded  by the
     Partner  Companies  and the  Acquisition  Candidates  from  January 1, 1997
     through the  earlier of the date of  acquisition  or December  31, 1997 and
     from  January 1, 1998  through  the earlier of the date of  acquisition  or
     March 31, 1998.  Intangible  assets are amortized over lives ranging from 5
     to 40 years.

(d)  To record  interest  expense for the year ended December 31, 1997 and three
     months  ended  March 31,  1998 on  acquisition  financing  relating  to the
     acquisitions of the Partner  Companies and the  Acquisition  Candidates and
     accretion of Put Warrants and to eliminate the interest expense recorded.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1997            MARCH 31, 1998
                                                          --------------------------- --------------------------
                                                            PRO FORMA      OFFERING     PRO FORMA     OFFERING
                                                           ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
   Interest expense on acquisition financing ............   $  6,789        (5,757)      $  986       $   (728)
   Interest expense on Seller Notes remaining after the
    Offering                                                      --           931           --            233
                                                            --------        ------       ------       --------
   Less: Debt acquisition interest paid off by Series B
    Preferred and Series C Preferred ....................     (1,032)           --         (258)            --
   Less: Accretion of Put Warrants ......................         --        (2,020)          --         (2,252)
   Less: Post-acquisition interest recorded by CNS, KDP,
    A-COM, FSC, and Sequoia .............................         --          (901)          --           (282)
   Less: Deferred financing and amortization of debt dis-
    count ...............................................         --          (187)          --           (153)
   Less: Interest expense recorded by the Partner
    Companies and the Acquisition Candidates ............       (998)           --          (20)            --
   Net adjustment .......................................   $  4,759      $ (7,934)      $ (708)      $ (3,182)
                                                            ========      ========       ======       ========
</TABLE>

(e)  To record the estimated tax (benefit) provision at the applicable statutory
     rates for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended March
     31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1997            MARCH 31, 1998
                                                       --------------------------- --------------------------
                                                         PRO FORMA      OFFERING     PRO FORMA     OFFERING
                                                        ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS
                                                       ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
   Tax provision .....................................   $ (1,419)       $2,366        $ 196         $372
   Less: Tax provision recorded by the Partner
    Companies and the Acquisition Candidates .........        669            --          (23)          --
                                                         --------        ------        -----         ----
   Net adjustment ....................................   $ (2,088)       $2,366        $ 219         $372
                                                         ========        ======        =====         ====
</TABLE>

(f)  Net of  revenues  and cost of  goods  sold  related  to  operations  of the
     discontinued Cinergi Division.

                                       27
<PAGE>



                SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

     The selected historical  financial data for IT Partners for the fiscal year
ended  December 31, 1997 (except pro forma  amounts)  have been derived from the
audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of IT Partners  that are  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The selected  historical  financial data provided
herein should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of
IT Partners,  KDP, CNS and A-COM,  including  the related  notes,  the pro forma
financial  information  of  IT  Partners,   including  the  related  notes,  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" that appear elsewhere in this Prospectus.

     The selected historical financial data for the three months ended March 31,
1997 and 1998  (except  pro forma  amounts)  have been  derived  from  unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements  that appear  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.
These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the audited  consolidated  financial  statements and, in the opinion of
management,  contain  all  adjustments,   consisting  of  the  normal  recurring
accruals,  necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  financial  position  and
results of operations for the periods  presented.  The results of operations for
the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 are not necessarily indicative of
the results  that may be  expected  for any other  interim  period or the entire
year.

     The unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data gives effect to the acquisitions
of Call,  Servinet and the  Acquisition  Candidates as if they occurred on March
31, 1998. The unaudited Pro Forma, As Adjusted,  Balance Sheet Data gives effect
to the  acquisitions of Call,  Servinet and the  Acquisition  Candidates and the
Offering as if they occurred on March 31, 1998 and assuming  application  of the
proceeds of the Offering as set forth in "Use of  Proceeds."  The  unaudited Pro
Forma  Statement of Operations  for the year ended December 31, 1997 is adjusted
to give effect to the acquisitions of CNS, KDP, A-COM,  FSC,  Sequoia,  Incline,
Call,  Servinet and the  Acquisition  Candidates  as if each had occurred at the
beginning of such period.  The  unaudited Pro Forma,  As Adjusted,  Statement of
Operations  for the year ended  December  31, 1997 is adjusted to give effect to
the acquisitions of CNS, KDP, A-COM, FSC, Sequoia,  Incline,  Call, Servinet and
the  Acquisition  Candidates  and the  Offering,  as if each had occurred at the
beginning  of such  period  and  assuming  application  of the  proceeds  of the
Offering as set forth in "Use of Proceeds." The unaudited Pro Forma Statement of
Operations  for the three months ended March 31, 1998 is adjusted to give effect
to the  acquisitions  of Sequoia,  Incline,  Call,  Servinet and the Acquisition
Candidates  as if  each  had  occurred  at the  beginning  of such  period.  The
unaudited Pro Forma,  As Adjusted,  Statement of Operations for the three months
ended March 31, 1998 is adjusted to give effect to the  acquisitions of Sequoia,
Incline,  Call, Servinet and the Acquisition  Candidates and the Offering, as if
each had occurred at the  beginning of such period and assuming  application  of
the  proceeds of the Offering as set forth in "Use of  Proceeds".  The pro forma
adjustments are based upon available  information and certain  assumptions  that
the Company believes are reasonable.

     Selected  historical  financial  data is  provided  for KDP,  CNS and A-COM
(collectively, the "Predecessor Companies"). The KDP, CNS and A-COM acquisitions
occurred  during the two months  following the inception of the Company and KDP,
CNS and A-COM  comprise a  substantial  majority  of the  combined  assets,  net
revenues and operating income and, therefore,  are deemed to be the predecessors
of IT Partners.

     The selected  historical  financial data for KDP for the fiscal years ended
September  30, 1995 and 1996,  and the eight months ended May 31, 1997 have been
derived  from the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of KDP that are
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The selected  historical  financial data
for CNS for the fiscal  years ended  December  31,  1995 and 1996,  and the five
months  ended May 31,  1997  have been  derived  from the  audited  consolidated
financial statements of CNS that are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The
selected historical  financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1993
and 1994 have been derived from the  consolidated  financial  statements  of CNS
that have not been audited and are not included herein. The selected  historical
financial data for A-COM for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997
have been derived from the audited  consolidated  financial  statements of A-COM
that are included elsewhere in this


                                       28

<PAGE>



Prospectus.  The selected  historical  financial data for the fiscal years ended
June 30,  1993 and  1994,  have been  derived  from the  consolidated  financial
statements  of A-COM that have not been  audited  and are not  included  herein.
These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the audited  consolidated  financial and, in the opinion of management,
contain all adjustments,  consisting of the normal recurring accruals, necessary
for a fair presentation of the financial  position and results of operations for
the periods presented.









                                       29

<PAGE>



                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                          ----------------------------------------------
                                                                            PRO FORMA,
                                             HISTORICAL      PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                1997           1997            1997
                                          --------------- -------------- ---------------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE, PER SHARE AND
                                                       CERTAIN OTHER DATA)
<S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ...............................   $   23,781      $  187,270     $   187,270
 Cost of goods sold .....................       17,958         127,407         127,407
                                            ----------      ----------     -----------
 Gross profit ...........................        5,823          59,863          59,863
 Selling, general and administrative
  expenses ..............................        4,813          49,147          49,147
 Merger and acquisition costs ...........          362             362             362
 Organizational costs ...................        1,131           1,131           1,131
 Depreciation and amortization ..........          782           8,045           8,045
                                            ----------      ----------     -----------
 Operating income (loss) ................       (1,265)          1,178           1,178
 Interest expense, net ..................        3,134           8,891             956
 Other expenses .........................           --              28              28
                                            ----------      ----------     -----------
 Net income (loss) before income
  tax provision (benefit) and ex-
  traordinary loss ......................       (4,399)         (7,741)            193
 Income tax provision (benefit) .........         (722)         (1,419)            947
                                            ----------      ----------     -----------
 Net income (loss) before extraordi-
  nary loss .............................       (3,677)         (6,322)           (754)
 Extraordinary loss, net of tax .........           --              --              --
                                            ----------      ----------     -----------
 Net income (loss) ......................   $   (3,677)     $   (6,322)    $      (754)
                                            ==========      ==========     ===========
 Net income (loss) available to com-
  mon stockholders ......................   $   (4,087)     $   (6,732)    $    (1,164)
                                            ==========      ==========     ===========
PER SHARE AMOUNTS:
 Basic ..................................   $    (3.45)     $    (1.28)    $     (0.10)
                                            ==========      ==========     ===========
 Diluted ................................   $    (3.45)     $    (1.28)    $     (0.10)
                                            ==========      ==========     ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
 Basic ..................................    1,186,239       5,254,607      11,254,607
 Diluted ................................    1,186,239       5,254,607      11,254,607

OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(1) ..............................   $     (483)     $    9,223     $     9,223
 EBITDA margin(2) .......................         (2.0)%           4.9%            4.9%
 Adjusted EBITDA(3) .....................        1,010          10,716          10,716
 Adjusted EBITDA margin(2) ..............          4.2%            5.7%            5.7%

<CAPTION>

                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                   HISTORICAL
                                          ----------------------------                  PRO FORMA,
                                                                          PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                               1997          1998           1998           1998
                                           (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)  -------------- --------------
                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE, PER SHARE AND CERTAIN OTHER
                                                                     DATA)
<S>                                       <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ...............................   $     --      $   17,786     $   50,031    $     50,031
 Cost of goods sold .....................         --          11,561         32,640          32,640
                                            --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Gross profit ...........................         --           6,225         17,391          17,391
 Selling, general and administrative
  expenses ..............................         --           5,052         13,404          13,404
 Merger and acquisition costs ...........         --             176            176             176
 Organizational costs ...................      1,131              --             --              --
 Depreciation and amortization ..........         --           1,082          2,029           2,029
                                            --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Operating income (loss) ................     (1,131)            (85)         1,782           1,782
 Interest expense, net ..................         --           3,306          4,034             852
 Other expenses .........................         --              --            (12)            (12)
                                            --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Net income (loss) before income
  tax provision (benefit) and ex-
  traordinary loss ......................     (1,131)         (3,391)        (2,240)            942
 Income tax provision (benefit) .........       (452)           (212)           197             569
                                            --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Net income (loss) before extraordi-
  nary loss .............................       (679)         (3,179)        (2,437)            373
 Extraordinary loss, net of tax .........         --             341            341             341
                                            --------      ----------     ----------    ------------
 Net income (loss) ......................   $   (679)     $   (3,520)    $   (2,778)   $         32
                                            ========      ==========     ==========    ============
 Net income (loss) available to com-
  mon stockholders ......................   $   (679)     $   (3,784)    $   (3,042)   $         32
                                            ========      ==========     ==========    ============
PER SHARE AMOUNTS:
 Basic ..................................   $  (1.82)     $    (1.00)    $    (0.53)   $         --
                                            ========      ==========     ==========    ============
 Diluted ................................   $  (1.82)     $    (1.00)    $    (0.53)   $         --
                                            ========      ==========     ==========    ============
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
 Basic ..................................    373,043       3,777,686      5,738,525      11,876,867
 Diluted ................................    373,043       3,777,686      5,738,525      11,876,867

OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(1) ..............................   $ (1,131)     $      997     $    3,811    $      3,811
 EBITDA margin(2) .......................         --            5.6  %         7.6  %           7.6%
 Adjusted EBITDA(3) .....................         --           1,173          3,987           3,987
 Adjusted EBITDA margin(2) ..............         --            6.6  %         8.0  %           8.0%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 31, 1998
                                                    ----------------------------------------
                                       HISTORICAL
                                      DECEMBER 31,    HISTORICAL               PRO FORMA, AS
                                          1997       (UNAUDITED)   PRO FORMA     ADJUSTED
                                     -------------- ------------- ----------- --------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital ...................     $ 3,084       $ 7,334     $ 22,211      $ 28,957
 Total assets ......................      42,192        86,956      160,227       167,123
 Long-term debt(4) .................      22,265        40,125       65,010         7,771
 Put Warrants outstanding ..........       4,824         8,509        8,509            --
 Redeemable preferred stock(5) .....         545         1,054       11,054            --
 Stockholders' equity (including
  warrants of 68,509) ..............       2,193        18,004       43,735       127,283
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  EBITDA  represents  operating income before  depreciation and amortization.
     Management  believes that EBITDA  provides useful  information  regarding a
     company's  ability to service  debt.  EBITDA  should not be  considered  in
     isolation  or as a  substitute  for  measures  of  performance  prepared in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(2)  EBITDA  Margin is  defined as EBITDA (as  defined  in  footnote  (1) above)
     divided by revenues.  Adjusted  EBITDA Margin is defined as adjusted EBITDA
     (as defined in footnote (3) below)  divided by revenues.  EBITDA Margin and
     adjusted  EBITDA  Margin is not a measure of  financial  performance  under
     generally  accepted  accounting  principles and should not be considered in
     isolation  or as a  substitute  for  measures  of  performance  prepared in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                       30

<PAGE>



(3)  Adjusted  EBITDA is defined as EBITDA (as  defined in  footnote  (1) above)
     plus  merger  and  acquisition  costs  and one time  organizational  costs.
     Adjusted  EBITDA does not purport to represent  cash  provided by operating
     activities  as reflected in the Company's  consolidated  statements of cash
     flows, is not a measure of financial  performance under generally  accepted
     accounting  principles  and should not be  considered  in isolation or as a
     substitute  for  measures  of  performance   prepared  in  accordance  with
     generally accepted accounting principles.

(4)  Long-term debt includes current and noncurrent debt obligations, the Seller
     Notes and other liabilities.

(5)  Redeemable  preferred  stock  consists of Series A  Preferred  and Series C
     Preferred. See "Description of Capital Stock."








                                       31

<PAGE>

                      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (CONTINUED)

                             PREDECESSOR COMPANIES

KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER    EIGHT MONTHS
                                            30,                   ENDED
                                ---------------------------      MAY 31,
                                    1995           1996            1997
                                ------------   ------------   -------------
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ...................     $  5,757       $  5,161        $ 3,639
                                  ========       ========        =======
 Operating income ...........          236            (86)            74
                                  ========       ========        =======
 Net income (loss) ..........          149            (33)            73
                                  ========       ========        =======
 Per share amounts:
   Basic ....................     $ 149.28       $ (33.04)       $ 72.78
                                  ========       ========        =======
   Diluted ..................     $ 149.28       $ (33.04)       $ 72.78
                                  ========       ========        =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                          ---------------------
                                                   MAY 31,
                             1995        1996       1997
                          ---------   ---------   --------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Total assets .........    $1,589      $1,459      $1,413
                           ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>

COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FIVE MONTHS
                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    ENDED
                                -------------------------------------------------------      MAY 31,
                                    1993          1994          1995           1996           1997
                                -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                             <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ...................     $ 6,033       $ 7,995       $  8,984       $ 10,199       $  4,453
                                  =======       =======       ========       ========       ========
 Operating income ...........          68            83            136             93            (16)
                                  =======       =======       ========       ========       ========
 Net income (loss) ..........          --            59            143             41            (43)
                                  =======       =======       ========       ========       ========
PER SHARE AMOUNTS:
 Basic ......................     $ (0.34)      $ 59.83       $ 142.94       $  41.27       $ (43.60)
                                  =======       =======       ========       ========       ========
 Diluted ....................     $ (0.34)      $ 59.83       $ 142.94       $  41.27       $ (43.60)
                                  =======       =======       ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         DECEMBER 31,
                         ---------------------------------------------    MAY 31,
                            1993        1994        1995        1996       1997
                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   --------
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets .........    $1,188      $1,678      $1,908      $2,009      $1,958
                          ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>


                                       32

<PAGE>

                      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (CONTINUED)

A-COM, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1993          1994           1995           1996           1997
                              ------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- ---------------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ...................   $   6,412     $   8,360     $     9,947     $  13,292     $    20,078
                                =========     =========     ===========     =========     ===========
 Operating income ...........        (173)         (330)           (730)          116            (897)
                                =========     =========     ===========     =========     ===========
 Net income (loss) ..........        (219)         (283)           (902)         (158)         (1,092)
                                =========     =========     ===========     =========     ===========
PER SHARE AMOUNTS:
 Basic ......................   $ (438.00)    $ (566.00)    $ (1,804.28)    $ (316.69)    $ (2,182.98)
                                =========     =========     ===========     =========     ===========
 Diluted ....................   $ (438.00)    $ (566.00)    $ (1,804.28)    $ (316.69)    $ (2,182.98)
                                =========     =========     ===========     =========     ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    JUNE 30,
                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                            1993        1994        1995        1996        1997
                         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets .........    $2,967      $3,516      $2,653      $4,045      $5,906
                          ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>


                                       33
<PAGE>



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
               OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The information contained in the following discussion and analysis that are
not historical facts, are "forward-looking  statements" (as such term is defined
in Section 27A of the  Securities  Act and Section  21E of the  Exchange  Act ),
which  can be  identified  by the  use of  forward-looking  terminology  such as
"believes,"   "expects,"   "intends,"   "plans,"  "may,"  "will,"  "should,"  or
"anticipates" or the negative thereof or other variations  thereon or comparable
terminology, or by discussions of strategy that involve risks and uncertainties.
In addition,  from time to time, the Company or its representatives have made or
may make forward-looking  statements,  orally or in writing.  Furthermore,  such
forward-looking  statements  may be included in, but are not limited to, various
filings made by the Company with the SEC, or press  releases or oral  statements
made by or with the approval of an authorized executive officer of the Company.


OVERVIEW

     IT Partners is a growing IT solutions provider that delivers comprehensive,
value-added IT solutions to middle-market and Fortune 1000 companies  throughout
the United States and in selected Western European countries.

     In October 1996,  Messrs.  Klein and Blech,  the Company's  Chief Executive
Officer and President,  respectively,  formed Information  Technology  Partners,
Inc., a Maryland  corporation  ("Technology").  In May 1997,  Messrs.  Klein and
Blech formed IT  Partners,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  ("Old IT  Partners").
Pursuant to a tax-free  reorganization  (i) Old IT Partners  acquired all of the
stock of CNS and KDP and (ii)  Technology  merged with and into Old IT Partners,
with Old IT Partners as the surviving  corporation  and CNS and KDP remaining as
wholly-owned  subsidiaries of Old IT Partners. The merger of Technology with Old
IT Partners  was treated as a common  control  merger as required by GAAP.  This
treatment  requires that the transaction be accounted for in a manner similar to
a  pooling  of  interests.   This   accounting   method   requires   retroactive
consolidation  of the  financial  statements  to include  Technology  and Old IT
Partners from the earliest period presented.

     The Company was  incorporated  in Delaware and commenced  operations in May
1997. In June 1997 (i) the Company  acquired  A-COM,  a Partner  Company,  which
became a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company and (ii) Old IT Partners merged
with and into A-COM.

     Since May 1997, the Company has acquired eight Partner Companies, including
KDP (May 1997), CNS (May 1997),  A-COM (June 1997), FSC (October 1997),  Sequoia
(January  1998),  Incline  (February  1998),  Call (May 1998) and Servinet (June
1998).  Each of these  acquisitions  was accounted  for in  accordance  with the
purchase  method of  accounting  whereby  the  initial  purchase  price,  net of
Post-Closing  Adjustments,  was  allocated  to the  fair  value  of  the  assets
purchased and  liabilities  assumed.  The excess of the purchase  price over the
acquired  net  assets  was  allocated  to  identifiable  intangible  assets  and
goodwill.  Since the Company had no  significant  operations  prior to May 1997,
KDP, CNS and A-COM (collectively,  the "Predecessor Companies") are deemed to be
co-predecessors of the Company.

     The  Company  generates  revenues  principally  from (i) fees for  services
rendered to clients (including  consulting,  systems and network  implementation
services,  software  development  and  implementation  services,  IT support and
operational  services,  and telephony design and integration  services) and (ii)
sales to clients of software and hardware. Services revenues are derived from IT
services,  including  hardware repair and maintenance,  on-site network support,
systems consulting, software installation, Web site design, installation, design
and integration of network and  communication  systems and other  value-added IT
services.  Software  revenues  are  primarily  derived  from  the  licensing  of
software,  peripherals and communication  devices  manufactured by third parties
and sold by the Company.  Hardware  revenues are primarily derived from the sale
of computer hardware.

     Revenues from services are  recognized as services are performed or ratably
if performed over a service contract period. Revenues for material projects with
a duration of three months or longer that require  installation,  system  design
and integration, are recognized under the percentage-of-completion method as the
work progresses.  Software and hardware sales with no related service  component
are



                                       34
<PAGE>



recognized  at  the  time  of  shipment  provided that the collectibility of the
receivable  is  probable.  Most  of the Company's contracts are billed on a time
and  materials  basis.  However,  the  Company  does  have  several  fixed price
contracts.

     Cost of goods sold includes  purchases of services and materials  directly,
inventory  adjustments,  cost  of  hardware  and  software  resold  to  clients,
subcontracted  labor or other  outside  services,  direct labor and benefits and
other direct costs.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  costs  primarily  include  salaries,
benefits and commissions payable to the Company's sales personnel, marketing and
advertising  expenses and  administrative  costs.  The Company  expects to incur
additional  selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  after the Offering,
reflecting the costs of being a public  company along with  increased  marketing
activities  and costs  associated  with  potential  acquisitions  of IT services
companies.  The  additional  expenses after the Offering are expected to include
travel,  fees for  professional  services,  including  audit and legal fees, and
expenses related to the Company's Board.

     Prior to their  acquisition,  the  Predecessor  Companies  were  managed as
independent  private  companies and, as such, the results of operations for such
periods reflect  different  corporate and tax structures  which have influenced,
among other things, their historical levels of owners' compensation.  The owners
and key employees of the Predecessor Companies have agreed to certain reductions
in their  salaries,  bonuses  and  benefits  in  connection  with the  Company's
acquisition of such companies.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  selected  financial  data for IT
Partners on a historical  basis and as a  percentage  of revenues for the fiscal
year ended  December  31, 1997 and for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and
1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                              --------------------------- -------------------------------------------
                                                 1997            %            1997       %     1998           %
                                              ---------- ---------------- ------------ ---- ---------- --------------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>              <C>          <C>  <C>        <C>
Revenues ....................................  $ 23,781        100.0%             --   --    $17,786        100.0%
Cost of goods sold ..........................    17,958         75.5              --   --     11,561          65.0
Gross profit ................................     5,823         24.5              --   --      6,225          35.0
Selling, general and administrative .........     5,175         21.8              --   --      5,228          29.4
Organizational costs ........................     1,131          4.8        $  1,131   --         --           --
Depreciation and amortization ...............       782          3.3              --   --      1,082           6.1
Income (loss) from operations ...............    (1,265)        (5.3)             --   --        (85)        (0.5)
Interest expense ............................     3,134         13.2              --   --      3,306          18.6
Income tax provision (benefit) ..............      (722)        (3.0)       $   (452)  --    $  (212)        (1.2)
Extraordinary loss ..........................        --           --              --   --        341           1.9
Other Data:
EBITDA(1) ...................................  $   (483)        (2.0)(2)    $ (1,131)  --    $   997          5.6(2)
Adjusted EBITDA(2) ..........................     1,010          4.2 (2)          --           1,173          6.6(2)
Merger and acquisition costs ................       362          1.5              --   --        176           1.0
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  EBITDA   represents   income  from  operations   before   depreciation  and
     amortization.  Management  believes that EBITDA provides useful information
     regarding  a  company's  ability  to  service  debt.  EBITDA  should not be
     considered  in  isolation  or as a  substitute  for measure of  performance
     prepared in accordance with GAAP.

(2)  Adjusted  EBITDA is defined as EBITDA (as  defined in  footnote  (1) above)
     plus  merger  and  acquisition  costs  and one time  organizational  costs.
     Management  believes  that  Adjusted  EBITDA  provides  useful  information
     regarding a company's  ability to service debt.  Adjusted EBITDA should not
     be considered in isolation or as a substitute  for measures of  performance
     prepared in accordance with GAAP.


THREE  MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

     The  results  of  operations  for the three  months  ended  March 31,  1997
represent the costs incurred by Technology  prior to the Company's  formation in
May 1997 and prior to the acquisition of any Partner Company. See "--Predecessor
Companies"  for a discussion  of the results of operations of CNS, KDP and A-COM
prior to their acquisition by the Company.



                                       35
<PAGE>



     Revenues.  Revenues were $17.8 million for the three months ended March 31,
1998, resulting from the operations of CNS, KDP, A-COM, FSC, Sequoia and Incline
during that period.

     Gross  profit.  Gross  profit was $6.2  million for the three  months ended
March 31, 1998,  resulting from the operations of CNS, KDP, A-COM,  FSC, Sequoia
and Incline during that period.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses were $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998,  resulting
from the  operations of CNS, KDP,  A-COM,  FSC,  Sequoia and Incline during that
period.

     Organizational  costs.  The Company incurred  organizational  costs of $1.1
million  during the three  months ended March 31,  1997.  These costs  represent
one-time  start-up  costs.  All such costs were incurred by Technology  and were
expensed as  incurred.  No future  organizational  expenses  are  expected to be
incurred.

     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense was $3.3 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1998.  Interest expense included interest totaling $269,000 with
respect  to (i)  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  used to  finance  the
acquisitions of CNS, KDP, A-COM, FSC, Sequoia and Incline,  (ii) working capital
and (iii) interest on Seller Notes. In addition, the Company recognized interest
expense of $2.4 million for accretion of interest on the Put Warrants related to
the put feature and amortization of deferred  financing fees and debt discounts.
Interest  expense  is  expected  to  increase  significantly  in 1998  until the
consummation of the Offering,  primarily  because of the accretion of additional
interest  on  the  Put  Warrants.  Interest  expense  is  expected  to  decrease
significantly  following  the Offering  because (i) the accretion of interest on
the Put Warrants will  terminate  upon  consummation  of the Offering and (ii) a
portion of the net  proceeds  of the  Offering  will be used to repay the Seller
Notes and to repay borrowings under the Credit Facility. See "Use of Proceeds."

     Extraordinary loss.  Extraordinary loss of $341,000, net of tax, represents
the write-off of deferred financing fees net of income tax benefit in connection
with an  amendment  to the Credit  Facility  which was treated as a  substantial
modification  for financial  accounting  purposes in accordance  with GAAP. This
treatment  requires the write-off of any unamortized  deferred financing fees at
the time of the modification.

     Income tax benefit. During 1997, the Company realized an income tax benefit
resulting from the write-off of organizational costs. It is anticipated that the
income  tax  provision  and  effective  tax  rate  will  increase  significantly
subsequent to the Offering  because of the increase in pretax  income  resulting
primarily  from  the   anticipated   reduction  of  interest   expense  and  the
non-deductibility  of goodwill  amortization  from  acquisitions  consummated as
stock purchases.


YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

     The results of operations for 1997 include the costs incurred by Technology
prior to the Company's formation in May 1997 and prior to the acquisition of any
Partner  Company.  Technology was incorporated in October 1996 but did not incur
any costs or generate any revenues during 1996.

     Revenues. Revenues were $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1997,
resulting from the operations of CNS, KDP, A-COM and FSC during such period.

     Gross profit. Gross profit was $5.8 million for the year ended December 31,
1997,  resulting  from the  operations  of CNS,  KDP,  A-COM and FSC during such
period.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses were $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1997,  resulting from
the operations of CNS, KDP, A-COM and FSC during such period.

     Organizational  costs.  The Company incurred  organizational  costs of $1.1
million during the year ended December 31, 1997. These costs represent  one-time
start-up costs.  All such costs were incurred by Technology and were expensed as
incurred. No future organizational expenses are expected to be incurred.


                                       36

<PAGE>



     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense  was $3.1  million for the year ended
December 31, 1997.  Interest expense included  interest  totaling  $937,000 with
respect  to: (i)  borrowings  under the  Credit  Facility  used to  finance  the
acquisitions of CNS, KDP, A-COM, FSC, Sequoia and Incline; (ii) working capital;
and (iii) interest on Seller Notes. In addition, the Company recognized interest
expense of $2.3 million for accretion of interest on the Put Warrants related to
the put feature and amortization of deferred  financing fees and debt discounts.
Interest  expense  is  expected  to  increase  significantly  in 1998  until the
consummation  of the Offering  primarily  because of the accretion of additional
interest  on  the  Put  Warrants.  Interest  expense  is  expected  to  decrease
significantly  following  the Offering  because (i) the accretion of interest on
the Put Warrants will  terminate  upon  consummation  of the Offering and (ii) a
portion of the net  proceeds  of the  Offering  will be used to repay the Seller
Notes and to repay borrowings under the Credit Facility. See "Use of Proceeds."

     Income tax benefit. During 1997, the Company realized an income tax benefit
resulting from the write-off of organizational costs. It is anticipated that the
income  tax  provision  and  effective  tax  rate  will  increase  significantly
subsequent to the Offering  because of the increase in pretax  income  resulting
primarily  from  the   anticipated   reduction  of  interest   expense  and  the
non-deductibility  of goodwill  amortization  from  acquisitions  consummated as
stock purchases.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     At March 31, 1998, the Company had cash of  approximately  $1.1 million and
working capital of  approximately  $7.3 million.  The Company's  capitalization,
defined  as the sum of cash and cash  equivalents,  long  term  debt,  mezzanine
equity and stockholders'  equity,  was approximately  $66.3 million at March 31,
1998.

     The Company has issued 354,170 shares of Series A Preferred and related Put
Warrants  exercisable  for  371,408  shares of Common  Stock,  for an  aggregate
consideration  of  approximately  $3.5 million.  The Company has issued  739,184
shares of Series B Preferred for aggregate  consideration of approximately  $6.4
million. The Company has issued 1,000 shares of Series C Preferred for aggregate
consideration of approximately $10.0 million.

     On May 30, 1997 the Company  entered  into the Credit  Facility,  which was
subsequently amended and restated,  on March 31, 1998, providing for a revolving
line of credit in the  aggregate  principal  amount  of up to $70.0  million  to
facilitate the Company's  acquisition  strategy.  The Credit Facility matures on
November 30, 2001. At March 31, 1998,  $31.4 million of the Credit  Facility had
been drawn down. The aggregate  amount of the Credit  Facility  available to the
Company at any given time is equal to varying multiples applied to the Company's
EBITDA for the most recent 12-month  period,  adjusted for certain  nonrecurring
costs. Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at either (i) the base
rate,  which is the higher of the prime rate plus 2% or the  federal  funds rate
plus  2.5% or (ii)  LIBOR  plus 4%.  Under  the  terms of the  Credit  Facility,
concurrently with the closing of a registered  offering of stock of the Company,
the Company must prepay the loans  outstanding  under the Credit  Facility in an
amount  equal to (i) the net cash  proceeds  received by the  Company  from such
registered  offering,  less (ii) prepayments of Seller Notes,  which prepayments
may not exceed  $10.5  million  unless the  entire  borrowings  under the Credit
Facility is repaid in full. The Company has issued 327,302  related Put Warrants
to the lenders under the Credit Facility.

     The Company's indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility is secured
by a first priority lien on all of the Company's  property  (including the stock
of the Partner  Companies  and  intercompany  loans).  Each Partner  Company has
guaranteed  the  Company's  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facility  and  such
guarantees  are secured by second  priority  liens on all  property of each such
Partner  Company.  The  Company  is subject  to  various  affirmative  covenants
(including covenants regarding financial  reporting,  lockbox or blocked account
arrangements,   insurance   maintenance  and  compliance  with  laws),  negative
covenants  (including  limitations  on  liens,  debt  incurrence,  asset  sales,
acquisitions,  fundamental changes,  issuance of equity,  affiliate transactions
and  prepayments of Seller Notes) and financial  covenants  (such as, net worth,
leverage  ratio,   senior  debt  leverage  ratio  and  interest  coverage  ratio
covenants).

     For the three-month period ended March 31, 1998, net cash used in operating
activities  was $4.0 million.  Net cash used in investing  activities  was $13.8
million, which consisted primarily of cash paid for


                                       37

<PAGE>



acquisitions. Net cash provided by financing activities was $17.5 million, which
consisted primarily of proceeds from the Credit Facility.

     The Company has entered into agreements or letters of intent to acquire ten
Acquisition  Candidates.  The aggregate  consideration IT Partners has agreed to
pay to  acquire  the  Acquisition  Candidates  (exclusive  of  any  post-closing
adjustments that may be negotiated) consists of: (i) approximately $18.7 million
in cash; (ii)  approximately  $19.9 million in Common Stock,  valued at the fair
market  value,  as  approved  by the Board;  and (iii) notes to be issued by the
Company in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $6.2 million.  All of
these  acquisitions  are expected to be  consummated  during  1998.  The Company
anticipates  that it will finance the cash  portion of the  purchase  prices for
such acquisitions with additional borrowings.  Additionally, five of the Partner
Companies are, and the Company  expects that all of the  Acquisition  Candidates
will be, subject to post-closing adjustments, payable in additional cash, shares
of  Common  Stock  and/or  notes  to be  issued  by the  Company,  based  on the
individual financial  performance of such companies for the next 12-month period
(the "NTM Period"). The payment of any such post-closing  adjustment will be due
within 90 days after the end of the NTM Period. If each of the Partner Companies
and  Acquisition  Candidates,  subject to post-closing  adjustments  meets their
financial  performance goals for the NTM Period, the Company will be required to
pay additional cash consideration of $450,000 and $3.8 million in 1998 and 1999,
respectively.  The Company  anticipates  that it will finance the payment of any
such post-closing  adjustments  through cash from operations and additional bank
financing.

     A-COM and CNS have  inventory  financing  agreements in place with Deutsche
Financial Services Corporation (the "Floor Financing"),  providing for inventory
financing.  As of March  31,  1998,  $46,744  was  outstanding  under  the Floor
Financing.  Through  March 31,  1998 the  Company  was in  technical  default of
certain financial covenants under the Floor Financing.  The Company has obtained
a waiver for all such defaults.

     IT Partners' anticipated capital expenditures budget for the next 12 months
is   approximately   $3.0   million.   This  amount  is  primarily   related  to
infrastructure  improvements,  including the purchase of computer  equipment and
leasehold  improvements.  This  amount will vary  depending  upon the timing and
number of acquisitions.

     The  Company  anticipates  that its  current  cash on hand,  cash flow from
operations,  the net proceeds from the Offering and borrowings  under the Credit
Facility will be sufficient to meet the Company's liquidity requirements for its
operations through the end of fiscal 1999. However,  because the Company intends
to pursue acquisitions, which are expected to be funded through a combination of
cash,  notes  and  shares  of  Common  Stock,  there  can be no  assurance  that
additional  sources of financing,  including the issuance of additional debt and
equity securities, will not be required during the next 12 months or thereafter.


FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company has  experienced  and may in the future  continue to experience
fluctuations  in its  quarterly  operating  results.  Factors that may cause the
Company's  quarterly  operating  results  to vary  include  the number of active
client projects,  the requirements of client projects,  the termination of major
client  projects,   the  loss  of  major  clients,  the  timing  of  new  client
engagements, and the timing of personnel costs increases. The Company is subject
to seasonality fluctuations during any fiscal year. The second and third quarter
of each year generally produce higher revenues and EBITDA results. Due to all of
the foregoing  factors,  there can be no assurance that the Company's results of
operations will not be below the expectations of investors for any given period.
See "Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results."


INFLATION

     The Company does not believe that  inflation  has had a material  impact on
its results of operations  for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 or
the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997.


                                       38

<PAGE>



NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

     Reporting  Comprehensive  Income.  In June 1997,  FASB issued SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive  Income." SFAS No. 130  establishes  standards for the
reporting  and display of  comprehensive  income and its  components  (revenues,
expenses,  gains  and  losses)  in  a  full  set  of  general-purpose  financial
statements. SFAS No. 130 requires that all items required to be recognized under
accounting  standards as  components  of  comprehensive  income be reported in a
financial  statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other
financial statements. SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997.  Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods
provided for comparative purposes is required. The Company intends to adopt SFAS
No. 130 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.


YEAR 2000 ISSUE

     Many existing  computer  programs  were  designed and  developed  using two
digits  rather  than  four  to  define  the   applicable   year,   resulting  in
date-sensitive  software  having the potential to recognize a date using "00" as
the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.  This could result in a system  failure
or miscalculations  causing  disruptions of operations,  including,  among other
things, a temporary inability to process transactions,  send invoices, or engage
in  similar  normal  business  activities.  In  anticipation  of the Year  2000,
management has developed a plan to review software that was internally developed
or externally purchased or licensed, and also to review with its key vendors and
service  providers  their  software,  for compliance  with Year 2000  processing
requirements.  The Company's  analysis of its existing systems  indicates that a
majority are Year 2000  compliant or will be by the end of 1998.  The Company is
primarily  relying on its vendors to implement Year 2000 compliance with respect
to the  third-party  software  sold or used by the  Company.  To date,  the cost
associated with Year 2000 readiness has been  immaterial.  The Company  believes
that  existing  data  backup  procedures  will  ensure  that all  financial  and
operational  data will be retained in a safe  off-site  location  prior to 12:00
a.m. on January 1, 2000. The Company is implementing the following procedures in
anticipation of Year 2000: (i) analyzing and contacting its vendors to ascertain
Year 2000 readiness;  (ii) establishing  multiple vendor  relationships for each
product  line  to  improve  availability  of Year  2000  ready  products;  (iii)
contacting  customers regarding the Year 2000 readiness of the components of the
systems and products  provided by the Company and reproduce  invoices as needed;
(iv) establishing  internal manual systems to handle certain  operations such as
accounts  receivable and accounts  payable;  and (v) analyzing  power sources to
determine  their Year 2000  readiness.  The Company has reviewed  the  potential
impact  of the  Year  2000  issue  on its  business,  operations  and  financial
condition  and  has  concluded   that  it  will  not  be  material.   See  "Risk
Factors--Risk of Loss from Possible Failure to Achieve Year 2000 Compliance."


PREDECESSOR COMPANIES

CNS -- RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     CNS is a network  integrator  and support  company  that  provides  systems
integration and technical repair.



                                       39

<PAGE>



     The  following  table sets forth certain selected financial data for CNS on
a  historical basis and as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996 and the five months ended May 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    FIVE MONTHS ENDED
                                                --------------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                                         1995                       1996                  MAY 31, 1997
                                                -----------------------   ------------------------   -----------------------
                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Revenues ....................................    $8,984         100.0%     $10,199         100.0%     $4,453         100.0%
Cost of sales ...............................     7,063          78.6        8,210          80.5       3,430          77.0
Gross profit ................................     1,921          21.4        1,989          19.5       1,023          23.0
Selling, general and administrative .........     1,753          19.5        1,860          18.2       1,030          23.1
Income from operations ......................       136           1.5           93           0.9         (16)        ( 0.4)
</TABLE>


CNS -- FIVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

     The five-month period presented represents the results of operations of CNS
during 1997 prior to the  acquisition  of CNS by the Company.  The  remainder of
CNS's 1997  results are  included in the  Company's  consolidated  1997  results
presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.

     Revenues.  Revenues  were $4.5  million for the five  months  ended May 31,
1997. The Company  recorded $7.3 million in revenues for CNS for the seven-month
period ended December 31, 1997.

     Gross  profit.  Gross profit was $1.0 million for the five months ended May
31, 1997.  Gross profit margin was 23.0% for the five months ended May 31, 1997.
During 1997, CNS increased the percentage of sales attributable to services with
higher  margins,  as compared to lower  margin  technical  repair  services  and
product sales. The Company recorded $1.3 million in gross profit for CNS for the
seven-month period ended December 31, 1997.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses  were $1.0 million for the five months ended May 31, 1997.  The Company
recorded $900,000 in selling,  general and  administrative  expenses for CNS for
the seven months ended December 31, 1997.


CNS -- YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

     Revenues.  Revenues  increased  13.5% to $10.2  million  for the year ended
December 31, 1996,  from $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. This
increase  resulted from  contracts  with new  customers and increased  marketing
efforts to provide more network  integration  services.  Initially,  the network
integration  business  was more  heavily  weighted to hardware  sales to support
customer networks.

     Gross  profit.  Gross  profit  increased  3.5% to $2.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996, from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1995.
Gross profit margin  decreased to 19.5% during the year ended December 31, 1996,
from 21.4% during the year ended December 31, 1995.  This decrease was primarily
attributable  to the increase in hardware  sales related to network  integration
services.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expense  increased  6.1% to $1.9  million for the year ended  December 31, 1996,
from $1.8  million for the year ended  December  31,  1995.  This  increase  was
primarily  due to the hiring of additional  sales  personnel and the increase in
sales.


KDP -- RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     KDP is a network  integrator and support company that provides a full range
of system integration and communication services.


                                       40

<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth certain selected financial data for KDP on a
historical  basis and as a percentage  of revenue for the years ended  September
30, 1995 and 1996 and the five months ended May 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               EIGHT MONTHS ENDED MAY
                                                       YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                          31,
                                           -------------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                                    1995                      1996                      1997
                                           -----------------------   -----------------------   -----------------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Revenues ...............................    $5,757         100.0%     $5,161         100.0%     $3,639         100.0%
Cost of sales ..........................     4,308          74.8       4,331          83.9       2,529          69.5
Gross profit ...........................     1,449          25.2         830          16.1       1,110          30.5
Selling, general and administrative.....     1,189          20.7         883          17.1         980          26.9
Income from operations .................       236           4.1         (86)        ( 1.7)         74           2.0
</TABLE>


KDP -- EIGHT MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996

     The eight-month  period  presented  represents the results of operations of
KDP during 1997 prior to the acquisition of KDP by the Company. The remainder of
KDP's 1997  results are  included in the  Company's  consolidated  1997  results
presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.

     Revenues.  Revenues  were $3.6  million for the eight  months ended May 31,
1997.

     Gross profit.  Gross profit was $1.1 million for the eight months ended May
31, 1997. Gross profit margin was 30.5% for the eight months ended May 31, 1997.

     Selling,  general  and  administrative. Selling, general and administrative
expenses were $1.0 million for the eight months ended May 31, 1997.


KDP -- YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

     Revenues.  Revenues  decreased  10.4% to $5.2  million  for the year  ended
September  30, 1996,  from $5.8 million for the year ended  September  30, 1995.
This decrease was primarily  attributable to a decrease in hardware purchases in
1996 by a customer that represented a significant portion of 1995 revenues. This
decrease was also attributable to a decrease in pricing resulting from increased
competition.

     Gross profit.  Gross profit  decreased 42.7% to $830,000 for the year ended
September  30, 1996,  from $1.4 million for the year ended  September  30, 1995.
Gross profit  margin  decreased to 16.1% for the year ended  September  30, 1996
from 25.2% for the year ended  September  30, 1995.  This decrease was primarily
attributable  to more  competitive  pricing in the industry,  resulting in lower
prices and margins.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses decreased 25.7% to $883,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996, from
$1.2  million  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1995.  This  decrease  was
attributable  to efforts by KDP to closely  monitor  its costs,  implement  cost
containment strategies and improve the efficiency of its operations.


                                       41

<PAGE>



A-COM -- RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     A-Com is a systems  integrator that provides  customized  integrated system
solutions to manage information flow and maintain a safe and secure environment.

     The following table sets forth certain selected financial data for A-COM on
a  historical  basis and as a  percentage  of revenues  and for the fiscal years
ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1995                       1995                       1997
                                                -----------------------   ------------------------   -------------------------
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues ....................................    $9,947         100.0%     $13,292         100.0%     $ 20,078         100.0%
Cost of sales ...............................     7,711          77.5       10,018          75.4        16,196          80.7
Gross profit ................................     2,236          22.5        3,274          24.6         3,882          19.3
Selling, general and administrative .........     1,244          12.5        1,595          12.0         2,253          11.2
Income (loss) from operations ...............      (730)        ( 7.3)         116           0.9          (897)        ( 4.5)
</TABLE>


A-COM -- YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996

     Revenues. Revenues increased 51.1% to $20.1 million for the year ended June
30, 1997, from $13.3 million for the year ended June 30, 1996. This increase was
primarily attributable to increased sales to existing customers and sales to new
customers.  To a  lesser  extent,  the  increase  was also  attributable  to the
introduction of voice communication products.

     Gross  profit.  Gross profit  increased  18.6% to $3.9 million for the year
ended June 30, 1997,  from $3.3 million for the year ended June 30, 1996.  Gross
profit  margin  decreased to 19.3% for the year ended June 30, 1997,  from 24.6%
for the year ended June 30, 1996.  This decrease in gross profit margin resulted
primarily from an increase in sales of lower margin products.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses  increased 41.3% to $2.3 million for the year ended June 30, 1997, from
$1.6 million for the year ended June 30, 1996. This increase was attributable to
the  increase in sales.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  as a
percentage of revenues, remained constant.


A-COM -- YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995

     Revenues. Revenues increased 33.6% to $13.3 million for the year ended June
30, 1996 from $9.9 million for the year ended June 30, 1995.  This  increase was
primarily attributable to increased sales to existing customers and sales to new
customers.

     Gross  profit.  Gross profit  increased  46.4% to $3.3 million for the year
ended June 30, 1996,  from $2.2 million for the year ended June 30, 1995.  Gross
profit  margin  increased to 24.6% for the year ended June 30, 1996,  from 22.5%
for the year ended June 30, 1995. This increase was primarily attributable to an
increase in sales of higher margin services.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses  increased 28.2% to $1.6 million for the year ended June 30, 1996, from
$1.2  million  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1995.   Selling,   general  and
administrative  expenses,  as a  percentage  of  revenues,  remained  relatively
constant between years.



                                       42
<PAGE>



                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

     IT Partners is a growing IT solutions provider that delivers comprehensive,
value-added IT solutions to middle-market (i.e., businesses with revenues of $25
million to $500 million) and Fortune 1000 companies throughout the United States
and in selected Western European countries.  The Company provides specialized IT
expertise in consulting and planning, systems and network integration,  software
development  and  integration,  support and  operations,  Internet  and intranet
solutions,  and  telephony  and  electronics  integration.  Through  its Partner
Companies,  the Company  offers fully  integrated  and  coordinated  IT solution
packages that are focused on the strategic  business  objectives of its clients.
As  of  June  30,  1998,  the  Company  had  735  employees,  including  500  IT
professionals,  providing  services  to more than 2,000  clients  across a broad
spectrum  of  industries,   including  manufacturing,   healthcare,   education,
aviation, professional services and retail.

     The Company's coordinated  decentralized operating model ("CDM") integrates
the skills, experience,  practices and resources of its Partner Companies, while
preserving their ability to manage and grow their respective businesses. Through
CDM, IT Partners provides its Partner Companies with business  development tools
that are designed to improve the Company's  internal  growth.  The Company works
with each Partner Company to develop a sales and marketing plan and to integrate
its services and products  with those of other  Partner  Companies.  The Company
also facilitates the exchange of ideas and information about marketing programs,
cross-selling  opportunities  and  employee  training  and  retention at monthly
operations  reviews  and  quarterly  meetings.  In  addition,  the  Company  has
established several advisory councils comprised of the senior management of each
Partner  Company  and IT Partners  to  exchange  ideas and  provide  guidance on
financial, marketing, services and technical issues.

     The Company  believes that an important factor in its future success is its
ability to continue to acquire well-managed local systems integrators,  regional
business application  providers and national specialty IT service companies.  To
date, the Company has acquired eight Partner Companies,  including Sequoia,  the
1998 Microsoft  "Worldwide Partner of the Year," and has entered into agreements
or letters of intent to acquire an additional  ten companies,  including  KiZAN,
the 1995 Microsoft  "Outstanding  Solution  Provider Partner of the Year" (today
this award is known as the "Worldwide Partner of the Year") The Company believes
that CDM and the Company's  reputation will continue to attract local,  regional
and national IT companies that represent the best of their industry  niches.  As
part  of  its  acquisition  strategy,  the  Company  created  and  maintains  an
extensive,  updated  database  from which it identifies  acquisition  candidates
based on a  quantitative  methodology.  The Company may also pursue  acquisition
opportunities identified by its Partner Companies and by the Company's financial
and other  advisors.  The Company's  quantitative  assessment of an  acquisition
candidate is based on a system that  evaluates  numerous  factors,  including an
acquisition   candidate's   business   focus,   client   concentration,   vendor
authorizations,  historical  financial  performance,  number  of  employees  and
technical  certifications.  The Company's  valuation  methodology  is based upon
historical earnings, projected earnings growth, margin trends, opportunities for
recurring revenues and future infrastructure needs.


MARKET OVERVIEW

     Expansion of the Market

     The   worldwide   market  for  IT  products   and   services  has  expanded
significantly in recent years, driven by the trends toward open systems, greater
affordability  and improvements in network operating  performance.  According to
IDC,  the  worldwide  market for IT services  was $282  billion in 1997 and will
increase to $403 billion by 2001,  representing a compounded  annual growth rate
of approximately 9.4%.

     The  Company  believes  that the  average  growth  rate for IT  spending is
highest for those  middle-market  companies  with 100 to 1,000  employees.  Many
middle-market  companies  began  investing in technology  infrastructure  in the
1980s,  primarily to improve the  efficiency  of their  business  processes.  As
technology has evolved from centralized computing systems (mainframes and minis)
to client/server  environments with departmental  servers and powerful desktops,
businesses have made incremental in-


                                       43 

<PAGE>



vestments in  infrastructure  in order to realize  productivity  and  processing
advantages.  Middle-market companies are taking advantage of improvements in the
price and  performance  of software and hardware to achieve not only  efficiency
gains, but also strategic business goals.

     The Company  believes the following key factors underlie the growing demand
for IT services and products within the middle market:

     Technology  Return on  Investment.  As  technology  has become more broadly
applicable  throughout  all aspects of a  business,  technology  solutions  have
emerged as a competitive tool and a critical foundation for business strategies.
Accordingly,  strategic business considerations are frequently the most critical
factor in determining the nature and level of IT investment.

     Increased  Demand  for  Network  Applications.  Competition  is  compelling
middle-market    businesses   to   improve    efficiency    and    productivity.
Technology-related  solutions and, in particular,  networked applications,  have
become a  critical  component  of this  strategy.  Businesses  are  increasingly
demanding IT solutions that facilitate internal communication (i.e.,  intranets)
and link  companies  with their clients and  suppliers  (i.e.,  extranets).  The
availability  of the  Internet  and its open  communication  standards  has also
increased the demand for networked applications.

     Declining Software and Hardware Prices.  Middle-market companies are taking
advantage of declining prices and improving performance of software and hardware
to implement more  comprehensive  and complete IT solutions.  High-end  database
companies and enterprise  resource  vendors,  such as Oracle,  Baan Company N.V.
("BAAN"), SAP AG ("SAP") and PeopleSoft, Inc. ("PeopleSoft") continue to develop
and introduce products specifically tailored for middle-market businesses.

     Outsourcing.   Many  middle-market  businesses  are  outsourcing  their  IT
functions because of the increasing  complexity of technology and the rapid rate
of technological innovation. Many middle-market businesses lack the resources to
maintain an in-house IT capability that can keep pace with  constantly  evolving
and increasingly  complex IT  requirements.  Other businesses and IT departments
within  Fortune 1000  businesses  use  solutions  integrators  and  applications
developers to create custom solutions for their business needs.

     Growth Opportunities for Solutions Integrators

     The  Company  believes  that  the  substantial   growth  in  the  solutions
integration market has been driven by the increasing demand in the middle market
for IT services and products.  The Company believes that  traditional  resellers
and  other  IT  providers  have  found  it  increasingly  difficult  to  provide
comprehensive  IT  solutions  to  the  middle  market.  As a  result,  solutions
integrators have emerged as a new class of IT service providers,  possessing the
technical,   marketing  and  financial   resources   required  to  deliver  more
comprehensive and complex IT solutions.

     The Company  believes that the IT services  industry is highly  fragmented,
with a small number of large,  national services providers and a large number of
small and medium-sized service providers.  Large IT service providers are scaled
and  structured  to  address  the  requirements  of  large   organizations  with
substantial  IT   requirements,   whereas  smaller  IT  services  firms  provide
specialized services of limited scope.  Consequently,  middle-market  businesses
typically rely on multiple,  often specialized,  providers to help implement and
manage their IT systems. The Company believes middle-market reliance on multiple
service providers  creates complex,  inefficient  vendor  relationships and that
these clients are increasingly  seeking a single  solutions  integrator that can
meet their evolving IT needs.


THE IT PARTNERS SOLUTION

     The  Company  focuses  on the  delivery  of  comprehensive,  integrated  IT
solutions  that are  tailored to address  the  strategic  business  needs of its
clients. The Company provides, or oversees and coordinates the provision of, the
services, software and hardware components of a specific "solution package." The
Company's solutions integrator approach draws upon the following key competitive
strengths:


                                       44

<PAGE>



     Responsiveness  Through  Strong  Local  Presence.  The  Partner  Companies'
established local reputations and presence position them to identify and address
the  specific   needs  of   middle-market   clients.   Clients  are  assigned  a
locally-based  project  manager who is responsible  for overseeing the Company's
relationship  with that  client.  The  Company  believes  that the strong  local
presence of its Partner  Companies and direct  "one-on-one"  approach  cultivate
strong, long-term client relationships.

     Capacity to Grow with Clients' Needs. The Company  cross-sells  value-added
business  applications  and specialized IT services  offered by its regional and
national Partner Companies. The combined expertise of the Company's regional and
national Partner Companies  addresses the increasing demand among  middle-market
businesses for additional services from a single solution IT services provider.

     Coordinated  Decentralized  Operating  Model.  The  Company  employs CDM to
develop and implement  consistent  service  delivery  standards  and  procedures
throughout the Company. The Company believes that CDM is a competitive advantage
because  it  enables  the  Company to draw upon and  coordinate  the  collective
expertise of the Partner  Companies'  personnel.  By employing  CDM, the Partner
Companies  retain  the  flexibility  and  autonomy  to  manage  and  grow  their
respective  businesses,  while benefitting from the best business  practices and
resources of the other Partner Companies.

     Experience and Technical  Expertise.  The Company's  Partner  Companies are
managed by, and employ, skilled IT project managers, engineers,  consultants and
other technical personnel.  The Company's employees have significant  experience
in  a  wide  range  of  technical   disciplines,   including   business  process
reengineering, project management, network design and integration, client/server
development,   Internet  and  intranet   development,   and  computer  telephony
integration  ("CTI"). The depth and breadth of technical skills of the Company's
employees is critical in delivering  comprehensive IT solutions.  As of June 30,
1998, the Company employed 500 technical personnel.


CORE COMPETENCIES

     IT Partners'  ability to leverage the  collective  expertise of the Partner
Companies  and to  provide  comprehensive  IT  solutions  to  meet  its  clients
strategic  business  requirements are enabled by several key core  competencies,
including:

     o    Project  Management.  Dedicated  project  managers are assigned to all
          major   projects  from   pre-sales   engineering,   solution   design,
          development,  and implementation through acceptance testing,  training
          and ongoing support.

     o    Quality  Assurance.  The  Company has  established  and  monitors  key
          quality  metrics that are designed to ensure  consistent,  sustainable
          quality  throughout  the Company.  Partner  Companies  work with their
          clients to define the applicable  performance  parameters,  consistent
          with appropriate industry standards, for each project.

     o    Technical  Expertise.  With over 500 technical personnel on staff, the
          Company  and its clients  benefit  from a depth and breadth of systems
          and software  engineering  knowledge.  Through ongoing recruitment and
          training,  the  Company  maintains  a high level of  expertise  in the
          analysis,  design,  installation  and  support of diverse  systems and
          technologies. These include Windows NT, Microsoft BackOffice, NetWare,
          Unix, Winframe, client/server architectures, LAN/ WAN infrastructures,
          Internet connectivity,  Internet and intranet development and hosting,
          E-commerce, telephony and CTI, and custom application development.

     o    Vertical Market Expertise.  Through its Partner Companies, the Company
          serves a wide range of clients in a variety of industries. As a result
          the Company has developed considerable  understanding and expertise in
          a number of vertical  markets  including  manufacturing,  health care,
          education, professional services and retail.



                                       45

<PAGE>



GROWTH STRATEGY

     The Company's growth strategy emphasizes the following elements:

     Capitalize  on  Internal  Growth  Opportunities.  For the 12  months  ended
December 31, 1997,  the Partner  Companies  had pro forma  combined  revenues of
approximately  $106.0  million.  For the three months ended March 31, 1998,  the
Partner  Companies  had pro  forma  combined  revenues  of  approximately  $27.4
million.  The Company plans to leverage its client base by providing  additional
services to address its clients' increasing demands for IT services. The Company
believes that providing  solution packages to address specific business problems
will increase its internal growth and  profitability.  The Company is seeking to
improve  profitability by increasing the percentage of revenues that the Partner
Companies  derive from IT  services  as  compared  to  products by applying  the
solutions  integrator  model  and  developing  solution  packages.  The  Company
believes  that growing the services  segment of its business  will  increase the
sale  of  higher  margin  services,  increase  recurring  revenues  and  provide
additional opportunities for revenue growth.

     Continue to Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. The Company plans to continue to
pursue  strategic  acquisitions.  The  Company  seeks to acquire  local  systems
integrators,  regional  business  application  providers and national  specialty
service companies that will provide access to new markets, broaden the Company's
current service offerings and expand the Company's vertical coverage in existing
markets.  The  Company  targets  companies  that  have a history  of growth  and
profitability,   strong  management  and  a  reputation  for  providing  quality
services.  The Company's  acquisition  methodology evaluates candidates based on
their business focus, client concentration,  vendor  authorizations,  historical
financial  performance,  number of employees and technical  certifications.  The
Company believes that CDM and the Company's  reputation will continue to attract
other local, regional and national IT companies that represent the best of their
industry niches.

     Attract,  Train, Motivate and Retain Highly Skilled Employees.  The Company
seeks to attract,  train,  motivate  and retain  highly  skilled  employees.  An
outside vendor provides the Company's  technical staff with unlimited  access to
over  120  certification-oriented,  computer  training  programs.  In  addition,
Microsoft  and  other  vendors  provide   training  support  for  the  Company's
personnel.  The Company has retained a nationally recognized human resources and
benefits  consulting  company  which is  developing a national  recruitment  and
employee  retention  program.  The Company  provides  competitive  compensation,
incentive programs and benefits,  including stock options, to its employees. The
Company  believes that these and other  initiatives  will continue to enable the
Company to attract and retain highly skilled personnel.

     Capitalize on  Cross-selling  Opportunities.  The Company believes that its
success in cross-selling services is attributable to several factors,  including
CDM, the Company's solution packaging approach and the marketing of its services
and products to the same decision-makers  within its client  organizations.  The
Company seeks to increase its revenues from existing  clients by developing  and
offering  comprehensive  IT  solution  packages  that draw  upon the  collective
expertise of the Partner Companies. The Company will also continue to expand and
coordinate the local,  regional and national sales and marketing  efforts of the
Partner Companies. IT Partners is also implementing incentive compensation plans
among the Partner Companies on a case-by-case basis.

     Expand  Relationships  With  Leading  Vendors.  The Company and the Partner
Companies have developed  strong  relationships  with leading  vendors,  such as
Microsoft,  Oracle,  Great Plains and Solomon. The Company believes that leading
vendors prefer channel  partners with technical  expertise,  business acumen and
advanced  project  management  capabilities  in order to ensure  the  successful
delivery of comprehensive, integrated IT business solutions. These relationships
can result in direct client  referrals and enhanced  industry  recognition.  The
Company  will  continue to use these  relationships  to broaden its client base,
increase  its  competitiveness  and  maintain  its  access  to the most  current
information  and  training.  The Company  plans to continue to  cultivate  these
relationships,  form  alliances  with  other  leading  vendors  and  expand  its
relationships   with  other  clients  in  order  to  expand  and  increase  such
opportunities.


                                       46

<PAGE>



     Maintain  Efficient  Operations  and Low Cost Base.  The  Company  seeks to
consolidate  certain  administrative  and support  functions  on a regional  and
national  basis.  The  Company  also  expects to  purchase  insurance,  employee
benefits,  legal,  financial and accounting services on a centralized basis. The
Company  believes that this  centralization  will free its Partner  Companies to
focus on increasing sales and project execution.


SERVICES

     As a solutions  integrator,  the Company offers a comprehensive range of IT
services and products.  The Company's technical  professionals provide strategic
planning and management  consulting  services in a variety of business areas. IT
Partners  also  designs,  develops  and  implements  business  applications  and
provides  network  and  system  integration  services.  The  Company's  software
capabilities  include the implementation of packaged business  applications such
as  MRP/ERP,  finance and  accounting,  E-commerce  and sales  force  automation
solutions.  The Company also designs,  develops,  and maintains  custom software
solutions on a variety of platforms (e.g., NT, UNIX and AIX) utilizing  industry
standard  development  tools (e.g.,  Visual Basic, C++ and  PowerBuilder)  and a
variety of database engines (e.g., SQL, Oracle and Informix). In response to the
increasing  importance  of the  Internet,  the  Company  provides  comprehensive
Internet and intranet design,  development and  implementation  services.  Other
services  provided on an  outsourcing  basis include  project  management,  data
center operations,  network administration,  staff supplementation and help desk
support.  In  addition,  IT Partners  offers a full range of  telephony  and CTI
solutions  such as call  center  design,  PBX  installation,  voice  over IP and
interactive  voice  response  ("IVR").   The  Company's   services  include  the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 CONSULTING AND PLANNING                     SYSTEMS AND NETWORK INTEGRATION
- -----------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>
o Technology infrastructure design          o Client/server development and integration
o Systems architecture development          o LAN/WAN design and implementation
o Year 2000 planning and consulting         o Project management and resource planning
o Business process reengineering            o Software and hardware selection
o IT needs analysis and design              o Network configuration, testing and installation
o Financial systems analysis and design     o Performance benchmarking
o Internet analysis and design              o Diagnostic testing
o Prototype development
                                             TELEPHONE AND ELECTRONICS INTEGRATION SOLUTIONS
                                            ---------------------------------------------------
 INTERNET AND INTRANET SOLUTIONS            o Telecommunications and voice mail integration
- -----------------------------------------   o Security access and monitoring          
o Web site development                      o Fire systems installation and monitoring
o E-commerce                                o Cabling and installation                
o Corporate intranet development            

                                             SUPPORT AND OPERATIONS
                                            ---------------------------------------------------
 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND INTEGRATION       o Outsourcing services and procurement
- -----------------------------------------   o IT staff supplementation                        
o Custom programming                        o Help desk                                       
o MRP/ERP applications                      o Project management                              
o Financial applications                    o Repair and diagnostic                           
o Sales force automation                    o Remote network management                       
o Database/user interfaces                  o Data assurance                                  
                                            o Monitors and flat panel repairs                 
                                            o Audio and video equipment maintenance and repair
</TABLE>

                                       47

<PAGE>



SOLUTION PACKAGES

     Solution  packaging  consists  of a  specific,  integrated  combination  of
services,  software  and  hardware  designed  to  address a  client's  strategic
business  objective.  The Company intends to use solution packages to facilitate
the transfer of proven best practices and successful  product  offerings between
Partner  Companies.  The  Company  has  adopted  a  standardized  framework  for
developing solution packages that encompasses the following elements:  (i) value
proposition;  (ii) standard operating procedures; (iii) implementation plan; and
(iv) marketing and sales strategy.

     At  present,  the  Company  offers  help desk,  network  audit,  outsourced
operations and remote LAN/ WAN management solution packages. The Company is also
in the  process of  developing  solution  packages to address a variety of other
business  needs in areas such as total  cost of  ownership,  user  productivity,
customer service, network security, E-commerce and messaging and communications.
The Company  believes  that the  marketing of solution  packages  will result in
higher operating  margins,  improved sales closing ratios and reduced  financial
risk  and   liability.   Solution   packages  are  also  expected  to  stimulate
cross-selling as they incorporate the capabilities of various Partner  Companies
and  ensure the  quality  and  consistency  of  services  offered by each of the
Partner Companies.


                      IT PARTNERS "SOLUTION PACKAGE" MODEL
                      ------------------------------------



                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]



*    Proposed solution packages under development.




                                       48

<PAGE>



ACQUISITION METHODOLOGY

     The Company  believes that an important factor in its future success is its
ability to continue to acquire well-managed local systems integrators,  regional
business application providers and national specialty IT services companies. The
Company seeks IT companies  whose services and expertise:  (i) complement  those
offered by the  Partner  Companies;  (ii)  increase  penetration  into  existing
geographic markets; and (iii) provide access to new geographic markets.

     The  Company  believes  that many  attractive  acquisition  candidates  are
available  due  to:  (i)  the  highly  fragmented  nature  of the IT  consulting
business; (ii) the need for capital to expand existing IT consulting businesses;
and (iii) the wide geographic scope and the evolving  purchasing and outsourcing
patterns of the Company's present and target clients.

     As  part  of its  acquisition  strategy,  the  Company  has  developed  and
maintains an updated  database from which it identifies  acquisition  candidates
based on a  quantitative  methodology.  The Company  may also  pursue  qualified
acquisition  opportunities  identified  by  the  Partner  Companies  and  by the
Company's financial and other advisors. The quantitative  assessment is based on
a qualification system that evaluates factors such as an acquisition candidate's
business  focus,  client  concentration,   vendor   authorizations,   historical
financial  performance,  number of employees and technical  certifications.  The
Company's  valuation  methodology is based upon historical  earnings,  projected
earnings growth, margin trends,  opportunities for recurring revenues and future
infrastructure needs.

     The Company's due diligence  process  includes an audit and a  quantitative
review of the acquisition candidate's infrastructure,  operations,  products and
services,   marketing  activities  and  existing  client  base.  Generally,  the
Company's  acquisition  agreements are designed to ensure  continued  successful
performance of Partner  Companies  through the use of post-closing  adjustments.
These agreements  typically  require the Partner Companies to achieve 20% growth
in EBITDA over the last 12-month period. The Company also intends to require the
principals and key employees of an Acquisition  Candidate to execute  employment
and  non-competition  agreements  with  initial  terms  ranging from two to four
years.


OPERATIONS

     CDM leverages the local experience and relationships of each of the Partner
Companies  while  drawing  on the  benefits  of shared  best  practices  and the
oversight  of  central  management.  A primary  component  of CDM is the  "track
system." In conjunction  with its Partner  Companies,  the Company has developed
certain  operational  best practices and has packaged these practices into a set
of systems  and tools  known as tracks.  Each  track  comprises  both a tangible
package  that is  delivered  to each of the Partner  Companies as well as active
involvement  by IT  Partners'  management  in helping  implement  the  practices
embodied in each track.  The Company  believes  that  application  of the tracks
within a decentralized  management  structure helps  disseminate  best practices
while  preserving  creativity at the Partner Company level,  from which new best
practices may emerge, as illustrated on the following page.


                                       49

<PAGE>



                    COORDINATED DECENTRALIZED OPERATING MODEL
                    -----------------------------------------



                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]



     CDM has several key components:

     Partner  Track:  Integration  of New Partner  Companies.  The Partner Track
helps newly acquired Partner  Companies  efficiently and successfully  integrate
into the Company, focusing on the following areas:

     o    Communications   Integration.   The  Company   helps   integrate   and
          standardize  the  communication  strategy  and  tools  of its  Partner
          Companies,  including Web site  standardization as well as mission and
          value alignment.

     o    Accounting/Financial  Integration. Partner Companies work closely with
          the Company's  management to develop  common  financial and accounting
          practices. The management team also conducts an operational review and
          an internal systems and  mission-critical  applications  assessment of
          each newly acquired  Partner  Company.  Examples of this  coordination
          include the monthly reporting package, initial current year budget and
          a preliminary operations review.

     o    Human  Resources  Integration.  The Company  assesses  Partner Company
          compliance  with all  federal  and state  regulations  and  laws,  and
          implements programs to effectively attract, train, motivate and retain
          top quality  staff.  Upon  completion of the  assessment,  the Company
          compiles a report  outlining any areas of concern as well as providing
          a path of measurable  milestones  that need to be attained  within the
          organization.

     Growth  Track:  Business  Development.  The Company works with each Partner
Company to develop sales and marketing strategies and coordinate local, regional
and national  sales and marketing  strategies  and  initiatives.  Together,  the
Company  and  its  Partner   Companies   identify   and  package   cross-selling
opportunities,  coordinate  and automate  sales forces,  manage client data, and
develop corporate marketing initiatives. The Company also works with its Partner
Companies  to  revise  their  sales   marketing  plan   annually,   providing  a
comprehensive  summary of marketing  strategy and tactics for the upcoming year,
addressing sales and marketing objectives and budgets, value propositions, media
mix and competitive positioning.



                                       50

<PAGE>



     Performance  Track:  Performance  Review. The Company reviews and evaluates
each  Partner  Company's  plan  versus actual operating performance on a monthly
basis.  The  Company  seeks  to  implement  the  best practices of other Partner
Companies and to identify and address problems expediently.

     Career  Track:  Development  and Training. The Company's success depends in
large  part  upon  its  ability  to  attract,  train, motivate and retain highly
skilled   technical  employees.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  implemented  a
strategy  to  reduce  turnover,  control  costs  and  increase productivity. The
Company  dedicates  significant  resources  to employee recruitment and utilizes
multiple  recruiting  methods,  such  as  employing regional recruiters, posting
openings  on  the  Internet  and  relying  on  referrals  from  existing Company
employees. See "--Human Resources."

     Quality  Track:   Quality  Review.   Attaining  consistent  quality  levels
throughout  the  Partner  Companies  is critical to the  Company's  success.  IT
Partners applies  standardized  plans based on Partner Companies' best practices
which  measure and monitor the  consistency  of service  delivery  and  quality,
including employee training and continuing education,  employee and client focus
groups,  and  client  satisfaction  surveys.  These  plans  provide  centralized
management  and oversight on a Company  level,  but are modified to consider the
needs and expectations of systems integrator clients,  ensuring that the Partner
Company retains local management responsibility.

     As part of CDM,  the  Company  has  designated  national  practice  leaders
("National  Practice  Leaders")  among the Partner  Companies to facilitate  the
exchange of best practices. Currently, the Company has National Practice Leaders
for systems integration, business applications and electronics integration.


SALES AND MARKETING

     The Company  focuses its  marketing  efforts on  middle-market  businesses,
which the Company  believes  spend in excess of $1 million  annually on their IT
needs. The Company's sales and marketing plans include: (i) developing long-term
relationships with its clients as a single solution integrator;  (ii) continuing
to expand the existing  sales and  marketing  efforts of the Partner  Companies;
(iii)  cross-selling  the  complementary  service  capabilities  of the  Partner
Companies;  (iv) expanding offerings of solution packages;  and (v) establishing
IT Partners as a nationally recognized solutions integrator.

     As of June 30, 1998, the Company had  approximately  90 sales and marketing
personnel.  The Company markets its services  primarily through the direct sales
forces of each Partner  Company.  The Company works with each Partner Company to
develop a  comprehensive  sales and marketing  plan that:  (i)  identifies  core
competencies  and target markets;  (ii) develops  specific sales  activities and
marketing  budgets;  (iii)  creates  monthly  media plans;  and (iv)  identifies
cross-selling  opportunities.  The Company  continually  seeks to  leverage  the
client  base  of its  Partner  Companies  to  generate  additional  sales  of IT
services, software and hardware.

     The Company generates sales leads through  referrals from clients,  vendors
and  management  consultants,  responses  to requests for  proposals,  strategic
alliances with  complementary  companies,  the Company's Web site and associated
links, industry seminars,  trade shows, direct telephone and mail campaigns, and
advertisements  in trade  journals.  The Company  seeks to expand its  marketing
efforts on a Company-wide basis by coordinating the Partner Companies' responses
to requests for proposals. In addition, the Company plans to implement marketing
and  advertising  campaigns  to  establish  itself as a leading  provider  of IT
solutions to middle-market businesses.


                                       51

<PAGE>



CLIENTS

     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, no single client accounted for
more  than 3% of the  Company's  pro  forma  combined  revenues,  including  the
Acquisition  Candidates.   Listed  below  is  a  sample  of  the  Company's  and
Acquisition Candidates' clients:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            MANUFACTURING                         HEALTH CARE                         RETAIL
- -------------------------------------  ----------------------------------  -------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                                 <C>
                                                                          
o Toshiba Corporation                  o Hurley Medical Center             o Party City Corporation
o Lear Corporation                     o St. Joseph Mercy Hospital         o Giant Food, Inc.
o NEC Technologies, Inc.               o Delta Dental                                                     
o Cooper Tire & Rubber                 o Magellan Public Solutions             PROFESSIONAL SERVICES      
  Company                                                                  -------------------------------
o Cardell Corporation                             EDUCATION                o Adecco                       
o Matsushita Electric Corporation      ----------------------------------  o Miller Freeman, Inc.         
  of America                           o Alexandria City Public Schools    o Professional Detailing, Inc. 
o Dell Computer                        o Fairfax County Public Schools     o BBDO Detroit, Inc.           
o Aeroquip-Vickers, Inc.               o Utica Community Schools                                          
o Besser Company                       o Culpepper County School Board         AVIATION                   
o JD OTT Company, Inc.                                                      ------------------------------
                                                                           o DHL Airways, Inc.            
</TABLE>

COMPETITION  

     The market for the Company's services is highly competitive.  The Company's
competitors vary in size and in the scope of the services and products that they
offer. Primary competitors generally include consulting and systems integrators,
"Big Five" accounting firms,  applications  development firms, service groups of
computer equipment companies,  programming  companies,  temporary staffing firms
and other IT service  providers.  Traditionally,  the largest service  providers
have  principally  focused on  providing  full-service  solutions to Global 1000
companies.  The Company believes that certain IT services  companies,  including
Perot, Renaissance,  Technology Solutions, GE, IKON, Whittman-Hart,  Cotelligent
and Entex, are exploring opportunities within the middle market.

     There are relatively low barriers to entry into the Company's markets,  and
the Company expects to face competition from established and emerging companies.
Increased  competition  may  result in greater  pricing  pressure,  which  could
adversely  affect  the  Company's  gross  margins  and its  ability  to  acquire
companies in the future.  In addition,  many of the Company's  competitors  have
greater financial,  development,  technical,  marketing and sales resources than
the Company.  As a result,  the Company's  competitors may be able to adapt more
quickly to new or emerging technologies and to changes in client requirements or
to devote greater resources than the Company to the development, promotion, sale
and support of IT  products  and  services.  In  addition,  there is a risk that
clients may elect to increase  their  internal IT resources to satisfy  their IT
solution  needs.  The  Company  also  plans to enter new  markets  and offer new
services,  and  expects  to  face  intense  competition  from  existing  and new
competitors,  particularly  since barriers of entry in the IT services  industry
are relatively  low. There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to
provide IT services  and  products  demanded by the market or be able to compete
successfully  with existing or new  competitors.  An inability to compete in its
market effectively would have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of operations, financial condition and business.

     The  Company  believes  that the  principal  competitive  factors in the IT
services  industry  include  responsiveness  to client  needs,  availability  of
technical  personnel,  speed of  applications  development,  quality of service,
price,  project  management  capabilities,  technical  expertise  and ability to
provide a wide variety of IT  services.  The  Company's  ability to compete also
depends  in part on a number of  competitive  factors  outside  of its  control,
including the ability of its competitors to attract,  train, motivate and retain
qualified technical personnel,  the development of software that would reduce or
eliminate the need for the Company's  services,  the price at which others offer
comparable services and the extent of its competitors'  responsiveness to client
needs.


HUMAN RESOURCES

     The  Company's  success  depends in large part upon its ability to attract,
train,  motivate  and  retain  highly  skilled  technical  employees.  Qualified
technical employees are in great demand and are likely to


                                       52

<PAGE>



remain a limited  resource for the  foreseeable  future.  The Company  dedicates
significant  resources to employee  recruitment and utilizes multiple recruiting
methods, such as employing regional recruiters, posting openings on the Internet
and relying on  referrals  from  existing  Company  employees.  The Company also
contracts  with a  third-party  consultant  to support  the  Partner  Companies,
significantly  reducing the costs associated with recruiting  quality employees.
The Company  typically  screens  candidates  through detailed  interviews by the
Company's recruiting personnel,  technical interviews by third-party consultants
and an evaluation by the Company's managers.

     The Company has  developed  programs to help attract,  train,  motivate and
retain  its   employees.   For  example,   the  Company  plans  to  implement  a
performance-based incentive compensation program and currently issues options to
its employees  under the 1997 Plan.  The Company also plans to develop  training
programs  to guide  technical  personnel  through  a  progression  of skill  and
competency  development  programs.  Most  importantly,  in  addition  to  formal
programs,  the Company plans to maintain an environment that fosters  creativity
and recognizes technical excellence. As an example, the Company convenes regular
employee  focus groups to evaluate and enhance job  satisfaction  and quality of
work.

     As of June 30, 1998, the Company  employed 735 employees,  of whom 500 were
technical  personnel.  None of the  Company's  employees  are  represented  by a
collective  bargaining  agreement.   The  Company  does  engage  consultants  as
independent  contractors from time to time. The Company considers relations with
its employees to be good.


PROPERTIES

     The  Company's   principal  executive  offices  are  located  in  Columbia,
Maryland.  In  addition  to its  headquarters,  the  Company  leases  office and
warehouse  space in a number of locations  across the United  States The Company
does not believe that any of these locations are material to its operations. The
leases expire at various times through September 2004.

     The following table sets forth those leases:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         NUMBER
                                        APPROXIMATE RENTABLE      LEASE EXPIRATION         OF       RENEWAL
              LOCATION                     SQUARE FOOTAGE               DATE            OPTIONS      TERM
- ------------------------------------   ----------------------   --------------------   ---------   --------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>         <C>
Chantilly, Virginia ................           63,000           September 30, 2004        --          --
Denville, New Jersey ...............           37,754           March 31, 2003             1       5 years
Auburn Hills, Michigan .............           13,500           November 30, 2000          1       3 years
Chantilly, Virginia ................           12,125           December 31, 2000         --          --
Newbury Park, California ...........           10,340           March 31, 2003            --          --
Beltsville, Maryland ...............           10,256           Month-to-month            --          --
South San Francisco, California.....            8,130           April 1, 1999             --          --
South Jordan, Utah .................            7,622           January 31, 2003          --          --
Newbury Park, California ...........            6,490           November 30, 1998         --          --
Denville, New Jersey ...............            6,241           March 31, 2003             1       5 years
Newbury Park, California ...........            6,136           March 31, 2002            --          --
Mount Joy, Pennsylvania ............            5,993           September 20, 2002        --          --
Columbia, Maryland .................            2,509           February 28, 1999         --          --
Long Beach, California .............            2,035           Month-to-month            --          --
Findlay, Ohio ......................              580           July 31, 2000             --          --
Sylvania, Ohio .....................              500           February 14, 1999         --          --
</TABLE>


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     James Reppert v.  Financial  Systems  Consulting,  Inc., et al. On or about
April 24,  1998,  a lawsuit was filed  against  FSC. The lawsuit is styled James
Reppert v. Financial  Systems  Consulting,  Inc., et al. and has been brought in
the Superior Court of California,  County of Los Angeles,  South  District.  The
plaintiff is seeking damages  primarily based on alleged  wrongful  termination,
for,  among other  things,  breach of  contract,  breach of the covenant of good
faith and fair dealing, promissory estoppel, fraud and deceit, defamation, false
light and negligent infliction of emotional harm. On or about May 28, 1998,


                                       53

<PAGE>



FSC counterclaimed against the plaintiff alleging, among other things, breach of
contract,   money   lent,   intentional    misrepresentation,    and   negligent
misrepresentation.  The Plaintiff is seeking  damages in excess of $4.0 million;
FSC's  counterclaim  is for $1,500.  The Company  denies these  allegations  and
intends  to  vigorously  defend  the  suit,  management  believes  that FSC will
ultimately prevail and does not believe the outcome, if unfavorable,  would have
a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition or
results of operation.

     In addition to the  foregoing,  the Company and its Partner  Companies  are
parties  from time to time in  litigation  or  proceedings  incidental  to their
businesses. The Company is not a party to any other lawsuit or proceeding which,
in the opinion of management,  is likely to have material  adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations, financial condition and business.







                                       54

<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT


DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  names,  ages and other  information
concerning those persons who are directors, executive officers and key employees
of the Company as of August 7, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                    AGE                            POSITION
- ------------------------------------   -----   --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>     <C>
Daniel J. Klein(1) .................    46     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jamie E. Blech(1) ..................    42     President, Secretary and Director
Mark F. Yanson .....................    39     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Senior Vice
                                               President
Anthony M. Corbi ...................    31     Chief Accounting Officer, Corporate Controller and Vice
                                               President
William J. Costa ...................    37     Vice President of Technology
J. Richard Eagan ...................    50     Executive Vice President
Terrence Hardcastle ................    46     Senior Vice President of Business Development
Christine E. Norcross ..............    42     Vice President of Operations
Steven J. Voss .....................    31     Vice President of Planning and Development
John D. Bamberger(1) ...............    43     Director and President of Sequoia
Christopher R. Corbett(1) ..........    47     Director and President of A-COM
Charles Schaeffer ..................    34     Director and President of FSC
James D. Lumsden(1)(2)(3) ..........    45     Director
Martin S. Pinson(2)(3) .............    52     Director
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Member of the Executive Committee of the Board.
(2)  Member of the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(3)  Member of the Audit Committee of the Board.

     Daniel J. Klein has served as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of IT Partners  since  co-founding  the Company in 1996.  He is also the
Chairman of each of the Partner Companies. Mr. Klein has over 12 years of senior
management   experience  in  corporate   operations,   marketing,   mergers  and
acquisitions and strategic planning. Prior to co-founding IT Partners, Mr. Klein
was one of the founders of Green Spring Health Services,  Inc. ("Green Spring"),
a behavioral  healthcare  company.  From 1990 to 1993,  Mr. Klein was the Senior
Vice President of Corporate  Operations for Green Spring.  From 1993 until 1995,
Mr.  Klein  served as the  Senior  Vice  President  of  Strategic  Planning  and
Development, in charge of Green Spring's mergers and acquisitions.

     Jamie E. Blech  co-founded  IT Partners and from October 1996 until October
1997, Mr. Blech served as the Company's  Chief  Operations  Officer.  Since that
time, Mr. Blech has served as IT Partners' President,  Secretary and as a member
of the  Board.  Mr.  Blech  also  serves  as the  Secretary,  Director  and Vice
President  for each of the Partner  Companies.  Mr.  Blech has over six years of
senior management  experience and 17 years of industry  experience in all phases
of IT. Prior to  co-founding  IT Partners,  Mr. Blech was the Chief  Information
Officer for Green Spring from August 1990 until January 1997.  During this time,
Mr. Blech was  responsible for the design and  installation of 15  decentralized
data  centers,  as  well  as for  the  management  of  centralized  applications
development,  reporting, electronic data interchange,  telecommunications and IT
related research and development.

     Mark F. Yanson has served as the Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and
Senior Vice  President of IT Partners  since May 1997.  Mr.  Yanson has over six
years of senior  management  experience in corporate  financial  management  and
mergers and  acquisitions,  along with over 17 years of  experience in financial
reporting,  implementation of financial reporting systems and controls. Prior to
joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Yanson  worked  for Green  Spring as the  Corporate
Controller from July 1990 to August


                                       55

<PAGE>



1994,  and as  Treasurer  and Senior Vice  President of Finance from August 1994
until May 1997. While at Green Spring,  Mr. Yanson's  responsibilities  included
financial management,  treasury operations, mergers and acquisitions and company
controls. Mr. Yanson is a Certified Public Accountant.

     Anthony  M.  Corbi has served as the Chief  Accounting  Officer,  Corporate
Controller and a Vice  President of IT Partners  since  November 1997.  Prior to
joining  IT  Partners,  Mr.  Corbi  worked in the audit  and  business  advisory
division  of Arthur  Andersen  LLP from 1990  until  1997,  most  recently  as a
Manager. Mr. Corbi is a Certified Public Accountant.

     William J.  Costa has served as the Vice  President  of  Technology  for IT
Partners  since March 1998.  Prior to joining IT  Partners,  Mr. Costa served as
Vice  President of  Information  Technology at Green Spring from July 1991 until
March 1998.  While at Green Spring,  Mr. Costa's  responsibilities  included all
systems  operations  and  research and  development  for  information  and voice
systems.

     J. Richard Eagan has been an Executive  Vice President of IT Partners since
July 1998.  Prior to joining IT  Partners,  Mr.  Eagan was  General  Manager and
President  of Century 21 of the Mid  Atlantic  States,  a regional  real  estate
franchiser,  from 1984 until 1996.  Since 1996, Mr. Eagan has been the President
of Dynamic  Management  International,  a  business  consulting  and  management
services firm.

     Terrence  Hardcastle  has  been  the  Senior  Vice  President  of  Business
Development  for IT Partners in charge of mergers  and  acquisitions  since June
1997. Mr.  Hardcastle has ten years of senior experience in marketing and sales,
mergers and acquisitions, and corporate operations. From November 1995 until May
1997, Mr. Hardcastle was President of Empire Community Delivery Systems, a joint
venture between Empire Blue Cross and Meritt Behavioral  Health.  Mr. Hardcastle
was also  one of the  co-founders  of Green  Spring,  where he was  Senior  Vice
President of Business  Development,  responsible  for Green Spring's  merger and
acquisition activity from July 1989 until February 1995.

     Christine E.  Norcross has been the Vice  President  of  Operations  for IT
Partners  since  October  1997.  Ms.  Norcross  has over 18  years  of  industry
experience in nearly all phases of information systems, including three years in
senior  management.  Prior to joining IT Partners,  Ms.  Norcross  served as the
General Manager of Services for Technology  Service Solution  ("TSS"),  a wholly
owned subsidiary of IBM, from October 1994 until October 1997. While at TSS, Ms.
Norcross was responsible  for the strategic  design and growth of TSS's national
network and integration  services  business.  Before that, from December 1993 to
October 1994, Ms. Norcross worked at Microsoft as a Corporate  Account  Manager.
Prior  to  that,  Ms.  Norcross  worked  at  International   Business   Machines
Corporation as a Manager.

     Steven J. Voss has served as the Vice President of Planning and Development
for IT  Partners  since June 1998.  Prior to joining the  Company,  Mr. Voss was
Senior Vice  President  of  Strategic  Planning  and  Acquisitions  for Magellan
Behavioral  Health, the nation's largest managed behavioral health care company.
Prior to that,  Mr.  Voss  was a  Manager  for  Ernst & Young  LLP's  management
consulting  group  from  1989  until  1994.  Mr.  Voss  is  a  Certified  Public
Accountant.

     John D.  Bamberger  has served as a member of the Board since  January 1998
and as a National  Practice Leader of the Company for systems  integration since
February 1998.  Mr.  Bamberger has also served as the President and Treasurer of
Sequoia since 1990.

     Christopher  R. Corbett has served as a member of the Board since June 1997
and as a National  Practice  Leader of the Company for  electronics  integration
since July 1997.  Mr.  Corbett has served as the  President of A-COM since April
1983.

     Charles  Schaeffer  has served as a member of the Board since  October 1997
and as the President of FSC since May 1994.  Mr.  Schaeffer has also served as a
National Practice Leader of the Company for business applications since November
1997. Prior to that time, Mr. Schaeffer was an account executive responsible for
sales of accounting  software for Platinum  Software  Corporation  from November
1992 until May 1994.

     James  D.  Lumsden  has served as a member of the Board since May 1997. Mr.
Lumsden  has  served  as  the  President  and  Managing  Principal  of  Franklin
Street/Fairview  Capital,  LLC  ("FS/FC"),  a  private investment group which he
founded  in 1994. FS/FC is the manager of FF-ITP, L.P. ("FF-ITP"). Mr. Lumsden's


                                       56

<PAGE>



responsibilities  at  FS/FC  include  the  management  and  oversight  of  three
investment  pools.  Prior  to  founding  FS/FC,  Mr.  Lumsden  was President and
co-founder  of  Fairview  Advisors, LLC from 1986 until 1994. Mr. Lumsden was an
investment  banker  for  Merrill  Lynch Capital Markets from 1983 until 1986 and
for  Kidder  Peabody  &  Co., Incorporated from 1981 until 1983. Mr. Lumsden has
also served as a director for Jotan, Inc. since 1996.

     Martin S. Pinson has served as a Member of the Board since March 1998.  Mr.
Pinson  has  served  as  Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Industrial
Distribution Group, Inc., a nationwide distributor of industrial products, since
helping  organize the company in June 1997. Mr. Pinson helped found U.S.  Office
Products  ("USOP"),  a provider of office  supplies,  office furniture and break
room  services,  in the fall of 1994.  While with USOP from  October  1994 until
August  1996,  he served as Executive  Vice  President,  Secretary  and as Chief
Financial  Officer.  In 1991, Mr. Pinson  founded  Pinson & Associates  which is
engaged in a variety of investment,  legal and consulting activities,  primarily
for development stage companies.

     All officers serve at the discretion of the Board.


BOARD COMMITTEES

     The Board has established an Audit Committee,  a Compensation Committee and
an Executive Committee. The Audit Committee will review the results and scope of
the audit and other services provided by the Company's  independent  accountants
and consists of Messrs.  Pinson and Lumsden.  The  Compensation  Committee  will
approve  salaries and certain  incentive  compensation  for  management  and key
employees  of the Company and  administer  the 1997 Plan and consists of Messrs.
Pinson and Lumsden.  The  Executive  Committee  is  comprised of Messrs.  Klein,
Blech,  Lumsden,  Bamberger and Corbett.  The Executive Committee is authorized,
subject  to  certain  limitations,  to  exercise  all of the powers of the Board
during periods between Board meetings.


BOARD REPRESENTATION

     Simultaneously  with, or prior to, the  consummation  of the Offering,  the
Company will enter into a voting  agreement with each of the Company's  existing
stockholders  (except  Creditanstalt and its affiliates)  holding  approximately
4,507,351 shares of Common Stock (and rights to acquire an additional  1,082,854
shares of Common  Stock)  pursuant  to which the shares of Common  Stock will be
voted for the  election  of each of Daniel  J.  Klein and Jamie E.  Blech to the
Board  for  a  period  of  three   years.   "The   Recapitalization--Stockholder
Agreement."  In addition,  as long as BDC owns the  majority of the  outstanding
shares of Series C  Preferred,  it will have the right to appoint  one member to
the Board and to designate a representative to attend meetings of the Board. See
"Underwriting."


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     Following the  completion of the Offering,  directors who are not employees
of the Company will receive an annual fee, a meeting fee for every board meeting
attended  and  each  committee  meeting  held  separately  and  a fee  for  each
telephonic board meeting or telephonic  committee  meeting held separately.  The
Company  is in the  process of  determining  such fees.  All  directors  will be
reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses. The Company may, from time to time and in
the sole discretion of the Company's Board, grant options to directors under the
1997 Plan or under a director stock option plan, if adopted by the Board.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  summary  information  concerning
compensation  paid by IT Partners  for  services in all  capacities  awarded to,
earned by or paid to, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of the four
other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company, whose aggregate
cash and cash  equivalent  compensation  exceeded  $100,000  (collectively,  the
"Named Officers"), with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


                                       57

<PAGE>

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                LONG-TERM
                                                                                              COMPENSATION
                                                                                            ----------------
                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION                          AWARDS
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------- ----------------
                                                                                               SECURITIES
                                                                                OTHER          UNDERLYING          ALL
                                             SALARY            BONUS            ANNUAL          OPTIONS/          OTHER
   NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION    YEAR         ($)              ($)        COMPENSATION($)      SARS (#)       COMPENSATION
- -------------------------------- ------ ---------------- ---------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>    <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
Daniel J. Klein ................ 1997     $   64,615(1)     $  35,000(2)     $      --                --(3)     $  1,000(4)
 Chairman, Chief Executive
 Officer and Director
John D. Bamberger .............. 1997        220,000(5)            --               --                --              --
 Director and President and
 Treasurer of Sequoia
Christopher R. Corbett ......... 1997        190,000               --           12,500(6)             --              --
 Director and President
 of A-COM
Christine E. Norcross .......... 1997         25,000(7)        75,000(8)            --            26,638(9)           --
 Vice President of Operations
Jamie E. Blech ................. 1997         64,615(1)        35,000(2)            --                --(3)        1,000(4)
 President, Secretary and
   Director
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The annual  base  salary for each of Messrs.  Klein and Blech was  $120,000
     during fiscal year 1997.
(2)  Messrs.  Klein and Blech were each  awarded a bonus of $60,000 for services
     rendered from June 1997 through May 1998.
(3)  Messrs. Klein and Blech were each awarded options to purchase 30,634 shares
     of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $10.51 per share on March 27, 1998
     and options to purchase  30,634 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
     of $14.08 per share on June 10, 1998.
(4)  Represents  life  insurance  premiums  paid for each of  Messrs.  Klein and
     Blech.
(5)  Mr.  Bamberger  entered into an  employment  agreement  with IT Partners on
     January 7, 1998, which provides for an annual salary of $200,000.
(6)  Represents payments for services,  as a National Practice leader,  provided
     in his employment agreement.
(7)  The annual base salary for Ms.  Norcross  was $130,000  during  fiscal year
     1997.
(8)  The total signing bonus for Ms. Norcross was $75,000,  $50,000 of which was
     to be paid in fiscal year 1998.
(9)  Ms.  Norcross was awarded options to purchase 26,638 shares of Common Stock
     at an exercise price of $9.95 per share on November 16, 1997.


     The  following  tables  set  forth certain information regarding options to
acquire  Common  Stock  granted to the Named Officers with respect to the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1997:


OPTIONS GRANTED IN FISCAL YEAR 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     POTENTIAL REALIZEABLE
                                                                                                       VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                                        ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                                                                          STOCK PRICE
                                                     PERCENT OF                                        APPRECIATION FOR
                                                    TOTAL OPTIONS                                       OPTION TERM(3)
                                      OPTIONS        GRANTED IN         EXERCISE       EXPIRATION   -----------------------
              NAME                  GRANTED(1)     FISCAL YEAR(2)     PRICE ($/SH)        DATE         5%($)       10%($)
- --------------------------------   ------------   ----------------   --------------   -----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>                <C>              <C>           <C>          <C>
Daniel J. Klein ................          --            --%              $   --                      $     --     $     --
John D. Bamberger ..............          --            --                   --                            --           --
Christopher R. Corbett .........          --            --                   --                            --           --
Christine E. Norcross ..........      26,638            17                  9.95       11/16/07       359,410      684,074
Jamie E. Blech .................          --            --                   --                            --           --
</TABLE>


- ----------
(1)  The options granted are  non-qualified  stock options which are exercisable
     with respect to 40% of the shares  covered two years from the date of grant
     and thereafter in cumulative  yearly amounts of 20% of the shares  covered.
     The options expire ten years from the date of grant.
(2)  Total  options  granted  includes  all options  granted to  employees of IT
     Partners.


                                       58
<PAGE>




(3)  The dollar amounts under these columns are the results of  calculations  at
     assumed rates of stock  appreciation  of 5% and 10%. These assumed rates of
     growth were selected for illustration  purposes only. They are not intended
     to forecast possible future appreciation,  if any, of stock prices. No gain
     to the  optionees is possible  without an increase in stock  prices,  which
     will benefit all stockholders.

     No options  were  exercised  by the Named  Officers  during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997. At December 31, 1997,  Ms.  Norcross was the only Named
Officer who held  options.  Such options are  exercisable  for 26,638  shares of
Common Stock at $9.95 per share,  which  exercise price exceeded the fair market
value per share of Common Stock as of December 31, 1997.


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS; COVENANTS-NOT-TO-COMPETE

     On May 30, 1997, the Company entered into employment agreements with Daniel
J. Klein and Jamie E.  Blech.  The  agreements  provide  that Mr.  Klein will be
employed as the Company's Chief Executive  Officer and/or Chairman and Mr. Blech
as the Company's Chief Operating Officer and/or Vice Chairman.  The initial term
of each agreement is for five years  commencing  June 1, 1997 and ending May 30,
2002 (the "Klein and Blech Initial  Term").  Each  agreement  establishes a base
salary of  $120,000  annual  base per annum.  Such base  salary will be reviewed
annually and may be increased by the Board or its Executive  Committee.  In June
1998, the Compensation Committee of the Board adjusted Messrs. Klein and Blech's
compensation  from $120,000 to $150,000.  In addition,  Messrs.  Klein and Blech
will be eligible for an annual  performance  bonus of up to one hundred  percent
(100%) of their base  salary,  based  upon the  achievement  of certain  defined
annual performance goals consistent with the Company's  five-year operating plan
established by the Board. The Board in its discretion may pay Messrs.  Klein and
Blech bonuses in addition to the aforementioned annual performance bonus. If the
Company  terminates  either Messrs.  Klein or Blech's  employment other than for
cause or due to either Messrs.  Klein or Blech's disability,  then they shall be
entitled  to  receive,  as their  exclusive  remedy,  the  payment of their then
current base salary for the remainder of the Klein and Blech Initial Term.  Each
agreement   contains   non-competition,   non-solicitation   and  non-disclosure
covenants  which  prohibit  Messrs.  Klein and  Blech,  during the term of their
employment  and for a period of two years after the later of  termination of the
agreement and termination of their employment with the Company,  anywhere in the
United States, from engaging in competition with the Company without its consent
or soliciting or conducting  business with any of the Company's clients.  If the
Company  terminates the agreement  without  cause,  such  restrictive  covenants
extend for the shorter of two years following such  termination or the period of
time after termination  during which the Company continues to pay Messrs.  Klein
or Blech, as applicable,  their  then-current  base salary.  The agreements also
prohibit Messrs. Klein and Blech from disclosing any confidential or proprietary
information of the Company.

     Christopher R. Corbett entered into a senior executive employment agreement
with the Company on June 30, 1997 to serve as  President  of A-COM and  National
Practice Leader of the Company's electronic systems integrators  companies.  The
initial  term of the  agreement  is four  years  commencing  June  30,  1997 and
expiring June 30, 2001 (the "Corbett  Initial Term").  The agreement shall renew
automatically  for  subsequent  terms of one (1) year each (a  "Corbett  Renewal
Term"),  unless terminated by either party. The agreement employs Mr. Corbett as
the  President of A-COM and as the National  Practice  Leader for the  Company's
electronic systems integrator companies. The agreement establishes a base salary
of  $190,000  per annum.  Mr.  Corbett  will also  receive  $25,000  per year as
compensation for serving as a National Practice Leader. In addition, Mr. Corbett
will be paid a finder's fee of five percent (5%) of the first  million  dollars,
four percent (4%) of the second million dollars, three percent (3%) of the third
million dollars, two percent (2%) of the fourth million dollars, and one percent
(1%) of the  balance  of the  purchase  price for any other  electronic  systems
integration  companies  acquired by the Company which he has been personally and
primarily  responsible for  recruiting.  Such finder's fee shall be paid in cash
and/or in stock of the  Company at Mr.  Corbett's  option.  These  finder's  fee
provisions  terminate  upon the  closing  of this  Offering.  If  EBITDA of $1.7
million or greater is achieved by A-COM by March 31, 1998, Mr. Corbett will also
receive  an amount  equal to six  times  the  amount of EBITDA in excess of $1.7
million, said amount not to exceed $1.5 million and to be paid to Mr. Corbett in
the same proportions of cash, stock or debt as was the purchase price for A-COM.
See "Certain  Transactions."  Mr.  Corbett is also entitled to receive an annual
bonus as set forth in the Company's current


                                       59

<PAGE>



Annual Incentive  Compensation  Plan. If the Company terminates the agreement by
dismissing  Mr. Corbett  without  proper cause or if Mr. Corbett  terminates the
agreement for good reason, the Company shall pay Mr. Corbett his base salary and
incentive  compensation  equal  to the  amount  paid for the  full  fiscal  year
immediately  preceding such  termination and provide to him all benefits for the
balance of the entire  applicable  Corbett Initial Term or Corbett Renewal Term.
The agreement  prohibits Mr. Corbett during the term of his employment  with the
Company and for a period of one fiscal year  thereafter,  anywhere in  Maryland,
Virginia, Pennsylvania or the District of Columbia, from engaging in competition
with the  Company or  soliciting  any  clients  of the  Company.  The  foregoing
restrictions do not apply if Mr. Corbett is terminated  without cause during the
Corbett  Initial Term. The agreement also prohibits Mr. Corbett from  disclosing
proprietary or confidential information of the Company.

     Christine  Norcross,  the Company's Vice  President of Operations,  entered
into an employment agreement with the Company on September 16, 1997. The term of
the agreement is three years commencing  October 13, 1997 and ending October 12,
2000,  (the "Norcross  Initial  Term").  After the Norcross  Initial Term,  this
agreement shall renew automatically for successive one year terms. The agreement
establishes  a base  salary of  $130,000  per annum.  Such base  salary  will be
reviewed annually and may be increased by the Board or its Executive  Committee.
In addition, Ms. Norcross will be eligible for an annual performance bonus of up
to seventy-five  percent (75%) of her base salary, based upon the achievement of
certain defined annual performance goals consistent with the Company's five-year
operating plan  established by the Board. At Ms. Norcross'  option,  up to fifty
percent (50%) of the annual  performance  bonus may be paid in the form of stock
options.  Such options  shall be granted at an exercise  price equal to the then
fair market value per share and shall vest forty  percent  (40%) after two years
and twenty percent (20%) each year thereafter  until fully vested.  Ms. Norcross
also  received,  within 60 days  after the start of her  employment,  options to
purchase  26,638 shares of Common Stock at the then fair market value per share,
subject to vesting as  described  in the  preceding  sentence.  The Board in its
discretion may pay Ms. Norcross a bonus in addition to the aforementioned annual
performance  bonus.  In addition,  Ms.  Norcross will be paid a signing bonus of
seventy five thousand  dollars  ($75,000),  one-third (1/3) of which was paid on
September  16,  1997,  one-third  (1/3) of which was paid  April 15,  1998,  and
one-third  (1/3) of which is to be paid on October  15,  1998.  If Ms.  Norcross
voluntarily  leaves the Company prior to December 31, 1998,  then she must repay
the signing bonus. If the Company  terminates Ms. Norcross'  employment  without
cause or due to disability,  then Ms.  Norcross shall be entitled to receive the
payment of her then  current  base  salary for the longer of (a) six months from
the date of termination,  or (b) the remainder of the Norcross Initial Term. The
agreement contains non-competition and non-solicitation covenants which prohibit
Ms.  Norcross,  during the term of her  employment  and for the remainder of the
Norcross  Initial  Term,  anywhere  in  the  United  States,  from  engaging  in
competition  with the Company  without its consent or  soliciting  or conducting
business with any of the Company's  clients.  The agreement  also  prohibits Ms.
Norcross from disclosing confidential or proprietary information of the Company.

     John D.  Bamberger  entered into an  employment  agreement  with Sequoia on
January 8, 1998 as the Vice Chairman,  Chief Executive  Officer and Treasurer of
Sequoia.  The initial term of this agreement shall be four years,  commencing as
of  January  8, 1998 and  continuing  through  January  7, 2002 (the  "Bamberger
Initial  Term").  The  Bamberger  Initial  Term shall  renew  automatically  for
subsequent  terms  of  one  year  each  (a  "Bamberger  Renewal  Term"),  unless
terminated by either party. The agreement  establishes a base salary of $200,000
per annum,  subject to annual review by the Company.  If Sequoia terminates this
agreement by dismissing Mr.  Bamberger  without proper cause or if Mr. Bamberger
terminates the agreement for "good reason,"  Sequoia shall pay Mr. Bamberger his
base  salary  (equal to the amount  paid for the full  fiscal  year  immediately
preceding such termination or, if such termination  occurs during the first full
fiscal  year,  $200,000)  and  continue to provide to him all  benefits  for the
balance of the entire  applicable  Bamberger  Initial Term or Bamberger  Renewal
Term. The agreement  contains  non-competition  and  non-solicitation  covenants
which prohibit Mr. Bamberger during the course of the agreement and for a period
of one year  thereafter,  anywhere in the State of  Michigan,  from  engaging in
competition  with the Company or soliciting  any  customers of the Company.  The
foregoing restrictions do not apply if Mr. Bamberger is terminated without cause
during the Bamberger  Initial Term. The agreement  also prohibits Mr.  Bamberger
from disclosing proprietary or confidential information of the Company.


                                       60

<PAGE>



STOCK OPTION PLAN

     The Company's 1997 Plan provides that the Company may issue up to 1,000,000
shares of Common Stock  pursuant to the 1997 Plan to any of the employees of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries,  any member of the Board of Directors of the
Company or any of the Partner Companies,  and consultants engaged by the Company
or any of its  subsidiaries to provide  consulting  services with respect to the
business  of the  Company.  The 1997 Plan is  administered  by the  Compensation
Committee  (the  "Administrator"),  which has plenary  authority  to make awards
under and in accordance with the terms of the 1997 Plan.

     In connection with the Offering, the Company plans to amend and restate the
1997 Plan to  increase  the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  available  for
issuance  thereunder  to 15% of the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding, which would be approximately 1,767,284 shares immediately following
the  Offering  (assuming  no exercise  or  conversion  of  options,  warrants or
convertible  securities).  The Company  intends to structure  and  implement the
proposed  amended  and  restated  1997 Plan in a manner  such that  compensation
attributable to awards made to the Company's  employees under the 1997 Plan will
not be subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code.

     The 1997 Plan provides for the award of options to acquire shares of Common
Stock,  which may be qualified  stock options for purposes of Section 422 of the
Code  or  nonqualified  stock  options,   stock  appreciation  rights  ("SARs"),
restricted stock awards or incentive share awards.

     The exercise  price for options  granted under the 1997 Plan may be paid in
cash or in shares of Common Stock, partial payment of such exercise price may be
made by promissory note, or the Administrator may provide for cashless exercise.

     SARs may be awarded in combination  with options,  and the exercise thereof
will  reduce the number of shares for which such option may be  exercised  (and,
likewise,  the  exercise  of such  options  will reduce the number of shares for
which such SAR may be  exercised).  SARs entitle the holder  thereof to receive,
without payment to the Company, shares of Common Stock in an amount equal to the
excess of the fair market of shares of Common Stock on the date of exercise over
the fair  market  value of shares  of Common  Stock on the date of award (or the
option exercise price, in the case of SARs awarded in combination with options).

     Restricted  stock  awards  are  restricted  against  transfer,  subject  to
forfeiture  and such other terms as the  Administrator  may  provide.  Incentive
share  awards  shall  be  issuable  upon  such  terms  and   conditions  as  the
Administrator may provide, including terms that condition the issuance of Common
Stock upon the achievement of performance goals.

     As of June 30, 1998, the Company has granted  nonqualified stock options to
acquire an aggregate of 1,111,982  shares of Common Stock having exercise prices
ranging from $.02 per share to $14.08 per share.  No other awards under the 1997
Plan had been made as of June 30, 1998.

     The  Board  may amend or  terminate  the 1997 Plan at any time,  and in any
event, the 1997 Plan will terminate on May 30, 2007. The termination of the 1997
Plan  will not  affect  the  validity  of any award  outstanding  on the date of
termination.


EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     The Company is  considering  adopting an Employee  Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Purchase  Plan"),  pursuant to which  Common Stock would be reserved for future
issuance  to  eligible  employees.  The  Purchase  Plan  would  permit  eligible
employees to purchase Common Stock through  payroll  deductions at a price equal
to 85% of the lower of the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock on the first
day of the  specified  purchase  period  or the  last  day of such  period.  The
Purchase Plan would be designed to further the long-term stability and financial
success of IT Partners by providing a method to increase  employee  ownership of
Common Stock.  Under the Purchase Plan, 75% of the shares of Common Stock issued
and  outstanding  would be  available  for  issuance and sale under the Purchase
Plan.


                                       61

<PAGE>



                              THE RECAPITALIZATION

     Simultaneously with the consummation of the Offering,  the Company plans to
effect the  Recapitalization,  including a one for 1.877  reverse stock split of
the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock (and shares of Common Stock issuable an
exercise or conversion of Common Stock equivalent securities).


EQUITY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company's capital structure, as of August 7, 1998, was as follows:

          (i) 354,170  outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred (600,000 shares
     authorized);

          (ii)  739,184  outstanding  shares  of Series B  Preferred  (5,000,000
     shares authorized);

          (iii) 1,000  outstanding  shares of Series C Preferred  (1,000  shares
     authorized);

          (iv) 399,000  authorized but unissued shares of Preferred  Stock,  par
     value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock");

          (v) 4,401,970  outstanding  shares of Common Stock (20,000,000  shares
     authorized);

          (vi) Put Warrants to acquire an aggregate of 325,925  shares of Common
     Stock and/or Series B Preferred, in the discretion of the holder, issued in
     connection  with the  Credit  Facility  and  pursuant  to the  Amended  and
     Restated  Warrant  Agreement dated as of December 16, 1997, as amended (the
     "Warrant  Agreement"),  between the Company  and  Creditanstalt  (the "Debt
     Warrants");

          (vii) Put Warrants to acquire an aggregate of 667,925 shares of Common
     Stock and/or Series B Preferred,  in the  discretion of the holder,  issued
     under the Second Amended and Restated  Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase
     Agreement  dated  as  of  March  31,  1998,  as  amended,   (the  "Purchase
     Agreement"),  among  the  Company,   Creditanstalt,   FF-ITP,  Indosuez  IT
     Partners,  Wachovia Capital  Associates,  Inc  ("Wachovia"),  and the other
     signatories thereto (the "Equity Warrants");

          (viii)  Options to acquire an aggregate of 1,767,284  shares of Common
     Stock issued  pursuant to the 1997 Plan (options to acquire  581,573 shares
     of Common Stock remain available for issuance thereunder); and

          (ix) Convertible Seller Notes convertible into an aggregate of 367,960
     shares of Common  Stock (the Call  Convertible  Seller Note is  convertible
     into 268,832  shares of Common Stock and the  Servinet  Convertible  Seller
     Note is convertible  into 99,128 shares of Common Stock  (calculated at the
     assumed initial public offering price).

     See  also  "Prospectus  Summary--The  Partner  Companies"  and  "Prospectus
Summary--The  Acquisition  Candidates" for a discussion of contingent  rights to
acquire shares of Common Stock  pursuant to the terms of previously  consummated
acquisitions of Partner Companies.

     The  issued  and   outstanding   equity  of  the  Company   places  various
restrictions  on the Company's  activities  and provides  various  rights to the
holders of such equity, as described below.


TERMS OF THE PREFERRED STOCK

     Series A Preferred.  Simultaneously  with the consummation of the Offering,
the Company  plans to redeem the Series A  Preferred  in full using a portion of
the net proceeds of the Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds." The Series A Preferred
ranks senior to the Common Stock and on parity with the Series B Preferred  with
respect to dividends and in a liquidation of the Company. The Series A Preferred
is entitled to a  liquidation  preference of $10 per share plus all declared but
unpaid  non-paid-in-kind  dividends thereon. Except for voting rights in respect
of actions that materially and adversely affect the Series A Preferred's rights,
increase or decrease the number of shares designated as Series A Preferred,  and
actions which reduce the value of the Series A Preferred by increasing the value
of any  other  class  of stock  of the  Company,  or as  otherwise  required  by
applicable law, the Series A Preferred is nonvoting.  Paid-in-kind  dividends in
the form of  additional  shares of  Series A  Preferred  accrue on the  Series A
Preferred at a rate of 8% per annum,  payable quarterly in arrears.  Pursuant to
the Stockholder Agreement, holders of the Series A Preferred are


                                       62

<PAGE>



entitled  to certain  demand and  piggyback  registration  rights.  The  Company
intends to amend and restate these registration  rights prior to the Offering as
described in  "--Registration  Rights  Agreement." The Series A Preferred may be
redeemed at the Company's  option at any time in whole or in part at a price per
share of $10 plus all declared but unpaid non-paid-in-kind dividends thereon and
is subject to  redemption  at any time after April 30, 2002,  upon the demand of
holders of at least 20% of the shares of Series A Preferred then outstanding.

     Series  B  Preferred.  The  Series  B  Preferred  will  remain  outstanding
following the Offering.  The Series B Preferred ranks senior to the Common Stock
and on parity with Series A Preferred in any  liquidation  of the Company and is
entitled to a  liquidation  preference of $.01 per share.  Once the  liquidation
preferences  of the  Series  A  Preferred  and  Seried  B  Preferred  have  been
satisfied,  the holders of Series B Preferred are also  entitled to  participate
with  the  holders  of  Common   Stock  in  the   balance  of  the   liquidation
distributions,  ratably in accordance  with the number of shares of Common Stock
into which such Series B Preferred is convertible.  The Series B Preferred ranks
on parity with the Common Stock with respect to dividends  and  participates  in
distributions  with the  Common  Stock as if such  Series B  Preferred  had been
converted  to  Common  Stock  pursuant  to its  terms.  Except  as  required  by
applicable  law,  the Series B Preferred  is  nonvoting.  Each share of Series B
Preferred is convertible into one share of Common Stock (subject to certain bank
holding  company  regulations)  and  is  entitled  to  antidilution  protection.
Pursuant to the  Stockholder  Agreement,  holders of the Series B Preferred  are
entitled  to certain  demand and  piggyback  registration  rights.  The  Company
intends to amend and restate these registration rights prior to the Offering, as
described in "--Registration Rights Agreement."

     Series C Preferred.  Simultaneously  with the consummation of the Offering,
the Company plans to redeem the Series C Preferred in full with a portion of the
net proceeds  from the Offering  and to pay the  redemption  dividend by issuing
shares of Common Stock having an aggregate value of  approximately  $2.3 million
(calculated  at the  assumed  initial  public  offering  price).  The  Series  C
Preferred ranks senior to the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred with
respect  to  the  dividends  described  in  the  following  sentence  and in any
liquidation  of the  Company  and is entitled  to a  liquidation  preference  of
$10,000 per share plus all accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. Dividends shall
accrue on the Series C Preferred at the rate of 12% per annum (subject to upward
adjustment upon certain events of noncompliance as described below).  The Series
C Preferred is also entitled to a dividend upon redemption,  as described below.
During the period  beginning  on the date of  issuance of the Series C Preferred
until 18 months  after such date,  the Company may either pay  dividends  on the
Series C Preferred  or permit such  dividends to accrue.  Dividends  that accrue
during such initial 18-month period are not required to be paid until redemption
of the Series C Preferred.  In addition, if an event of default exists under the
Credit  Facility or would occur as a result of the payment of  dividends  on the
Series C Preferred, then the Company will not be obligated to pay such dividends
currently,  and such dividends shall continue to accrue until the earlier of the
first dividend payment date following the date on which such event of default is
cured or waived or the redemption of the Series C Preferred.  All dividends that
accrue and remain  unpaid  shall also  accrue  dividends  at the rate of 12% per
annum  (subject to upward  adjustment  upon certain events of  noncompliance  as
described below).

     If  the  Company  fails  to  redeem  the  Series  C  Preferred  in  certain
circumstances,  fails  to pay  any  dividends  required  to be  paid  under  the
Certificate  of  Designation  when  due,  fails  to  satisfy  certain  financial
covenants,  or if the Company defaults on the payment of any indebtedness having
an  outstanding  principal  amount in excess of $5.0 million  (each,  a "Penalty
Event"),  then the dividend rate on the Series C Preferred shall increase to 15%
per annum until such Penalty Event has been cured or waived.

     The Series C Preferred will be redeemed if the Offering yields net proceeds
to the Company of at least $40.0 million. Otherwise, the Series C Preferred will
not be  redeemable  until the first to occur of (i) a change of  control  of the
Company  (including  for  this  purpose,  a  sale,  liquidation,  winding  up or
dissolution  of the  Company)  and (ii)  the  third  anniversary  of the date of
issuance  of the  Series C  Preferred.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the
Company defaults in the payment of indebtedness having an outstanding  principal
amount of at least $5.0  million and such  indebtedness  is  accelerated  by the
holder  thereof,  or if the Company  suffers a  bankruptcy  event,  violates the
leverage ratio set forth in the Series C Preferred Certificate of Designation or
fails to grant to the holders of the Series C Preferred


                                       63

<PAGE>



certain  registration  rights by the first  anniversary  of the  issuance of the
Series C Preferred  (each, an "Event of  Noncompliance"),  then the holders of a
majority of the Series C Preferred  may require the Company to redeem all or any
part of the outstanding Series C Preferred.  Nevertheless, the redemption rights
of the Series C Preferred are expressly subordinated to the Credit Facility if a
default or an event of default exists thereunder, or amounts due thereunder have
been accelerated but remain unpaid.

     The Series C Preferred is also entitled to a dividend upon redemption.  The
redemption  dividend  will be  calculated  differently  depending  upon when the
Series C  Preferred  is  redeemed.  If the Series C  Preferred  is  redeemed  in
connection  with this Offering,  the aggregate  redemption  dividend  payable in
respect  of the  Series C  Preferred  will be equal  to (1) the  initial  public
offering price per share of Common Stock,  minus $8.69 (as adjusted  pursuant to
certain antidilution  provisions described below, the "Deduction Price"),  times
(2) 361,519 (as adjusted pursuant to certain  antidilution  provisions described
below,  the  "Multiplier"),  and  will  be  payable  in  cash  or  Common  Stock
(calculated at the assumed  initial  public  offering  price),  at the Company's
option.  If the  Series C  Preferred  is  redeemed  in  connection  with a sale,
liquidation,  dissolution,  winding up or upon certain changes of control of the
Company,  the  aggregate  redemption  dividend  will be equal to (1) the  assets
distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock following such event, minus
the Deduction Price,  times (2) the Multiplier,  and will be payable in whatever
assets are  distributed to other holders of Common Stock in connection with such
event.  If the Series C  Preferred  is  redeemed  in  connection  with the third
anniversary of the date of issuance of the Series C Preferred,  certain  changes
of control of the  Company,  or upon an Event of  Noncompliance,  the  aggregate
redemption  dividend  will be equal to (1) fair market value per share of Common
Stock minus the Deduction Price,  times (2) the Multiplier,  and will be payable
in cash or Common Stock, at the Company's option.

     If the  Company  has not  redeemed  the  Series C  Preferred  by the  third
anniversary of its date of issuance,  the Company shall continue to be obligated
to redeem the Series C Preferred as set forth  above,  but the  Deduction  Price
shall be reduced by 90%. In addition, the Deduction Price and the Multiplier are
entitled to the same antidilution protections applied in respect of the Series B
Preferred on or prior to July 27, 1998.

     The  Company  expects  to  grant  to the holders of the Series C Preferred,
prior  to  the  Offering,  certain demand and piggyback registration rights with
respect  to the shares of Common Stock payable as the redemption dividend on the
Series C Preferred. See "--Registration Rights Agreement."

     Without the  approval of at least a majority of the  outstanding  shares of
Series  C  Preferred,  the  Company  may  not:  (i)  amend  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation;  (ii) impair or alter the rights of the Series C Preferred; (iii)
engage in any  business  other  than the  business  currently  engaged in by the
Company; or (iv) issue equity securities of the Company which are on parity with
or senior to the Series C Preferred in dividend or  liquidation  preference,  or
issue any  securities  which are  convertible  into such equity  securities.  In
addition,  the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred have the right to
both (a) elect one member of the Board and (b)  designate  a  representative  to
receive Board materials and attend meetings of the Board.


WARRANT AGREEMENT AND DEBT WARRANTS

     The  Debt  Warrants  are   immediately   exercisable  and  continue  to  be
exercisable until the tenth anniversary of their date of issuance at an exercise
price of $.01 per Debt  Warrant.  The Debt Warrants are  exercisable  for either
Common Stock and/or shares of Series B Preferred at the discretion of the holder
(subject to bank regulatory restrictions on ownership).  The holders of the Debt
Warrants are entitled to participate in dividends and  antidilution  protection.
In addition, the holders of the Debt Warrants have unlimited demand registration
rights for the Debt  Warrants,  shares issued upon exercise of the Debt Warrants
and the Equity Warrants, exercisable upon the request of the holders of at least
20% (or the amount  then  outstanding  if less than 20%) of the  remaining  Debt
Warrants and the shares already issued upon exercise thereof but not yet sold to
the  public.  The holders of the Debt  Warrants  also have  unlimited  piggyback
registration  rights.  The Company  intends to amend and  restate  each of these
registration rights prior to the Offering as described in "--Registration Rights
Agreement."

     Under the terms of the Warrant  Agreement,  so long as any Debt  Warrant is
outstanding,  the  Company  is  subject  to  certain  affirmative  and  negative
covenants (such as financial reporting require-


                                       64

<PAGE>



ments and  restrictions  on amendments to  Certificate  of  Incorporation).  The
Company  expects  to  amend  the  Warrant  Agreement  prior to the  Offering  to
terminate each of these covenants.

     From November 30, 2001 until the tenth  anniversary of the date of issuance
of a Debt  Warrant,  the holder  thereof has the right to require the Company to
purchase  all or a portion of its Debt  Warrants  and/or the shares  issued upon
exercise of such Debt Warrants held by such holder. This put right terminates on
the  consummation  of an initial public offering with proceeds to the Company of
not  less  than  $40.0  million.  Under  the  Warrant  Agreement,  the  Series A
Preferred,  the Series B Preferred and the Put Warrants are subject to automatic
redemption  upon the happening of certain events which would otherwise cause the
holders  thereof  to  violate  certain  bank  regulatory  restrictions  on stock
ownership. The Company expects to terminate these redemption provisions prior to
the Offering.

     The Company  expects that the Debt Warrants and the Warrant  Agreement,  as
amended, will remain in effect following the Offering.


PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND EQUITY WARRANTS

     The  Equity  Warrants  are  immediately  exercisable  and  continue  to  be
exercisable until the tenth anniversary of their respective dates of issuance at
an exercise price of $.01 per share.  The Equity  Warrants are  exercisable  for
either  shares of Common  Stock  and/or  shares  of  Series B  Preferred  at the
discretion of the holder (subject to bank regulatory restrictions on ownership).
The holders of the Equity  Warrants  are  entitled to  antidilution  protection.
Holders of the Equity  Warrants  are  entitled to certain  demand and  piggyback
registration rights pursuant to the Stockholder  Agreement.  See "-- Stockholder
Agreement".  Holders  of the Debt  Warrants  are  also  entitled  to  cause  the
registration  of certain  Equity  Warrants in  connection  with the  exercise of
demand  registration  rights  relating  to the  Debt  Warrants  (see  "--Warrant
Agreement and Debt Warrants").  The Company intends to amend and restate each of
these registration  rights prior to the Offering as described in "--Registration
Rights Agreement." In addition,  on the first day of March, June,  September and
December (beginning on September 1, 1997), for so long as shares of the Series A
Preferred  remain  outstanding,  the number of shares  issuable upon exercise of
each Equity  Warrant  shall be  increased  by 2% without any  adjustment  to the
exercise price thereof.  The holders of the Equity  Warrants also have rights to
put the Equity  Warrants or the shares  issued on exercise  thereof  back to the
Company  as  described  under  "--Stockholder  Agreement."  Under  the  Purchase
Agreement,  the Series A Preferred,  the Series B Preferred and the Put Warrants
are subject to automatic  redemption  upon the happening of certain events which
would  otherwise  cause the holders  thereof to violate  certain bank regulatory
restrictions  on  stock  ownership.  The  Company  expects  to  terminate  these
redemption provisions prior to the Offering,

     Under the terms of the  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Company  is  subject  to
various  affirmative   covenants   regarding  financial  statement   deliveries,
inspection rights,  reservation of shares for issuance under the Equity Warrants
and Series B Preferred, and negative covenants restricting,  among other things,
amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company,  dividends, sales
of any  material  portion of the assets of the Company,  mergers,  dissolutions,
issuances of capital stock,  failure to achieve  certain  financial  targets and
transactions  with  affiliates.  The  Company  expects  to  amend  the  Purchase
Agreement prior to the Offering to terminate each of these covenants.

     The Company expects that the Equity Warrants and the Purchase Agreement, as
amended, will remain in effect following the Offering.


STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

     The existing  stockholders  of the Company  (other than BDC) (the "Existing
Stockholders")  are parties to an Amended  and  Restated  Stockholder  Agreement
dated as of March 31, 1998, as amended (the "Stockholder Agreement").

     The Stockholder Agreement provides,  among other things, that each Existing
Stockholder has the preemptive right to purchase such holder's pro rata share of
any capital stock the Company proposes to issue (subject to certain exceptions).
In addition, each of Creditanstalt,  FF-ITP,  Indosuez IT Partners,  Indosuez IT
Partners  II and  Wachovia  (the  "Original  Investors")  has a put option  with
respect to any shares issued or


                                       65

<PAGE>



issuable  in respect of the  Equity  Warrants  (the  "Equity  Warrant  Shares"),
exercisable  at any time or times after the five year six month  anniversary  of
the date of  issuance  of the  Equity  Warrants  or upon  certain  extraordinary
transactions.  The put option gives the Original Investors the right to put such
shares to the  Company  at the higher of book value or fair  market  value.  The
Company also has a call option on the Equity Warrant  Shares  exercisable at any
time after May 30,  2007.  The  Company's  call option is subject to a recapture
right which provides that if a transaction yielding proceeds per share in excess
of the amount paid for an Equity Warrant Share at the closing of the call option
is consummated at any time during the 12-month period  following  closing of the
call option, the Company shall be required to pay such excess in respect of each
Equity Warrant Share purchased pursuant to such call option.

     The Stockholder  Agreement contains certain restrictions on the transfer of
the capital  stock held by the Existing  Stockholders,  including  first refusal
rights and co-sale rights. In addition,  the Stockholder  Agreement provides the
Existing Stockholders with certain demand and piggyback registration rights with
respect to their  holdings of Series A Preferred,  Series B Preferred and Equity
Warrants,  and the shares issued upon conversion  thereof.  After the earlier of
May 1, 2002 and six months after the  effective  date of the  Company's  initial
public  offering,  each of the Original  Investors  has two demand  registration
rights  and  each  of  the  Existing   Stockholders   has  unlimited   piggyback
registration rights. The Stockholder  Agreement also contains a voting agreement
providing  that  each of the  Existing  Stockholders  (other  than the  Original
Investors) will vote their capital stock in the Company such that the Board will
be  composed  of one  designee  of each of  FF-ITP,  Klein  and  Blech and three
designees  appointed by a committee  consisting of the  presidents of certain of
the Partner Companies.  FF-ITP can increase and thereby control the Board if the
Company  defaults  under  its  covenants  contained  in the  Purchase  Agreement
relating to financial statement deliveries,  warrant rights and certain negative
covenants.  Such voting agreement terminates by its terms upon an initial public
offering  of the  Company  with net  proceeds  to the  Company of at least $30.0
million.

     Simultaneously  with the consummation of the Offering,  the Company expects
to terminate the Stockholder Agreement.  Prior to such termination,  the Company
expects to amend and restate the registration  rights set forth therein in a new
registration rights agreement as described in "--Registration Rights Agreement,"
and to enter into a new voting agreement as described in "--Voting Agreement."


VOTING AGREEMENT

     Simultaneously  with, or prior to, the  consummation  of the Offering,  the
Company  expects to enter  into a voting  agreement  with each of the  Company's
existing   stockholders  (except   Creditanstalt  and  its  affiliates)  holding
approximately  4,507,351  shares of Common  Stock  (and  rights  to  acquire  an
additional  1,082,854  shares of Common Stock)  pursuant to which such shares of
Common Stock will be voted for the election of each of Daniel J. Klein and Jamie
E. Blech to the Board for a period of three years


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     As  described  above  under   "--Warrant   Agreement  and  Debt  Warrants,"
"--Purchase  Agreement and Equity Warrants" and  "--Stockholder  Agreement," the
Existing   Stockholders  of  the  Company  have  certain  demand  and  piggyback
registration  rights  with  respect  to the  Series A  Preferred,  the  Series B
Preferred, the Warrants,  securities issued upon the exercise thereof and Common
Stock. In connection with the Offering,  the Company expects to modify the terms
of the existing  registration rights and to grant new registration rights as set
forth below.

     Under the new Registration  Rights Agreement,  from and after the six-month
anniversary of the consummation of the Offering, each of Creditanstalt,  FF-ITP,
Indosuez  IT  Partners,   Indosuez  IT  Partners  II,   Wachovia  and  BDC  (the
"Institutional  Holders"),  will have the right on two  occasions  to demand the
registration  of shares of Common  Stock which they hold or may acquire upon the
exercise of the Put Warrants or other convertible  securities.  In addition, the
Institutional  Holders  will be  entitled  to  certain  incidental  registration
rights.  Each of the other  Existing  Stockholders  and BDC will be  entitled to
unlimited piggyback registration rights.


                                       66

<PAGE>



                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS


ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

     In October 1996, Messrs. Klein and Blech formed Technology. Each of Messrs.
Klein and Blech  contributed  capital  of $1.00 in  exchange  for 100  shares of
Technology  Common Stock,  representing  all of the outstanding  common stock of
Technology.  In  November  1996,  each of Messrs.  Klein and Blech  received  an
additional  350,000  shares of  Technology  common  stock as  consideration  for
services rendered to the Company

     In May 1997, Messrs. Klein and Blech formed Old IT Partners.  Pursuant to a
tax-free reorganization (i) Old IT Partners acquired all of the stock of CNS and
KDP and (ii)  Technology  merged  with and  into  Old IT  Partners,  with Old IT
Partners as the surviving  corporation and CNS and KDP remaining as wholly owned
subsidiaries of Old IT Partners.

     Messrs. Klein and Blech formed the Company as a Delaware corporation in May
1997. In June 1997, (i) the Company acquired A-COM, a Partner Company, through a
reverse  triangular  merger  pursuant to which A-COM  merged with a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company with A-COM  surviving as a wholly owned  subsidiary of
the Company and (ii) Old IT Partners  merged with and into A-COM.  In the merger
of Old IT Partners with A-COM, each of Messrs. Klein and Blech, being of all the
stockholders  of Old  IT  Partners,  exchanged  all of  their  shares  of Old IT
Partners stock for 293,075 shares of Common Stock in the Company.

     On May 30, 1997 each of Messrs.  Klein, and Blech,  purchased 10,900 shares
of the Company's Series A Preferred, for $109,000.

     On May 30, 1997, Mark F. Yanson,  Chief Financial  Officer and Treasurer of
the Company,  was issued 26,638 shares of the Company's Common Stock in exchange
for services rendered.

     The  consideration  paid for each of the Partner  Companies was  determined
through arm's-length negotiations between IT Partners and the representatives of
each Partner Company.  The factors  considered by the Company in determining the
consideration to be paid included,  among others, the Partner Company's business
focus,  client  concentration,   vendor  authorizations,   historical  financial
performance,  number of employees  and  technical  certifications.  Each Partner
Company was  represented by independent  counsel in the negotiation of the terms
and conditions of the acquisition.


TAX INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS

     In October 1997, the Company terminated certain stock repurchase agreements
that  governed  the vesting of options to purchase  Common Stock held by each of
Messrs.  Klein, Blech, Yanson and Kandl and provided the Company with repurchase
rights for nominal  consideration  with respect to unvested  options to purchase
shares of Common Stock (the "Stock  Repurchase  Agreements").  While the Company
believes that Section 83 of the Code is  inapplicable to such  transactions,  in
connection with the termination of the Stock Repurchase Agreements,  the Company
agreed to indemnify each of Messrs.  Klein, Blech, Yanson and Kandl in the event
that  Section  83  of  the  Code  is  applied  by a  taxing  authority  to  such
transactions. The Company's indemnification liability would equal the difference
between  (i) the amount of taxes  payable by Messrs.  Klein,  Blech,  Yanson and
Kandl if such  transactions were taxed as ordinary income and (ii) the amount of
taxes  that would have been  payable  had such  transactions  been  assessed  at
capital gains rates.  The Company  believes that the maximum exposure under this
indemnification  obligation as of June 30, 1998 is approximately $473,290 in the
aggregate.


REAL PROPERTY LEASES

     A-COM  leases its Mount Joy,  Pennsylvania  facility  from  Corbett  Rohrer
Partnership  ("CRP").  CRP is a limited partnership wholly owned by Mr. Corbett,
President of A-COM and a director of the Company,  and Mr. Rohrer, who is a vice
president of A-COM.  The lease for the  Pennsylvania  space expires on September
30, 2000.  A-COM paid total rents of $8,700 for the  facilities  during the year
ended


                                       67

<PAGE>



June 30,  1997.  Expected  rental  payments  over the term of the lease  will be
approximately  $184,758.  The  Company  believes  that the  terms of the  lease,
including  the rental  rate,  are at least as  favorable to the Company as those
which could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

     Call leases its corporate  headquarters  office space from Call Properties,
LLC ("Call LLC").  The members of Call LLC include Mr. Call,  President of Call,
as well as Mr. Call's family.  The lease was signed on March 1, 1998 and expires
on March 1, 2003.  Expected  rental  payments over the term of the lease will be
approximately  $685,980.  The  Company  believes  that the  terms of the  lease,
including  the rental  rate,  are at least as  favorable to the Company as those
which could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

     Prior to 1998,  Sequoia utilized an employee  leasing company,  Manage Pro,
Inc., ("Manage Pro"), to pay all but five of Sequoia's employees. Alan Wise, the
owner of Manage  Pro,  is also the Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Sequoia  and a
beneficial  owner of more than 5% of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  Manage  Pro
charged a 1% management fee on gross  employee  payroll of Sequoia during the 12
months ended  December  31,  1997,  amounting  to  approximately  $66,530  after
adjustment.  These  amounts are included in salaries,  wages and benefits in the
accompanying  statements of operations for Sequoia.  Effective  January 1, 1998,
Sequoia ceased its relationship  with Manage Pro. All employees  formerly leased
from Manage Pro are currently employees of Sequoia.


SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS

     A-COM purchases certain supplies from Mid-Atlantic  Communication Supplies,
Inc.  ("MACS")  which is owned by Mr.  Corbett.  Mr. Corbett is the President of
A-COM and a director of the  Company.  For the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995,
1996 and 1997,  A-COM's  purchases  from MACS  totaled  $239,889,  $118,850  and
$375,042  respectively.  The Company  believes that the terms of such purchases,
including the purchase price,  are at least as favorable to the Company as those
which could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.


LOANS TO EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND AFFILIATES

     MACS, a company owned by Mr.  Corbett has received a  non-interest  bearing
loan from A-COM in 1991.  The  maximum  aggregate  principal  amount of the loan
outstanding  at any time during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997 was $0.
MACS repaid the loan in full during 1997.

     In  July  1996,  Call made a loan of $138,657 to Stanton L. Call, President
of Call. This was a non-interest  bearing  loan with a balance of $117,211 as of
February  28,  1998. Mr. Call repaid the entire outstanding balance prior to May
31, 1998.

     Sequoia  has a note  payable  due from the Alan E.  Wise,  Chief  Operating
Officer of Sequoia and a beneficial  owner of more than 5% of the Common  Stock,
and a receivable due from John D. Bamberger,  Chief Executive Officer of Sequoia
and a director of the  Company,  in the amount of $0 as of August 1, 1998.  Both
amounts were paid in full during 1998.


OTHER TRANSACTIONS

     In January 1998,  IT Partners  acquired all of the capital stock in Sequoia
for a total purchase  price of  approximately  $22.3 million,  consisting of (i)
approximately $4.3 million in cash; (ii)  approximately  $14.0 million in Common
Stock; and (iii)  approximately $ 4.0 million in Seller Notes due on the earlier
to occur of: (a) January 8, 2003; (b) the Company's  initial public  offering or
(c) the sale of all or  substantially  all of the  stock or  assets  of,  or the
merger of, the  Company  into a  non-affiliate  of the  Company  and  bearing an
interest  rate of 8% per annum.  In exchange  for his stock in Sequoia,  John D.
Bamberger, the President and Treasurer of Sequoia and a director of the Company,
received:  (i)  approximately  $2.0  million in cash;  (ii)  approximately  $4.7
million in Common Stock; and (iii)  approximately  $2.5 million in Seller Notes.
The foregoing  assumes that all  consideration  payable pursuant to Post-Closing
Adjustments  in such  agreements  has been paid.  John D. Bamberger will receive
finder's  fees in the amount of $30,472,  $59,475  and  $41,207  relating to the
acquisition of Entre', CPR and KiZAN, respectively.


                                       68

<PAGE>



     In October 1997, IT Partners acquired all of the capital stock of FSC for a
total purchase  price of $9.8 million,  consisting  of: (i)  approximately  $3.7
million in cash;  (ii)  approximately  $4.3 million in Common  Stock;  and (iii)
approximately  $2.7 million in Seller Notes bearing interest at a rate of 8% per
annum and due on the earlier to occur of (a) October 20, 2002, (b) the Company's
initial public offering,  (c) the sale of all or substantially  all of the stock
or assets of the Company to a non-affiliate of the Company, or (d) the merger of
the Company into a non-affiliate of the Company in which the stockholders of the
Company  immediately  prior to such  merger  own less than 50% of the  surviving
entity.  In exchange for his stock in FSC, Charles  Schaeffer,  President of FSC
and a director of the Company,  received (x) approximately $3.3 million in cash;
(y)  approximately  $3.9 million in Common  Stock;  and (z)  approximately  $2.4
million in Seller Notes. The foregoing  assumes that all  consideration  payable
pursuant to Post-Closing  Adjustments in such agreements has been paid.  Charles
Schaeffer will receive a finder's fee of  approximately  $71,025 relating to the
acquisition of BMS.

     In May 1997,  IT Partners  acquired all of the capital stock of A-COM for a
total purchase  price of $10.1 million  consisting  of: (i)  approximately  $3.4
million in cash;  (ii)  approximately  $5.6 million in Common  Stock;  and (iii)
approximately  $2.6 million in Seller Notes bearing interest at a rate of 8% per
annum and due on the earlier to occur of (a) June 30,  2002,  (b) the closing of
the Company's initial public offering,  and (c) the sale of all or substantially
all of the stock or assets of the Company to, or the merger of the Company into,
a non-affiliate the Company. In exchange for his stock in A-COM,  Christopher R.
Corbett,  the  President of A-COM and a director of the Company,  received:  (i)
approximately  $3.4 million in cash; (ii)  approximately  $5.3 million in Common
Stock;  and (iii)  approximately  $2.6 million in Seller  Notes.  The  foregoing
assumes that all consideration  payable pursuant to Post-Closing  Adjustments in
such  agreements has been paid. On October 31, 1997,  Christopher R. Corbett and
Merrie  Corbett  jointly  purchased  15,725 shares of Common Stock for $3.39 per
share. Christopher R. Corbett will receive finders' fees of $15,079, $39,900 and
$32,902  relating  to  the  acquisitions  of  CSI-PA,   CSI-VA  and  Richardson,
respectively.


ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES

     On May 29,  1997,  the Company  issued  141,414  shares of Common  Stock to
Martin G. Kandl and Haeyoung  Kandl jointly for the aggregate  consideration  of
approximately $1.3 million.

     On May 29, 1997, the Company issued 53,277 shares of Common Stock to Martin
G. Kandl and Haeyoung Kandl jointly for services performed for the Company.

     On May 30, 1997, the Company issued 50,000 shares of Series A Preferred and
Equity  Warrants to purchase  137,380  shares of either Common Stock or Series B
Preferred to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $500,000.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company  issued  100,000 shares of Series A Preferred
and Equity Warrants to purchase  274,760 shares of either Common Stock or Series
B Preferred to FF-ITP for the aggregate consideration of $1.0 million.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company issued 10,900 shares of Series A Preferred to
Daniel J. Klein for the aggregate consideration of $109,000.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company issued 10,900 shares of Series A Preferred to
Jamie E. Blech for the aggregate consideration for $109,000.

     On May 30,  1997,  the Company  issued  293,075  shares of Common  Stock to
Daniel J. Klein for nominal  consideration  in exchange for his shares in Old IT
Partners.

     On May 30, 1997, the Company issued 293,075 shares of Common Stock to Jamie
E.  Blech  for  nominal  consideration  in  exchange  for his  shares  in Old IT
Partners.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company  issued 26,638 shares of Common Stock to Mark
F. Yanson for services performed for the Company.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company  issued 165,680 shares of Common Stock to the
shareholders  of CNS for  the  aggregate  consideration  of  approximately  $1.6
million.


                                       69

<PAGE>



     On May 30,  1997,  the  Company  issued Debt  Warrants to purchase  219,515
shares of Common  Stock or  Series B  Preferred  to  Creditanstalt  for  nominal
consideration in connection with the execution of the Credit Facility.

     On June 30,  1997,  the Company  issued  495,260  shares of Common Stock to
Christopher   R.  Corbett  and  Merrie   Corbett   jointly  for  the   aggregate
consideration of approximately $4.6 million.

     On July 11, 1997,  the Company  issued  23,334 shares of Series A Preferred
and Equity Warrants to purchase 64,110 shares of either Common Stock of Series B
Preferred to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $233,340.

     On October 20, 1997,  the Company  issued 393,040 shares of Common Stock to
shareholders  of FSC for  the  aggregate  consideration  of  approximately  $3.9
million.

     On October 27, 1997, the Company issued 26,666 shares of Series A Preferred
and Equity Warrants to purchase 41,934 shares of either Common Stock of Series B
Preferred to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $266,660.

     On October 31, 1997, the Company issued 10,000 shares of Series A Preferred
to FF-ITP for the aggregate consideration of $100,000.

     On October 31, 1997,  the Company  issued  15,725 shares of Common Stock to
Christopher   R.  Corbett  and  Merrie   Corbett   jointly  for  the   aggregate
consideration of $100,000.

     On October 31, 1997,  the Company  issued  15,725 shares of Common Stock to
FF-ITP for the aggregate consideration of $100,000.

     On October 31,  1997,  the Company  issued  7,863 shares of Common Stock to
Martin G. Kandl and Haeyoung  Kandl jointly for the aggregate  consideration  of
$50,000.

     On October  31,  1997,  the  Company  issued 533 shares of Common  Stock to
Thomas Gardner for the aggregate consideration of $3,393.

     On October 31, 1997,  the Company  issued  38,053 shares of Common Stock to
shareholders of CNS for the aggregate consideration of $357,130.

     On January 7, 1998, the Company issued 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred
and Equity Warrants to purchase  100,522 shares of either Common Stock or Series
B Preferred to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $1.0 million.

     On January 7, 1998, the Company issued 118,392 shares of Series B Preferred
to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $1.0 million.

     On January 7, 1998,  the Company  issued Debt Warrants to purchase  106,553
shares of Common  Stock or  Series B  Preferred  to  Creditanstalt  for  nominal
consideration in connection with the execution of the Credit Facility.

     On January 8, 1998, the Company issued  1,191,416 shares of Common Stock to
17  shareholders  of Sequoia for the aggregate  consideration  of  approximately
$11.9 million.

     On February 5, 1998,  the Company  issued 700,636 shares of Common Stock to
the  shareholders of Incline for the aggregate  consideration  of  approximately
$7.0 million.

     On March 31, 1998,  the Company issued 345,204 shares of Series B Preferred
to Wachovia for the aggregate consideration of $3.0 million.

     On March 31, 1998,  the Company issued 230,136 shares of Series B Preferred
to Indosuez IT Partners for the aggregate consideration of $2.0 million.

     On April 30, 1998,  the Company  issued Equity  Warrants to purchase  8,544
shares of either Common Stock or Series B Preferred to Creditanstalt in the form
of a PIK Dividend on the outstanding Equity Warrants.


                                       70
<PAGE>



     On April 30, 1998, the Company issued 7,569 shares of Series A Preferred to
Creditanstalt in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On April 30, 1998, the Company issued 6,525 shares of Series A Preferred to
FF-ITP in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On April 30, 1998,  the Company  issued 668 shares of Series A Preferred to
Daniel J. Klein in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On April 30, 1998,  the Company  issued 668 shares of Series A Preferred to
Jamie E. Blech in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On May 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 45,452 shares of Series B Preferred to
Indosuez IT Partners II for the aggregate consideration of $395,000.

     On May 11, 1998,  the Company  issued 267,433 shares of Common Stock to the
shareholders of Sequoia for the aggregate  consideration of  approximately  $2.7
million.

     On May 13,  1998,  the Company  issued  312,270  shares of Common  Stock to
Stanton L. Call for the aggregate consideration of approximately $3.3 million.

     On June 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 4,151 shares of Series A Preferred to
Creditanstalt in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On June 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 2,330 shares of Series A Preferred to
FF-ITP in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On June 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 231 shares of Series A  Preferred  to
Daniel J. Klein in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On June 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 231 shares of Series A  Preferred  to
Jamie E. Blech in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On July 28,  1998,  the Company  issued 700 shares of Series C Preferred to
BDC for the aggregate consideration of $7.0 million.

     On August 4, 1998,  the Company  issued 300 shares of Series C Preferred to
Wachovia for the aggregate consideration of $3.0 million.

     See "The  Recapitalization"  for  additional  information  regarding  other
agreements to which certain stockholders of the Company are parties.


                                       71

<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS


     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership  of the  Common  Stock of the  Company,  after  giving  effect  to the
Offering,  by (i) each  person  known to  beneficially  own more  than 5% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors,  (iii)
each Named Officer and (iv) all executive officers and directors as a group. All
persons  listed  have an address in care of the  Company's  principal  executive
offices and have sole voting and  investment  power with respect to their shares
unless otherwise indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED AFTER OFFERING
                                                  --------------------------------------------------
                                                        COMMON STOCK                 OPTIONS
                                                  ------------------------   -----------------------
                      NAME                           NUMBER       PERCENT       NUMBER       PERCENT
- -----------------------------------------------   ------------   ---------   ------------   --------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>
Daniel J. Klein(1) ............................      329,739      6.7%          329,739      3.0%
Jamie E. Blech(1) .............................      329,739      6.7           329,739      3.0
Christine E. Norcross .........................           --       *                 --       *
John D. Bamberger .............................      471,457      9.6           471,457      4.3
Christopher R. Corbett ........................      510,985     10.4           510,985      4.7
Charles Schaeffer .............................      353,736      7.2           353,736      3.2
James D. Lumsden(2) ...........................      313,134      6.0           313,134      2.8
Martin S. Pinson ..............................          377       *                377       *
Alan Wise .....................................      299,236      6.1           299,236      2.7
Stanton L. Call ...............................      312,270      6.4           312,270      2.9
Creditanstalt(3) ..............................      816,160     14.3           816,160      7.0
Wachovia(4) ...................................      453,660      8.5           453,660      4.0
Indosuez(5) ...................................      275,588      5.3           275,588      2.5
All executive officers and directors as a group
 (14 persons)(6) ..............................    2,370,436     46.7         2,370,436     21.4
</TABLE>

- ----------
Less than 1.0%*.

(1)  Includes  30,634  shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days following the Offering.

(2)  Includes  297,409  shares of Common  Stock which may be  acquired  upon the
     exercise of currently exercisable Put Warrants owned by FF-ITP. Mr. Lumsden
     is the President and Managing Principal of FS/FC, the manager of FF-ITP.

(3)  Represents  shares of Common Stock which may be acquired  upon the exercise
     of Put Warrants and upon the conversion of Series B Preferred.

(4)  Represents  345,204 shares of Common Stock currently issuable on conversion
     of  Series B  Preferred  which may be  acquired  upon the  exercise  of Put
     Warrants, and 108,456 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired upon the
     redemption of Series C Preferred.

(5)  Represents  275,583 shares of Common Stock currently issuable on conversion
     of Series B Preferred.

(6)  Includes  97,496  shares of Common  Stock  which may be  acquired  upon the
     exercise of options exercisable within 60 days following the Offering.



                                       72

<PAGE>



                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

     After giving effect to the Offering and the Recapitalization, the Company's
authorized  capital stock will consist of 11,781,894 shares of Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, 5,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred, par value $.01 per
share,  and 399,300 shares of undesignated  Preferred  Stock, par value $.01 per
share. After giving effect to the Recapitalization and the Offering, the Company
will have 11,781,894  shares of Common Stock issued and  outstanding,  1,387,448
shares of Series B  Preferred  issued and  outstanding,  and no other  shares of
Preferred Stock outstanding.

     The following  statements are brief  summaries of certain  provisions  with
respect  to  the  Company's  capital  stock  contained  in  its  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and  By-Laws,  copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  is a part.  The  following is
qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.


COMMON STOCK

     The holders of Common  Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all
matters voted upon by stockholders, including the election of directors. Subject
to the rights of any then outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of
Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared in the discretion
of the Board out of funds legally available therefor. See "Dividend Policy." The
holders of Common Stock are  entitled to share  ratably in the net assets of the
Company upon liquidation  after payment or provision for all liabilities and any
preferential liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock then outstanding.  Except
as set forth in the Stockholder  Agreement,  the holders of Common Stock have no
preemptive  rights to  purchase  shares  of stock of the  Company.  Except  with
respect to certain  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the Put
Warrants  and  conversion  of the  Series B  Preferred,  which  are  subject  to
redemption  upon the happening of certain events which would otherwise cause the
holders thereof to breach certain bank regulatory  restrictions on capital stock
ownership,  shares of Common Stock are not subject to any redemption  provisions
and  are  not  convertible  into  any  other  securities  of  the  Company.  All
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock are,  and the shares of Common  Stock to be
issued  pursuant to the Offering will be upon payment  therefor,  fully-paid and
non-assessable.

     The Company intends to apply for quotation of the shares of Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market, under the symbol "ITPI."


PREFERRED STOCK

     The Preferred  Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board as shares
of one or more classes or series.  Subject to the provisions of the  Certificate
of  Incorporation  and  limitations  prescribed  by law,  the Board is expressly
authorized  to issue the  shares,  to fix the number of shares and to change the
number of shares  constituting  any  series,  and to  provide  for or change the
voting powers, designations,  preferences and relative, participating,  optional
or other special rights,  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof,
including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend
rates,  terms of  redemption  (including  sinking fund  provisions),  redemption
prices,   conversion   rights,   and  liquidation   preferences  of  the  shares
constituting  any class or series of the Preferred  Stock,  in each case without
any further action or vote by the stockholders. IT Partners has no current plans
to issue any shares of Preferred  Stock of any class or series,  except upon the
exercise of outstanding  Put Warrants that are  exercisable for shares of Common
Stock and/or Series B Preferred at the option of the holders.

     One of the  effects of  undesignated  Preferred  Stock may be to enable the
Board to render more  difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of
IT Partners by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or otherwise,  and
thereby to protect the  continuity of IT Partner's  management.  The issuance of
shares of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the Board's authority  described above
may  adversely  affect the rights of the holders of Common  Stock.  For example,
Preferred  Stock  issued by IT  Partners  may rank  prior to Common  Stock as to
dividend rights, liquidation preference or both, may

                                       73

<PAGE>



have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible  into shares of Common
Stock.  Accordingly,  the issuance of shares of Preferred  Stock may  discourage
bids for Common  Stock or may  otherwise  adversely  affect the market  price of
Common Stock.

     For a description  of the Series A Preferred,  the Series B Preferred,  the
Series  C  Preferred,  the  Debt  Warrants  and the  Equity  Warrants,  see "The
Recapitalization."


STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION

     Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  the  Company  will be subject to the
provisions of Section 203 ("Section  203") of the (DGCL).  Section 203 provides,
with certain exceptions,  that a Delaware corporation may not engage in any of a
broad range of business  combinations with a person or an affiliate or associate
of such person,  who is an "interested  stockholder" for a period of three years
from the date that such person became an interested  stockholder unless: (i) the
transaction  resulting in a person  becoming an interested  stockholder,  or the
business  combination,  is approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation
before the person becomes an interested  stockholder;  (ii) upon consummation of
the  transaction  which  resulted  in the  stockholder  becoming  an  interested
stockholder,  the interested  stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock
of the  corporation  outstanding  at the  time  the  transaction  is  commenced,
excluding for purposes of  determining  the number of shares  outstanding  those
shares owned (a) by persons who are  directors  and officers and (b) by employee
stock plans in which  employee  participants  do not have the right to determine
confidentially  whether  shares  held  subject to the plan will be tendered in a
tender or exchange  offer;  or (iii) on or after the date the person  becomes an
interested   stockholder,   the   business   combination   is  approved  by  the
corporation's  board of directors  and by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
corporation's  outstanding  voting  stock  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting,
excluding  shares owned by the  interested  stockholder.  Under  Section 203, an
"interested stockholder" is defined as any person who is (x) the owner of 15% or
more of the  outstanding  voting stock of the corporation or (y) an affiliate or
associate  of the  corporation  and  who  was  the  owner  of 15% or more of the
outstanding  voting stock of the  corporation  at any time within the three-year
period  immediately  prior to the date on which it is  sought  to be  determined
whether such person is an interested stockholder.

     The  provisions of Section 203 could delay or frustrate a change in control
of the Company, deny stockholders the receipt of a premium on their Common Stock
and have an  adverse  effect on the  Common  Stock.  The  provisions  also could
discourage, impede or prevent a merger or tender offer, even if such event would
be favorable to the interests of stockholders.  The Company's  stockholders,  by
adopting an amendment to the Certificate of  Incorporation,  may elect not to be
governed by Section 203,  which election would be effective 12 months after such
adoption.


LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     Limitation on Liability.  Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation  and
as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL,  directors of the Company are not
liable to the Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of
fiduciary  duty,  except for  liability in  connection  with a breach of duty of
loyalty,  for acts or omissions  not in good faith or that  involve  intentional
misconduct  or a  knowing  violation  of law,  for  dividend  payments  or stock
repurchases  that are illegal under Delaware law or for any transaction in which
a director has derived an improper personal benefit.

     Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation and the By-Laws provide for mandatory indemnification of directors
of the Company  against  any  expense,  liability  and loss to which they become
subject,  or which they may incur as a result of having  been a director  of the
Company.


POTENTIAL  ANTI-TAKEOVER  EFFECT  OF  CERTAIN  PROVISIONS  OF THE CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

     The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws contain  provisions that could
have an  anti-takeover  effect.  The  provisions  are  intended  to enhance  the
likelihood of continuity  and stability in the  composition  of the Board and in
the policies formulated by the Board. These provisions also are intended to


                                       74

<PAGE>



help ensure that the Board,  if  confronted  by an  unsolicited  proposal from a
third  party  which  has  acquired  a block of stock of the  Company,  will have
sufficient  time to review the  proposal  and  appropriate  alternatives  to the
proposal  and to  act in  what  it  believes  to be  the  best  interest  of the
stockholders.  The  following  is a summary of such  provisions  included in the
Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company.

     The Certificate of Incorporation  provides that  stockholder  action can be
taken only at an annual or special meeting of  stockholders  and cannot be taken
by written consent in lieu of a meeting.  The Certificate of  Incorporation  and
the By-Laws provide that, except as otherwise  required by law, special meetings
of the  stockholders  can only be called  pursuant to a resolution  adopted by a
majority  of the  Board  or by  the  chief  executive  officer  of the  Company.
Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require the Board
to call a special meeting.

     The By-Laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals
to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, including
proposed  nominations of persons for election to the Board.  Stockholders  at an
annual  meeting may only  consider  proposals  or  nominations  specified in the
notice of meeting or brought  before the meeting by or at the  direction  of the
Board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for
the  meeting,  who is  entitled  to vote at the meeting and who has given to the
Company's  Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder's
intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the By-Laws do not
give the Board the power to approve or  disapprove  stockholder  nominations  of
candidates or proposals  regarding  other  business to be conducted at an annual
meeting,  the  aforementioned  procedures  may have the  effect  of  prohibiting
Stockholders  from raising proposals at annual meetings if the proper procedures
are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting
a  solicitation  of proxies  to elect its own slate of  directors  or  otherwise
attempting to obtain control of the Company.

     Each of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and By-Laws  provide  that the
affirmative  vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total votes  eligible to
be cast in the  election of  directors  is required to amend,  alter,  change or
repeal certain of their provisions. This requirement of a super-majority vote to
approve  amendments  to the  Certification  of  Incorporation  and By-Laws could
enable a minority of the Company's  stockholders to exercise veto power over any
such  amendments.  The  Board  has no  current  plans  to  formulate  or  effect
additional measures that could have an anti-takeover effect.


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  for the Common Stock is American  Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.



                                       75

<PAGE>



                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     The market price of the Common Stock may be adversely affected by the sale,
or  availability  for sale,  of  substantial  amounts of the Common Stock in the
public market  following the  Offering.  The 6,000,000  shares being sold in the
Offering will be freely tradable unless held by affiliates of the Company.  Upon
completion of the Offering: (i) the former stockholders of the Partner Companies
who received shares of Common Stock, will own, in the aggregate 3,729,323 shares
of Common Stock (excluding shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to
any  Post-Closing  Adjustment  related  to such  acquisition);  (ii) the  former
stockholders of the Partner Companies will own in the aggregate 99,128 shares of
Common  Stock upon  conversion  of the  Convertible  Seller Note (at the assumed
initial public offering price); (iii) founders, consultants and management of IT
Partners, will own an aggregate of 678,126 shares of Common Stock and options to
acquire  1,185,711  shares  granted by the Company under the 1997 Plan; and (iv)
certain  equity  holders will own (a) an aggregate of 739,184 shares of Series B
Preferred currently  convertible into 739,184 shares of Common Stock (subject to
antidilution protection), and (b) the Put Warrants exercisable for up to 993,850
shares of Common Stock and/or Series B Preferred  (convertible  on a one-for-one
basis into Common Stock), at the option of the holders. Up to 152,290 additional
shares of Common Stock (calculated at the assumed initial public offering price)
may be  issued,  in the  discretion  of the  Company,  as  payment  for  certain
redemption dividends on the shares of Series C Preferred.  The securities issued
prior to the Offering have not been  registered  under the Securities  Act, and,
therefore,  may not be sold unless  registered  under the Securities Act or sold
pursuant to an exemption from  registration,  such as the exemption  provided by
Rule 144.

     In general,  under Rule 144, if one year has elapsed since the later of the
date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from the Company or
from any affiliate of the Company, the acquiror or subsequent holder thereof may
sell,  within any three-month  period  commencing 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus,  a number of shares  that does not exceed  the  greater of 1% of the
then  outstanding  shares of the Common  Stock,  or the average  weekly  trading
volume  of the  Common  Stock on the  Nasdaq  National  Market  during  the four
calendar  weeks  preceding the date on which notice of the proposed sale is sent
to the  Commission.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain  manner of
sale  provisions,  notice  requirements  and the  availability of current public
information about the Company.  If two years have elapsed since the later of the
date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from the Company or
any  affiliate  of the  Company,  a person  who is not  deemed  to have  been an
affiliate  of the  Company  at any time for 90 days  preceding  a sale  would be
entitled  to sell such  shares  under  Rule 144  without  regard  to the  volume
limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements.

     Certain  of  the  Company's  executive  officers,  directors  and  existing
stockholders  owning in the  aggregate  5,781,894  shares of Common  Stock  have
agreed not to offer,  sell,  contract to sell,  make any short sale or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock, options to acquire shares of Common Stock
or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any rights to purchase or
acquire, shares of Common Stock during the 12-month period following the date of
this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey
& Co., Inc.,  subject to certain limited  exceptions.  The Company has agreed to
provide  demand and  piggyback  registration  rights with  respect to the Common
Stock issued to certain existing stockholders, including BDC.

     The piggyback  registration  rights  described  above will not apply to the
Offering.  The Company intends to register the 1,767,284  shares of Common Stock
reserved for issuance  upon exercise of stock  options  granted  pursuant to the
1997  Plan  as soon as  practicable  after  the  date  of this  Prospectus.  See
"Management,"  "The  Recapitalization,"  "Shares  Eligible  for Future Sale" and
"Underwriting."

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect,  if any, that the sale of
shares or the  availability of shares for sale will have on the market price for
the Common  Stock  prevailing  from time to time.  Nevertheless,  sales,  or the
availability for sale, of substantial  amounts of the Common Stock in the public
market could adversely  affect  prevailing  market prices and the ability of the
Company to raise equity capital in the future.


                                       76

<PAGE>



                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement
among the Company  and the  Underwriters  (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the
Underwriters named below,  through their  Representatives,  Friedman,  Billings,
Ramsey & Co.,  Inc. and Piper Jaffray Inc.,  have  severally  agreed to purchase
from the Company, the respective number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby
set forth below opposite its name.


                       NUMBER OF
                      UNDERWRITER                           SHARES
                      -----------                           ------
       Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. .........
       Piper Jaffray Inc. .............................




                                                          ----------
        Total .........................................
                                                          ==========


     The   Underwriting   Agreement   provides  that  the   obligations  of  the
Underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent,  including the absence
of any  material  adverse  change in the  Company's  business and the receipt of
certain certificates,  opinions and letters from the Company and its counsel and
independent  auditors.  The nature of the Underwriters'  obligation is such that
they are committed to purchase all shares of Common Stock offered  hereby if any
of such shares are purchased.  The offering of Common Stock is made for delivery
when,  as and if accepted by the  Underwriters  and subject to prior sale and to
withdrawal,  cancellation or modification  of the Offering  without notice.  The
Underwriters  reserve the right to reject an order for the purchase of shares in
whole or in part.

     The  Underwriters  propose  initially  to offer the shares of Common  Stock
directly to the public at the  initial  public  offering  price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such offering price less
a concession not to exceed $. per share of Common Stock.  The  Underwriters  may
allow and such  dealers may reallow a  concession  not to exceed $. per share of
Common  Stock to certain  other  dealers.  The  Underwriters  have  informed the
Company that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they
exercise discretionary authority.  After the shares of Common Stock are released
for sale to the  public,  the  offering  price  and other  selling  terms may be
changed by the Underwriters.

     On July 27, 1998,  BDC purchased 700 shares of Series C Preferred  from the
Company for aggregate cash consideration of $7.0 million. The Series C Preferred
is entitled to certain liquidation preferences, periodic dividends and dividends
upon redemption.  At the option of the Company,  the redemption dividends may be
paid in shares of Common Stock. See "The  Recapitalization." The Company intends
to redeem the Series C Preferred in full  simultaneously with the closing of the
Offering. Upon such redemption, BDC will be entitled to receive (i) $7.0 million
in liquidation preference plus all accrued but unpaid periodic dividends thereon
(which accrue at a rate of 12% per annum), and (ii) a redemption  dividend equal
to the product of (a) the initial public offering price,  minus $4.63, times (b)
$475,000.  The redemption  dividend may be paid at the discretion of the Company
in cash or shares of Common Stock valued at the initial public  offering  price.
The Company also paid BDC an origination  fee of $105,000 in connection with the
sale of the Series C Preferred. As long as BDC holds a majority of the shares of
Series C  Preferred,  BDC will have the right to appoint one member to the Board
of the  Company  and to  designate a  representative  to attend  meetings of the
Board.

     In addition,  the  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the Company will
indemnify  the  several  Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the Underwriters
may be required to make in respect thereof. In the opinion of the SEC, such


                                       77

<PAGE>



indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  The  Company  has agreed to reimburse Friedman,
Billings,  Ramsey  &  Co.,  Inc.  for  certain  of  its  out-of-pocket expenses,
including fees and expenses of Underwriters' counsel.

     The  Company  has  granted  to  Friedman,  Billings,  Ramsey  &  Co.,  Inc.
preferential rights for one year, assuming completion of the Offering, to act as
the  exclusive  underwriter  for,  or  advisor  to,  the  Company  in  specified
transactions  or offerings  for customary  fees to be mutually  agreed to by the
parties.

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among
the  Company and the  Representatives.  Among the  factors to be  considered  in
making such determination will be the Company's  financial and operating history
and  condition,  the  prospects of the Company and its industry in general,  the
management of the Company,  the market prices of securities of companies engaged
in businesses similar to those of the Company, and the general conditions of the
economy and the securities markets.  The estimated initial public offering price
range set forth on the cover of this Prospectus is subject to change as a result
of market conditions and other factors. There can, however, be no assurance that
the price at which the shares of Common  Stock  will sell in the  public  market
after the  Offering  will not be lower  than the price at which they are sold by
the Underwriters.

     Up to 5% of the shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby may be reserved for
sale to certain  employees  and directors of the Company at a price equal to the
initial public offering price per share. The number of shares available for sale
to the general  public will be reduced to the extent such persons  purchase such
reserved  shares.  Any reserved  shares not so purchased  will be offered by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered
hereby.

     Until the  distribution of the Common Stock is completed,  the rules of the
SEC may limit the ability of the  Underwriters and certain selling group members
to bid for or  purchase  Common  Stock.  As an  exception  to these  rules,  the
Representatives  are permitted to engage in certain  transactions that stabilize
the price of shares of Common Stock.  Such  transactions  may consist of bids or
purchases for the purpose of pegging,  fixing or maintaining the price of shares
of Common Stock.

     If the  Underwriters  create a short  position in shares of Common Stock in
connection  with the Offering,  (i.e.,  if they sell more shares of Common Stock
than are set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus), the Representatives may
reduce that short  position  by  purchasing  shares of Common  Stock in the open
market.  The  Representatives  may also  elect to reduce any short  position  by
exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above.

     The Representatives  may also impose a penalty bid on certain  Underwriters
and  selling  group  members.  This means that if the  Representatives  purchase
shares of Common  Stock in the open  market to reduce  the  Underwriters'  short
position or to stabilize the price of shares of Common  Stock,  they may reclaim
the amount of the selling  concession  from the  Underwriters  and selling group
members who sold such shares of Common Stock as part of the Offering.

     In general,  purchases of securities for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short  position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such  purchases.  The  imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security  to the extent that it were
to discourage resales of the security.

     Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the  transactions
described  above may have on the price of shares of Common  Stock.  In addition,
neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters  makes any  representation  that
the Representatives  will engage in such transactions or that such transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

     The Company  intends to apply to The Nasdaq Stock  Market for  quotation of
the  shares of Common  Stock on the  Nasdaq  National  Market  under the  symbol
"ITPI."  Accordingly,  no assurance can be given as to the listing of the shares
of Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market or the development or liquidity of
any market for the Common Stock.


                                       78

<PAGE>



     Certain  of the  executive  officers,  directors  and  stockholders  of the
Company  have agreed not to,  without  the prior  written  consent of  Friedman,
Billings,  Ramsey & Co., Inc.,  offer,  sell,  offer to sell,  contract to sell,
grant  any  option  to  purchase  or  otherwise  sell or  dispose,  directly  or
indirectly (or announce any offer, sale, offer of sale,  contract of sale, grant
of any option to  purchase  or other sale or  disposition)  any shares of Common
Stock,  or any securities  convertible or  exercisable or  exchangeable  for any
shares of Common Stock for a period of 12 months from the effective  date of the
Offering.  The Company has agreed not to,  without the prior written  consent of
Friedman,  Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., offer, sell, offer to sell, contract to
sell,  grant any option to purchase or  otherwise  sell or dispose,  directly or
indirectly (or announce any offer, sale, offer of sale,  contract of sale, grant
of any option to  purchase  or other sale or  disposition)  any shares of Common
Stock,  or any securities  convertible or  exercisable or  exchangeable  for any
shares of Common Stock (except for shares issuable pursuant to the 1997 Plan and
the  Purchase  Plan) for a period of 12 months  from the  effective  date of the
Offering.  Friedman,  Billings  & Ramsey & Co.,  Inc.,  at any time and  without
notice,  may release all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to
the foregoing lock-up agreements.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock  offered by this
Prospectus  will be  passed  upon for the  Company  by  Swidler  Berlin  Shereff
Friedman,  LLP,  Washington,  D.C. Certain legal matters related to the Offering
will be  passed  upon  for the  Underwriters  by  Wilmer,  Cutler  &  Pickering,
Washington, D.C.


                                    EXPERTS

     The financial  statements  and schedules  included in this  Prospectus  and
elsewhere in the  registration  statement  have been audited by Arthur  Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants,  as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto,  and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports.


                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the SEC, a  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1
with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.  This Prospectus does
not contain all the information set forth in the Registration  Statement and the
exhibits  and  schedules  thereto.  For further  information  pertaining  to the
Company and the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to such
Registration  Statement,   including  the  exhibits,  financial  statements  and
schedules  filed  therewith.  Statements  contained in this Prospectus as to the
contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete and,
in each  instance,  reference  is made to the copy of such  contract or document
filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  each such statement  being
qualified by such reference. The Registration Statement,  including the exhibits
and  schedules  thereto,  may be  inspected  and copied at the public  reference
facilities maintained by the SEC at Judiciary Plaza Building,  450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Room 1024,  Washington,  D.C. 20549 and its regional  offices located at 7
World Trade Center,  13th Floor,  New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp  Center,
500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois  60661-2511.  Copies of
such  materials  can be  obtained  from the SEC at  Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The SEC maintains a
Web site that  contains  reports,  proxy and  information  statements  and other
information regarding  registrants that file electronically.  The address of the
SEC's Web site is www.sec.gov.

     As a result of the Offering, the Company will be subject to the information
requirements  of the  Exchange  Act.  So long as the  Company  is subject to the
periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will continue to furnish
the reports and other information required thereby to the SEC.

     The Company  will furnish to its  stockholders  annual  reports  containing
financial statements audited by its independent auditors and will make available
copies of  quarterly  reports for the first  three  quarters of each fiscal year
containing unaudited financial information.


                                       79


<PAGE>



                               IT PARTNERS, INC.

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
IT PARTNERS, INC., HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................  F-4
  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets as of December 31,  1997,  and March 31,
     1998 (unaudited) .....................................................  F-5
  Consolidated  Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31,
     1997 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998
     (unaudited) ..........................................................  F-6
  Consolidated  Statements  of  Stockholders'  Equity for the Year Ended
     December  31,  1997 and the  Three  Months  Ended  March  31,  1997
     (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited) .....................................  F-7
  Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31,
     1997 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998
     (unaudited) ..........................................................  F-8
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................  F-9
  
KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................ F-22
  Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1995 and 1996, and May 31, 1997 ...... F-23
  Statements of  Operations  for the Years Ended  September 30, 1995 and
     1996, and the Eight Months Ended May 31, 1997 ........................ F-24
  Statements of  Stockholders'  Equity for the Years Ended September 30,
     1995 and 1996, and the Eight Months Ended May 31, 1997 ............... F-25
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years  Ended  September  30, 1995 and
     1996, and the Eight Months Ended May 31, 1997 ........................ F-26
  Notes to Financial Statements ........................................... F-27
  
COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................ F-32
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and May 31, 1997 ....... F-33
  Statements of  Operations  for the Years Ended  December  31, 1995 and
     1996, and the Five Months Ended May 31, 1997 ......................... F-34
  Statements of  Stockholders'  Equity for the Years Ended  December 31,
     1995 and 1996, and the Five Months Ended May 31, 1997 ................ F-35
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years  Ended  December  31,  1995 and
     1996, and the Five Months Ended May 31, 1997 ......................... F-36
  Notes to Financial Statements ........................................... F-37
  
A-COM, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................ F-42
  Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 ............................. F-43
  Statements of  Operations  for the Fiscal  Years Ended June 30,  1995,
     1996 and 1997 ........................................................ F-44
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
     1995, 1996 and 1997 .................................................. F-45
  Statements  of Cash Flows for the Fiscal  Years  Ended June 30,  1995,
     1996 and 1997 ........................................................ F-46
  Notes to Financial Statements ........................................... F-47
  
FINANCIAL SYSTEMS CONSULTING, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................ F-54
  Balance Sheets as of August 31, 1996, and 1997, and October 20, 1997 .... F-55
  Statements of  Operations  for the Twelve  Months  Ended  December 31,
     1995,  the Eight Months Ended  August 31, 1996,  the Twelve  Months
     Ended  August 31,  1997,  and the Period from  September 1, 1997 to .. F-56

  Statements  of  Stockholders'  Equity  for  the  Twelve  Months  Ended
     December  31, 1995,  the Eight  Months  Ended August 31, 1996,  the
     Twelve Months Ended August 31, 1997,  and the Period from September
     1, 1997 to October 20, 1997 .......................................... F-57


                                       F-1

<PAGE>



                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

  Statements of Cash  Flows for the Twelve  Months  Ended  December  31,
     1995,  the Eight Months Ended  August 31, 1996,  the Twelve  Months
     Ended  August 31,  1997,  and the Period from  September 1, 1997 to
     October 20, 1997...................................................... F-58
   Notes to Financial Statements .......................................... F-59
  
SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................ F-62
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 ......................... F-63
  Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1995,  1996,
     and 1997 ............................................................. F-64
  Statements of  Stockholders'  Equity for the Years Ended  December 31,
     1995, 1996, and 1997 ................................................. F-65
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995,  1996,
     and 1997 ............................................................. F-66
  Notes to Financial Statements ........................................... F-67
  
INCLINE CORPORATION
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................ F-74
  Balance Sheets as of October 31, 1996, and 1997, and December 31, 1997 .. F-75
  Statements of Operations  for the Nine Months Ended December 31, 1995,
     and the Ten Months Ended October 31, 1996,  the Twelve Months Ended
     October 31, 1997, and the Two Months Ended December 31, 1997 ......... F-76
  Statements of Stockholders'  Equity for the Nine Months Ended December
     31,  1995,  and the Ten Months Ended  October 31, 1996,  the Twelve
     Months Ended  October 31, 1997,  and the Two Months Ended  December
     31, 1997 ............................................................. F-77
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended  December 31, 1995,
     and the Ten Months Ended October 31, 1996,  the Twelve Months Ended
     October 31, 1997, and the Two Months Ended December 31, 1997 ......... F-78
  Notes to Financial Statements ........................................... F-79
  
CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................ F-82
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996, and February 28, 1997 and 1998 .. F-83
  Statements of Operations for the Seven Months Ended December 31, 1995,
     the Year Ended December 31, 1996, the Two Months Ended February 28,
     1997, and the Twelve Months Ended February 28, 1998 .................. F-84
  Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the Seven Months Ended December
     31, 1995,  the Year Ended  December 31, 1996,  the Two Months Ended
     February 28, 1997, and the Twelve Months Ended February 28, 1998 ..... F-85
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Seven Months Ended December 31, 1995,
     the Year Ended December 31, 1996, the Two Months Ended February 28,
     1997, and the Twelve Months Ended February 28, 1998 .................. F-86
  Notes to Financial Statements ........................................... F-87
  
SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................ F-91
  Balance Sheet as of February 28, 1998 ................................... F-92
  Statement of Operations for the Twelve Months Ended February 28, 1998 ... F-93
  Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the Twelve Months Ended February
     28, 1998 ............................................................. F-94
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Twelve Months Ended February 28, 1998 ... F-95
  Notes to Financial Statements ........................................... F-96
  
COMPUTER PRODUCTS AND RESOURCES, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ............................... F-100
  Balance Sheets as of April 30, 1997 and 1998 ........................... F-101
  Statements of  Operations  for the Fiscal  Years Ended April 30, 1996,
     1997, and 1998 ...................................................... F-102
  Statements of  Stockholders'  Equity for the Fiscal  Years Ended April
     30, 1996, 1997, and 1998 ............................................ F-103
  Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 1996,  1997,
     and 1998 ............................................................ F-104
  Notes to Financial Statements .......................................... F-105


                                      F-2

<PAGE>



                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ............................... F-110
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and March 31, 1997, and 1998 .... F-111
  Statements of  Operations  for the Year Ended  December 31, 1995 and
     1996,  the Three  Months  Ended  March 31,  1997,  and the Twelve
     Months Ended March 31, 1998 ......................................... F-112
  Statements of Stockholders'  Equity for Year Ended December 31, 1995
     and 1996,  the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997,  and the Twelve
     Months Ended March 31, 1998 ......................................... F-113
  Statements of Cash Flows for Year Ended  December 31, 1995 and 1996,
     the Three  Months  Ended March 31,  1997,  and the Twelve  Months
     Ended March 31, 1998 ................................................ F-114
  Notes to Financial Statements .......................................... F-115

LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ............................... F-121
  Balance Sheet as of April 30, 1998 ..................................... F-122
  Statement of Operation for the Twelve Months Ended April 30, 1998 ...... F-123
  Statement of Stockholder's  Equity for the Twelve Months Ended April
     30, 1998 ............................................................ F-124
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Twelve Months Ended April 30, 1998 ..... F-125
  Notes to Financial Statements .......................................... F-126

KiZAN CORPORATION
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ............................... F-131
  Balance Sheets as of  May 31, 1997, and 1998 ........................... F-132
  Statements of  Operations  for the Three Months  Ended  November 30,
     1995, the Twelve Months Ended November 30, 1996, the Five Months
     Ended May 31, 1997, and Twelve Months Ended May 31, 1998 ............ F-133
  Statements  of  Stockholders'  Equity  for the  Three  Months  Ended
     November 30,  1995,  the Twelve Months Ended  November 30, 1996, the
     Five Months Ended May 31, 1997, and Twelve Months Ended May 31, 1998. F-134
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Three  Months  Ended  November  30,
     1995, the Twelve Months Ended November 30, 1996, the Five Months
     Ended May 31, 1997, and Twelve Months Ended May 31, 1998 ............ F-135
  Notes to Financial Statements .......................................... F-136

RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ............................... F-143
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997,  and March 31, 1998
     (unaudited) ......................................................... F-144
  Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1996
     and  1997,  and  for  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1997
     (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited) .................................... F-145
  Statements of Stockholders'  Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
     1995,  1996 and 1997,  and for the three  months  ended March 31,
     1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited) ............................... F-146
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1996
     and  1997,  and  for  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1997
     (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited) .................................... F-147
  Notes to Financial Statements .......................................... F-148

CHAMPLAIN COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants ............................... F-152
  Balance Sheet as of May 31, 1997 and 1998 .............................. F-153
  Statement of Operations for the Twelve Months Ended May 31, 1997 and
     1998 ................................................................ F-154
  Statement of  Stockholders'  Equity for the Twelve  Months Ended May
     31, 1997 and 1998 ................................................... F-155
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Twelve Months Ended May 31, 1997 and
     1998 ................................................................ F-156
  Notes to Financial Statements .......................................... F-157


                                       F-3

<PAGE>
After  the  Recapitalization  transaction  discussed  in Note 1 to IT  Partners,
Inc.'s  consolidated  financial  statements  is  effected,  we expect to be in a
position to render the following audit report.

                                                         /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

August 7, 1998


                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of IT Partners, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of IT Partners,
Inc. (a Delaware  corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the
related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted  our audit in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of IT  Partners,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997,  and the results of their  operations and
their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.



                                       F-4

<PAGE>



                               IT PARTNERS, INC.

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                                                                 1997            1998
                                                                                            --------------   ------------
                                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                         <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................      $  1,357        $  1,061
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $773, and $970,
   respectively .........................................................................         7,998          13,985
 Inventory ..............................................................................         1,168           1,816
 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts ............           743           1,135
 Deferred tax asset .....................................................................           872             872
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............................................           535           1,275
                                                                                               --------        --------
   Total current assets .................................................................        12,673          20,144
Property and equipment, net .............................................................         1,388           3,287
Intangible assets, net ..................................................................        27,454          62,402
Other assets ............................................................................           677           1,123
                                                                                               --------        --------
   Total assets .........................................................................      $ 42,192        $ 86,956
                                                                                               ========        ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable .......................................................................      $  3,516        $  4,167
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .........................................         4,928           7,313
 Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts ............           993           1,069
 Current portion of notes payable .......................................................           152             261
                                                                                               --------        --------
   Total current liabilities ............................................................         9,589          12,810
Notes payable, net of current portion ...................................................           392             277
Bank borrowings, net of discount of $1,215 and $2,270, respectively......................        14,784          29,157
Seller notes, net of discount of $811 and $1,349, respectively...........................         5,537           9,030
Deferred tax liability ..................................................................         2,928           6,714
Other liabilities .......................................................................         1,400           1,400
                                                                                               --------        --------
   Total liabilities ....................................................................        34,630          59,388
                                                                                               --------        --------
Commitments and contingencies

Put warrants outstanding ................................................................         4,824           8,509
Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, 217,736; and 430,448; respectively,
 shares outstanding .....................................................................           545           1,054

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Series B convertible preferred stock, 0; and 118,392; respectively, shares outstand-
   ing ..................................................................................            --           1,000
                                                                                               --------        --------
 Common stock, par value $.01, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 2,003,497 and 4,162,981
   shares outstanding, respectively .....................................................            20              42
                                                                                               --------        --------
 Additional paid-in capital .............................................................         6,260          24,834
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ................................................        (4,087)         (7,871)
                                                                                               --------        --------
   Total stockholders' equity ...........................................................         2,193          18,005
                                                                                               --------        --------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ...........................................      $ 42,192        $ 86,956
                                                                                               ========        ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated balance sheet.


                                       F-5

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                                                             ENDED
                                                                                    ------------------------
                                                                 FOR THE YEAR ENDED  MARCH 31,    MARCH 31,
                                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1997     1997         1998
                                                                ------------------- ----------- ------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>                 <C>         <C>
Revenues:
 Hardware .....................................................     $   16,617       $     --    $    7,198
 Software .....................................................            754             --           628
 Services .....................................................          6,410             --         9,960
                                                                    ----------       --------    ----------
                                                                        23,781             --        17,786
Cost of goods and services sold:
 Hardware .....................................................         13,003             --         5,391
 Software .....................................................            578             --           337
 Services .....................................................          4,377             --         5,833
                                                                    ----------       --------    ----------
                                                                        17,958             --        11,561
                                                                    ----------       --------    ----------
Gross profit ..................................................          5,823             --         6,225

Other operating expenses:
 Selling, general and administrative ..........................          4,813             --         5,052
 Merger and acquisition costs .................................            362             --           176
 Organizational costs .........................................          1,131          1,131            --
 Depreciation and amortization ................................            782             --         1,082
                                                                    ----------       --------    ----------
   Total other operating expenses .............................          7,088          1,131         6,310
                                                                    ----------       --------    ----------
Operating income (loss) .......................................         (1,265)        (1,131)          (85)
Interest expense ..............................................          3,134             --         3,306
                                                                    ----------       --------    ----------
Loss before income tax benefit and extraordinary loss .........         (4,399)        (1,131)       (3,391)
Income tax benefit ............................................           (722)          (452)         (212)
                                                                    ----------       --------    ----------
 Loss before extraordinary loss ...............................         (3,677)          (679)       (3,179)
Extraordinary loss, net of income tax benefit of $226..........             --             --          (341)
                                                                    ----------       --------    ----------
Net loss ......................................................     $   (3,677)      $   (679)   $   (3,520)
                                                                    ==========       ========    ==========
Preferred stock dividends and accretion .......................     $     (410)      $     --    $     (264)
                                                                    ==========       ========    ==========
Net loss available to common stockholders .....................     $   (4,087)      $   (679)   $   (3,784)
                                                                    ==========       ========    ==========
Per common share data:
 Basic--
   Loss before extraordinary loss .............................     $    (3.45)     $   (1.82)   $    (0.91)
                                                                    ==========      =========    ==========
   Net loss ...................................................     $    (3.45)     $   (1.82)   $    (1.00)
                                                                    ==========      =========    ==========
 Diluted--
   Loss before extraordinary loss .............................     $    (3.45)     $   (1.82)   $    (0.91)
                                                                    ==========      =========    ==========
   Net loss ...................................................     $    (3.45)     $   (1.82)   $    (1.00)
                                                                    ==========      =========    ==========
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstand-
 ing ..........................................................      1,186,239        373,043     3,777,686
                                                                    ==========      =========    ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.


                                       F-6

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SERIES B
                                                      CONVERTIBLE
                                                    PREFERRED STOCK       COMMON STOCK
                                                  ------------------- ---------------------
                                                    SHARES    AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT
                                                  ---------- -------- ------------ --------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997 ........................       --    $   --     586,149      $ 6
 Issuance of common stock for cash ..............       --        --      39,846       --
 Issuance of common stock in connection with
  acquired businesses ...........................       --        --   1,377,502       14
 Paid-in-kind dividends on Series A Preferred....       --        --          --       --
 Accretion of Series A Preferred ................       --        --          --       --
 Net loss .......................................       --        --          --       --
                                                        --    ------   ---------      ---
Balance, December 31, 1997 ......................       --        --   2,003,497       20
 Issuance of common stock in connection with
  acquired businesses (unaudited) ...............       --        --   2,159,484       22
 Issuance of Series B Preferred (unaudited) .....  118,392     1,000          --       --
 Paid-in-kind dividends on Series A Preferred
  (unaudited) ...................................       --        --          --       --
 Accretion on Series A Preferred (unaudited).....       --        --          --       --
 Net loss (unaudited) ...........................       --        --          --       --
                                                   -------    ------   ---------      ---
Balance, March 31, 1998 (unaudited) .............  118,392    $1,000   4,162,981      $42
                                                   =======    ======   =========      ===

<CAPTION>

                                                                       RETAINED
                                                                       EARNINGS
                                                      ADDITIONAL     (ACCUMULATED
                                                   PAID-IN CAPITAL     DEFICIT)      TOTAL
                                                  ----------------- ------------- -----------
<S>                                               <C>               <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997 ........................      $     5        $     --     $     11
 Issuance of common stock for cash ..............          254              --          254
 Issuance of common stock in connection with
  acquired businesses ...........................        6,001              --        6,015
 Paid-in-kind dividends on Series A Preferred....           --            (188)        (188)
 Accretion of Series A Preferred ................           --            (222)        (222)
 Net loss .......................................           --          (3,677)      (3,677)
                                                       -------        --------     --------
Balance, December 31, 1997 ......................        6,260          (4,087)       2,193
 Issuance of common stock in connection with
  acquired businesses (unaudited) ...............       18,574              --       18,596
 Issuance of Series B Preferred (unaudited) .....           --              --        1,000
 Paid-in-kind dividends on Series A Preferred
  (unaudited) ...................................           --            (103)        (103)
 Accretion on Series A Preferred (unaudited).....           --            (161)        (161)
 Net loss (unaudited) ...........................           --          (3,520)      (3,520)
                                                       -------        --------     --------
Balance, March 31, 1998 (unaudited) .............      $24,834        $ (7,871)    $ 18,005
                                                       =======        ========     ========
</TABLE>


                                       F-7

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       FOR THE THREE
                                                                                                        MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                 --------------------------
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                                                      1997           1997          1998
                                                                                 -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss ....................................................................     $  (3,677)      $ (679)      $  (3,520)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating
   activities--
   Amortization of debt discount .............................................           160           --             119
   Amortization of deferred financing costs ..................................            27           --              34
   Depreciation and amortization .............................................           782           --           1,082
   Accretion of put warrants .................................................         2,020           --           2,252
   Extraordinary loss, net ...................................................            --           --             341
   Deferred income tax benefit ...............................................          (735)        (452)           (226)
   Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
    Increase in accounts receivable, net .....................................        (1,998)          --          (1,745)
    Increase in inventory ....................................................          (518)          --             102
    Decrease (increase) in costs in excess of billings on uncompleted con-
     tracts ..................................................................           182           --            (392)
    Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets .........          (321)         119            (276)
    (Increase) decrease in other long-term assets ............................          (639)          --            (430)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable ..................................            10          938          (1,563)
    Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other current liabilities.....         1,966           80             166
    Decrease (increase) in billings in excess of costs on uncompleted con-
     tracts ..................................................................          (301)          --              76
                                                                                   ---------       ------       ---------
     Net cash flows from operating activities ................................        (3,042)           6          (3,980)
                                                                                   ---------       ------       ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ..........................................          (605)          --            (509)
 Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired ............................       (13,385)          --         (13,263)
                                                                                   ---------       ------       ---------
     Net cash flows from investing activities ................................       (13,990)          --         (13,772)
                                                                                   ---------       ------       ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from bank credit facility and issuance of warrants .................        15,999           --          15,427
 Proceeds from issuance of notes payable .....................................           531           --              29
 Payment of costs related to financing .......................................          (534)          --              --
 Payment of costs to raise capital ...........................................           (79)          --              --
 Net proceeds from issuance of common stock ..................................           254           --              --
 Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and detachable warrants........         2,218           --           2,000
                                                                                   ---------       ------       ---------
     Net cash from financing activities ......................................        18,389           --          17,456
                                                                                   ---------       ------       ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .........................         1,357            6            (296)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ...............................            --           --           1,357
                                                                                   ---------       ------       ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .....................................     $   1,357       $    6       $   1,061
                                                                                   =========       ======       =========
 Cash paid for interest ......................................................     $     431       $   --       $     318
                                                                                   =========       ======       =========
 Cash paid for income taxes ..................................................     $     326       $   --       $      --
                                                                                   =========       ======       =========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.


                                       F-8

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying  consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
IT  Partners,  Inc.  and its wholly  owned  subsidiaries  (the  "Company").  All
significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.

     The accompanying  balance sheet as of March 31, 1998, and the statements of
operations  and cash flows for the three  months  ended March 31, 1997 and 1998,
are  unaudited  but,  in the  opinion of  management,  include  all  adjustments
(consisting of normal,  recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation
of results  for these  interim  periods.  Results  for  interim  periods are not
necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.


RECAPITALIZATION

     The  accompanying   financial   statements  and  related  notes  have  been
retroactively  restated to effect for the  reverse  stock split of one for 1.877
shares of common stock in connection with a planned recapitalization and initial
public offering of common stock.


DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     IT Partners,  Inc. was  incorporated  on May 29, 1997,  and  simultaneously
entered into a common control merger with Information Technology Partners,  Inc.
("Technology")  which was  incorporated  in October 1996.  This  transaction was
accounted  for  similar to a pooling of  interests  which  requires  retroactive
consolidation  of the  financial  statements  to include the  entities  from the
earliest period presented.  Financial  statements for the period from inception,
October 25, 1996 to December  31, 1996,  and as of December  31, 1996,  have not
been  presented.  The  Company  did not  commence  operations  until  1997.  The
stockholders  of Technology  were issued 586,615 shares of the Company's  common
stock in  exchange  for all  issued and  outstanding  stock of  Technology.  The
Company  was  capitalized  through  the  sale of  171,800  shares  of  Series  A
convertible  preferred  ("Series A Preferred")  stock and the issuance of 26,638
shares of common stock,  to the founding  stockholders,  a commercial bank and a
private  investment  group  for  $1,718,000.  In  conjunction  with the  capital
contributions,  the Company obtained a $10,000,000 revolving line of credit from
the same  commercial  bank and acquired  Kandl Data Products,  Inc.  ("KDP") and
Computer Network Services, Inc. ("CNS") (Notes 9, 16, and 17).

     The Company provides a range of information  technology  services including
consulting,  implementation and integration, support and maintenance, management
and operations.  Additionally, the Company resells financial accounting software
and  computer  hardware  primarily  to middle  market and fortune 100  companies
across the United States.

     The Company's  business  objective is to acquire,  operate and  consolidate
small and medium size information  technology service companies.  Prior to their
acquisition  by the Company,  the acquired  companies  were operated as separate
independent  entities,  and there can be no  assurance  that the Company will be
able to integrate successfully the operations of these businesses. Additionally,
there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to identify and finance
suitable acquisition targets to meet its business  objectives.  The Company is a
holding company with a limited operating history. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to effectively  implement the Company's internal growth
strategy and acquisition program.

     The Company's  future  success with IT service  offerings and product sales
depends in part on its  continued  authorization  as a service  provider and its
continued  status as a  certified  reseller  of certain  hardware  and  software
products.  In general, the agreements between the Company and such manufacturers
include termination provisions,  some of which are without advance notification.
Several of the


                                       F-9

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


Company's  wholly  owned   subsidiaries  have  significant   relationships  with
MicroSoft Corporation ("MicroSoft"), from which substantial contract revenue and
business referrals are derived. If these relationships were to be terminated, it
could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  results of  operations,
financial condition and business.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include liquid  investments  with a maturity of
three months or less.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.

     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value because of the relatively short maturities of these instruments.  The
fair value of the Company's  long-term debt is estimated using a discounted cash
flow  analysis  based  on  the  Company's  borrowing  cost  for  similar  credit
facilities, at December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998.


INVENTORY

     Inventory   consists  primarily  of  computer   hardware,   software,   and
peripherals  and electrical  products held for sale and is recorded at the lower
of cost,  using the  first-in-first  out ("FIFO") method of accounting or market
value.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease.

     The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:


            Furniture and fixtures ...............   5-7 years
            Computer equipment ...................   3-5 years
            Machinery and equipment ..............   5-8 years
            Vehicles .............................   4-7 years
            Leasehold improvements ...............   1-7 years


                                      F-10

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     In connection  with its  acquisitions,  the Company has allocated  purchase
price to  identifiable  intangible  assets,  including  trade names and acquired
technology.  In  addition,  the Company has entered  into  noncompete/employment
agreements  with  various  employees  who are the former  owners of the acquired
companies.  These  identifiable  intangible  assets were recorded  based upon an
outside  appraisal and are being  amortized  over their  estimated  useful lives
ranging from two to ten years. The goodwill resulting from acquisitions is being
amortized over 20 to 40 years. The Company  monitors the individual  performance
of each of the subsidiaries and evaluates the realizability of intangible assets
and the existence of any impairment to its recoverability based on the projected
future net undiscounted cash flows of the respective subsidiaries.


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Service revenue is derived from  information  technology  ("IT")  services,
including  hardware repair and  maintenance,  on-site network  support,  systems
consulting,  software installation,  web site design,  installation,  design and
integration  of network  and  communication  systems  and other  value-added  IT
services.  Hardware  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from the sale of  computer
hardware,  peripherals and communication  devices  manufactured by third parties
and  sold by the  Company.  Software  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from  the
licensing of software.

     Hardware  and  software  sales  with  no  related  service   component  are
recognized  at the time of  shipment  provided  that the  collectibility  of the
receivable  is probable.  Revenue from  services are  recognized as services are
performed or, if under a support  agreement,  ratably over the service  contract
period.  Revenue for material projects with a duration of three months or longer
that require  installation,  system design and integration,  is recognized under
the percentage-of-completion method as the work progresses.


EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standard No. 128, "Earnings per Share,"
("SFAS 128") requires the  presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share.
Basic net  income  (loss)  per  share is  computed  by  dividing  income  (loss)
available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the period.

     The diluted net income (loss) per share data is computed using the weighted
average number of common shares  outstanding  plus the dilutive effect of common
stock equivalents  (using the treasury stock method) unless such equivalents are
antidilutive.


ADVERTISING COSTS

     All  advertising  costs are expensed  when  incurred.  Such costs which are
included  in selling,  general and  administrative  expenses,  were  $69,615 and
$49,231 for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  and the three months ended March
31, 1998, respectively.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which is an asset and  liability  approach  that  requires  the
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the expected future tax
consequences of events that have been  recognized in the Company's  consolidated
financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences,  the
Company generally  considers all expected future events other than enactments of
changes in the tax laws or rates.


                                      F-11

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


2.   INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

     Intangible assets as of December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998,  consisted of
the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                         1997            1998
                                                    --------------   ------------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>
       Goodwill .................................      $20,792         $ 43,204
       Noncompete/employment agreements .........        7,230           17,030
       Trade names ..............................           --            2,000
       Acquired technology ......................           --            1,600
                                                       -------         --------
                                                        28,022           63,834
       Less-- Accumulated amortization ..........         (568)          (1,432)
                                                       -------         --------
                                                       $27,454         $ 62,402
                                                       =======         ========
</TABLE>


3.   ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

     As of December 31, 1997, and March 31, 1998,  accrued  expenses,  and other
current liabilities consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                      1997            1998
                                                 --------------   ------------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
       Accrued salaries and benefits .........       $2,315          $3,031
       Accrued financing costs ...............           --             963
       Accrued taxes .........................          477             550
       Accrued interest ......................          473             757
       Other current liabilities .............        1,663           2,012
                                                     ------          ------
                                                     $4,928          $7,313
                                                     ======          ======
</TABLE>


4.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of  December  31,  1997 and  March  31,  1998,  property  and  equipment
consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                        1997            1998
                                                   --------------   ------------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>              <C>
       Furniture and fixtures ..................       $  161          $  337
       Computer equipment ......................          343             949
       Machinery and equipment .................          176             537
       Vehicles ................................          663             862
       Leasehold improvements ..................          216             990
                                                       ------          ------
                                                        1,559           3,675
       Less-- Accumulated depreciation .........         (171)           (388)
                                                       ------          ------
                                                       $1,388          $3,287
                                                       ======          ======
</TABLE>

     Depreciation  expense for the periods ended December 31, 1997 and March 31,
1998, was approximately $167,000 and $217,000,  respectively, and is included in
the statement of operations as other operating expenses.


                                      F-12

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


5.   CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS:

     As of December 31, 1997 information related to uncompleted  contracts is as
follows (dollars in thousands):


                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1997
                                                                   -------------
       Revenue recognized ......................................      $12,068
       Costs recognized ........................................        8,578
                                                                      -------
       Profit margin recognized ................................        3,490
       Costs incurred ..........................................        9,031
       Billings ................................................       12,771
                                                                      -------
       Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on un-
        completed contracts ....................................          743
       Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on un-
        completed contracts ....................................         (993)
                                                                      -------
                                                                      $  (250)
                                                                      =======


6.   NOTES PAYABLE:

     Notes  payable at  December  31,  1997,  consisted  primarily  of notes for
vehicles  and  other  equipment  with  interest  rates  ranging  from 8.75 to 13
percent. The vehicle notes are secured by specific vehicles.

     Maturities on notes payable are as follows (dollars in thousands):


         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
         1998 ....................................    $152
         1999 ....................................     135
         2000 ....................................     118
         2001 ....................................      82
         2002 and thereafter .....................      57
                                                      ----
                                                      $544
                                                      ====


7.   BANK BORROWINGS:

     As of December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998,  the Company had  approximately
$15,999,000 and $31,427,000  respectively,  outstanding under its revolving line
of credit agreement (the "Credit  Facility").  As of December 31, 1997 and March
31, 1998,  unamortized debt discount related to the revolving line of credit was
$707,000 and $1,307,000, respectively.

     On March 31, 1998, the Company  substantially  modified its Credit Facility
to provide,  among other things,  a maximum amount of borrowings of $70 million.
In connection with this amendment, the Company recorded an extraordinary loss of
approximately  $341,000 net of income tax benefit of $226,000, for the write-off
of deferred financing costs. The Company incurred additional  financing costs of
approximately $963,000 related to the amendment,  which have been deferred as of
March 31, 1998 and will be amortized  over the term of the amended  agreement as
additional interest expense.

     Up  to  four  tranches  of  debt  with  different  interest  rates  may  be
outstanding  at any given time. At the Company's  option,  the revolving line of
credit  bears  interest for the first year,  at (1) the Base Rate,  which is the
higher of the prime  rate plus 2  percent,  or the  federal  funds rate plus 2.5
percent or (2) LIBOR plus 4 percent.  After the first year, the interest rate is
based upon achievement of certain financial ratios. As of December 31, 1997, the
Company had three tranches of debt outstanding.  The interest rates and balances
as


                                      F-13

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


of December 31, 1997 for the three tranches of debt are as follows, 10.5 percent
and $4,293,000,  9.84 percent and $6,162,000,  and 9.875 percent and $5,544,000,
respectively. Additionally, commitment fees of 1/2 percent are payable quarterly
and recorded as additional interest expense. The average outstanding  borrowings
for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  and for the three months ended March 31,
1998, was approximately $11.6 million and $25.8 million,  respectively.  For the
year ended  December 31, 1997,  weighted  average  interest rates on outstanding
tranches of the line of credit were 10.5, 9.8, and 9.875 percent,  respectively.
The line of credit  expires on  November  30,  2001.  The  Company  has  pledged
substantially  all  assets  as  collateral  under the  revolving  line of credit
agreement.

     Under the terms of the Credit  Facility,  the Company is required to comply
with certain financial covenants including net worth, a leverage ratio, a senior
debt leverage ratio and an interest  coverage ratio. As of December 31, 1997 and
March 31, 1998, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under
the Credit Facility.

     The estimated  fair value of the  revolving  line of credit at December 31,
1997 and March 31, 1998, approximates its carrying value.


8.   SELLER NOTES PAYABLE:

     The  Company  has  entered  into  unsecured  subordinated  note  agreements
("Seller  notes") with the former owners of its  subsidiaries in connection with
the  purchase  of the  subsidiaries.  Interest  on the  notes  is  payable  on a
quarterly basis at a rate of 8 percent per annum. The notes have been discounted
based upon the Company's  incremental  borrowing  rate resulting in an aggregate
initial  discount of  approximately  $878,000 for notes  issued  during 1997 and
$614,000 for notes issued during the three months ended March 31, 1998, which is
being  amortized  over the terms of the notes as  additional  interest  expense.
Amortization  of the discount for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three
months  ended  March  31,   1998,   was   approximately   $67,000  and  $76,000,
respectively.  The unamortized debt discount related to the seller notes payable
was approximately  $811,000 and $1,349,000,  respectively,  at December 31, 1997
and March 31, 1998,  respectively.  The notes and any remaining accrued interest
shall be due upon the earlier of: (1) five years from the date of the note;  (2)
the  closing  date of any  public  offering  of shares  of  common  stock of the
Company;  or (3) a change in control.  These notes are subordinate to the Credit
Facility and any other obligations to the commercial bank or private  investment
group.


9.   STOCK AND WARRANT AGREEMENTS:

PUT WARRANT AGREEMENT

     In  connection  with the  revolving  line of credit  described  above,  the
Company  issued  detachable put warrants  ("Put  warrants") to purchase  412,579
shares of either common stock or Series A convertible preferred stock ("Series A
Preferred")  at a $.01 per  share  and to  purchase  230,136  shares of Series B
Preferred for $2,000,000.  The warrants are exercisable through May 30, 2007. At
any time between  November 30, 2001 and May 30,  2007,  the warrant  holders can
require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the warrants  and/or warrant
shares  for cash.  The put price is the fair  value of a share of the  Company's
common stock as determined in accordance  with the agreement.  The warrants have
been accounted for in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") 96-13,
whereby a portion of the proceeds  received from the  lender/warrant  holder has
been allocated to the warrants based upon relative fair value. As a result,  the
estimated  fair value of  approximately  $1.5  million was  recorded as warrants
outstanding  and a corresponding  debt discount as of the date of issuance.  The
discount on the debt is being amortized as additional  interest expense over the
term of the debt.  Subsequent  increases  in the put value of the  warrants  are
being  accreted  through  charges to  interest  expense.  The put  rights  shall
terminate  upon  the  effectiveness  of a  registration  statement  filed by the
Company with the Securities and Exchange  Commission for a public stock offering
or a change in control of the Company.


                                      F-14

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company  entered  into a preferred  stock and warrant
purchase  agreement  with a commercial  bank and private  investment  group.  In
accordance  with this  agreement,  the Company  received $1.5 million and issued
150,000  shares of Series A convertible  preferred  stock ("Series A Preferred")
and  detachable  warrants to purchase  either  773,586 shares of common stock or
Series B  Preferred  at $.01 per share.  Of the $1.5  million of  proceeds,  the
Company  initially  allocated $1,500 to the Series A Preferred and $1,498,500 to
the warrants in accordance with EITF 96-13. The warrants are exercisable through
May 30, 2007. Dividends of 8 percent of the face value of the Series A Preferred
are  payable in  warrants  each year  commencing  on  September  1, 1997.  As of
December 31,  1997,  and March 31,  1998,  the Company has accrued,  but has not
issued, dividend warrants of 37,689 and 61,670 shares, respectively. The warrant
holders can require the Company to purchase  all or a portion of the warrants or
warrant shares for cash at any time after November 30, 2001. The Company has the
right to require the warrant  holders to sell to the Company all of the warrants
and warrant shares at anytime after May 30, 2007. Additionally,  the Company can
be required to  repurchase  for cash all of the shares of the Series A Preferred
at any time  after May 30,  2002.  The put price and the call  price will be the
higher of the book value of the Company's common stock or the fair market value.
The Series A  Preferred  was  initially  recorded at its fair value and is being
accreted up to its aggregate redemption price of $1,500,000 through May 30, 2002
through  charges to retained  earnings.  Certain of the Series A  Preferred  are
owned by the founding stockholders.

     In July 1997, the Company  received  $233,334 in exchange for 23,334 shares
of Series A Preferred  and warrants to purchase  64,110  shares of either common
stock or Series B Preferred at a $.01 per share.

     In October  1997,  the Company  received  $266,666  in exchange  for 36,666
shares of Series A Preferred  and warrants to purchase  common stock or Series B
Preferred at a $.01 per share.

     Dividends  of 8  percent  are  payable  in  Series A  Preferred  each  year
commencing three months after issuance. As of December 31, 1997, the Company has
accrued,  but has not issued,  Series A Preferred  dividends of 8,617 and 15,425
shares, respectively.

     In January 1998,  the Company  issued  100,000 shares of Series A Preferred
with  detachable  put  warrants.  Of the  $1,000,000  in proceeds,  $347,584 was
allocated to the Series A Preferred  and $652,416 to warrants  outstanding.  The
Company also issued 222,222 shares of Series B Preferred for $1,000,000.

     In March 1998,  the Company issued  1,079,913  shares of Series B Preferred
for $5,000,000.

     In April 1998,  the Company  issued  15,430 shares of Series A Preferred in
the form of a  paid-in-kind  dividend.  The Company  also issued put warrants to
purchase  61,669 shares of either common stock or Series B Preferred in the form
of a paid-in-kind dividend on the outstanding put warrants.

     In May 1998,  the Company  issued  85,313  shares of Series B Preferred for
$395,000.

     In June 1998,  the Company issued 6,943 shares of Series A Preferred in the
form of a paid-in-kind dividend.

     In July 1998,  the  Company  issued 700  shares of Series C  Preferred  for
$7,000,000.

     In August  1998,  the Company  issued 300 shares of Series C Preferred  for
$3,000,000.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


10.  INCOME TAXES:

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
are as follows (dollars in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                         1997            1998
                                                    --------------   ------------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>
       Deferred tax assets:
        Organizational costs ....................       $  440          $  364
        Allowance for doubtful accounts .........          245             307
        Other ...................................          187             201
                                                        ------          ------
       Total deferred tax assets ................          872             872
                                                        ------          ------
       Deferred tax liabilities:
        Property and equipment ..................           35              12
        Intangibles and other assets ............        2,792           6,301
        Other ...................................          101             401
                                                        ------          ------
       Total deferred tax liabilities ...........        2,928           6,714
                                                        ------          ------
       Net deferred tax liabilities .............       $2,056          $5,842
                                                        ======          ======
</TABLE>

     The  provision  (benefit)  for income taxes is  comprised of the  following
(dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                         1997            1998
                                                    --------------   ------------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>
       Current:                               
        Federal .................................       $   --          $   --
        State ...................................           13              14
                                                        ------          ------
       Total current ............................           13              14
                                                        ------          ------
       Deferred:                              
        Federal .................................         (647)           (181)
        State ...................................          (88)            (45)
                                                        ------          ------
       Total deferred ...........................         (735)           (226)
                                                        ------          ------
                                                        $ (722)         $ (212)
                                                        ======          ======
</TABLE>                    

     A reconciliation between the effective income taxes and the amount computed
by applying the statutory  federal  income tax rate of 34% to loss before income
tax benefit and extraordinary loss were as follows (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                                        1997            1998
                                                                   --------------   ------------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>
       Applicable income taxes based on statutory tax rate            $ (1,496)       $ (1,153)
       State taxes, net of federal tax benefit .................           (50)            (20)
       Nondeductible goodwill amortization .....................           173             120
       Nondeductible accretion of warrants outstanding .........           687             766
       Other ...................................................           (36)             75
                                                                      --------        --------
       Income tax benefit ......................................      $   (722)       $   (212)
                                                                      ========        ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-16

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


11.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company maintains 401(k) profit sharing plans covering the employees of
the Company's  subsidiaries.  Under the plan agreements,  employees may elect to
contribute a percentage of compensation.  Plan  participants vest immediately in
all employee  elective  contributions.  Additionally,  plan participants vest in
employer  contributions  over various periods.  Employer  contributions  totaled
$12,053 for the year ended December 31, 1997.


12.  LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN:

     Under the Company's long-term incentive plan, the Company may grant options
to its employees. The Company granted options of 134,884 shares through December
31,  1997 and  668,515  throughout  March 31,  1998.  The option  price shall be
determined  by a committee  appointed by the Board of Directors and shall not be
less than the fair  market  value  determined  as of the date of the grant.  The
options  vest ratably  over a period  ranging  from three to five years.  In the
event of a change in control,  the options  become 100 percent  vested as of the
effective date of the change in control.

     The Company  accounts for the Long Term  Incentive  Plan (the "Plan") under
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, under which no compensation cost has
been recognized.  Had compensation cost for the Plan been determined  consistent
with SFAS No. 123, using the Black-Scholes pricing model, the Company's net loss
and earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months
ended March 31, 1998 would have been reduced to the  following  pro forma amount
(dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED       THREE MONTHS
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,         ENDED
                                                                       1997         MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                  --------------   ---------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>
       Historical:
        Net loss ..............................................      $ (3,677)        $ (3,521)
        Diluted net loss per common share as reported .........     $   (1.84)        $   (.53)
       Pro forma:
        Net loss ..............................................     $  (3,832)        $ (3,675)
        Diluted net loss per common share .....................     $   (1.91)        $   (.56)
</TABLE>

     A summary of the status of the  Company's  Plan at December  31,  1997,  is
presented in the table and narrative below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1997             MARCH 31, 1998
                                                         ----------------------------- ---------------------------
                                                                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE             WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                           SHARES     EXERCISE PRICE     SHARES    EXERCISE PRICE
                                                         ---------- ------------------ --------- -----------------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>                <C>       <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year .......................       --         $   --        134,884      $   9.76
Granted ................................................  134,884            9.76       533,631         10.81
Exercised ..............................................       --             --             --            --
Forfeited ..............................................       --             --             --            --
Expired ................................................       --             --             --            --
                                                          -------                       -------
Outstanding at end of year .............................  134,884            9.76       668,515         10.57
                                                          -------                       -------
Exercisable at end of year .............................    8,719            9.95        39,562          9.95
Weighted average number of shares and fair value of
  options granted ......................................  134,884            1.39       533,631          1.99
</TABLE>


                                      F-17

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     In computing  these pro forma  amounts,  the Company has assumed  risk-free
interest rates ranging from 5.52 to 6.51 percent, dividend yields of 0 percent ,
volatility of 50 percent and expected option lives of five years.

     The  options  outstanding  at December  31, 1997 have an average  remaining
contractual life of 9.7 years.


13.  CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses  have  been  within  management's  expectations.  The  Company's  largest
customer represents approximately 7.8 percent of accounts receivable at December
31, 1997. Sales to a major customer accounted for 8.0 percent for the year ended
December 31, 1997.


14.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     A subsidiary  purchases certain supplies from a company owned by a director
of the Company.  For the year ended December 31, 1997,  related party  purchases
totaled approximately $102,000.

     A  subsidiary  leases  office  space from a  partnership  run  jointly by a
director of the Company and an employee of the  Company.  Rent  expense for this
lease totaled $8,700 for the year ended December 31, 1997.


15.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LITIGATION

     In  April  1998,  a  lawsuit  was  filed   against  one  of  the  company's
subsidiaries.  The  plaintiff  is  seeking  damages  primarily  based on alleged
wrongful  termination.  On or about May 28, 1998, the subsidiary  counterclaimed
against the plaintiff. The Plaintiff is seeking damages in excess of $4,000,000;
the  subsidiary's   counterclaim  is  for  $1,500.   The  Company  denies  these
allegations and intends to vigorously defend the suit.  Management believes that
the  Company  will  ultimately  prevail and does not  believe  the  outcome,  if
unfavorable,  would have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition or results of operation.

     In addition to the  foregoing,  litigation and claims are filed against the
Company from time to time in the ordinary course of business.  These actions are
in various  preliminary stages, and no judgments or decisions have been rendered
by hearing  boards or courts.  Management,  after  reviewing with legal counsel,
does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any existing matter will have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  financial  position,  results  of
operations, or cash flows.


                                      F-18

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  leases its  operating  facilities  under  leases  that expire
through October 2004. Future minimum rent payments due under existing  operating
leases are as follows (dollars in thousands):


         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
         1998 .................................    $  743
         1999 .................................       741
         2000 .................................       743
         2001 .................................       657
         2002 and thereafter ..................     1,136
                                                   ------
                                                   $4,020
                                                   ======


     Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 1997 totaled $494,000.


16.  ACQUISITIONS:

     In May 1997, the Company  acquired all of the issued and outstanding  stock
of KDP for an aggregate  initial purchase price of  approximately  $3.5 million,
which includes transaction costs.

     In May 1997, the Company  acquired all of the issued and outstanding  stock
of CNS for an aggregate  initial purchase price of  approximately  $4.7 million,
which includes transaction costs.

     In June 1997,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the issued and
outstanding   stock  of  A-Com  for  an  aggregate  initial  purchase  price  of
approximately $8.9 million, which includes transaction costs.

     In October 1997, the Company acquired  substantially  all of the issued and
outstanding stock of FSC for an aggregate  purchase price of approximately  $8.4
million, which includes transaction costs.

     These 1997  acquisitions  were  accounted for under the purchase  method of
accounting  whereby the  purchase  price was  allocated to the fair value of the
assets  acquired,  including  identifiable  intangible  assets,  and liabilities
assumed. The aggregate excess purchase price over the fair value of acquired net
assets of  approximately  $43.2  million has been  recorded as goodwill.  If the
acquired   businesses   meet   certain   performance   levels  in  the   defined
post-acquisition  periods,  the  Company  will pay an  additional  amount not to
exceed $4.1 million  which will be paid in cash,  subordinated  seller notes and
common stock.

     All of the acquisitions  were financed through the issuance of common stock
and  subordinated  seller notes,  as well as borrowings on the revolving line of
credit.

     Aggregate acquisition  information related to assets acquired,  liabilities
assumed and consideration paid is as follows (dollars in thousands):


                                                      YEAR ENDED   THREE MONTHS
                                                     DECEMBER 31,     ENDED
                                                         1997     MARCH 31, 1998
                                                     ------------ --------------
 Cash acquired ....................................   $     544     $     549
 Receivables acquired .............................       6,000         4,106
 Property acquired ................................         954         1,604
 Other assets acquired ............................       1,828         1,445
 Liabilities assumed ..............................     (11,823)       (7,105)
 Intangibles ......................................      28,022        35,226
 Notes payable consideration ......................      (5,570)       (3,417)
 Stock consideration ..............................      (6,026)      (18,596)
                                                      ---------     ---------
 Payments for acquisitions of subsidiaries ........      13,929        13,812
  Less-- Cash acquired ............................        (544)         (549)
                                                      ---------     ---------
    Payments for acquisitions net of cash acquired.   $  13,385     $  13,263
                                                      =========     =========


                                      F-19

<PAGE>



                                IT PARTNERS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


17.  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA SUMMARY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

     The unaudited pro forma summary  consolidated results of operations for the
year ended  December  31,  1997,  and the three  months  ended  March 31,  1998,
assuming the  acquisitions  of the  outstanding  stock of A-Com,  CNS, FSC, KDP,
Sequoia, Incline, Call and Servinet had been consummated on January 1, 1997, and
January 1, 1998, respectively, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                                         1997            1998
                                                                    --------------   ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>
     Revenues ...................................................      $105,980        $ 27,436
     Cost of goods sold .........................................        72,688          17,444
     Gross profit ...............................................        33,292           9,992
     Other operating expenses:
       Selling, general and administrative ......................        27,385           7,672
       Merger and acquisition costs .............................           362             176
       Organizational costs .....................................         1,131              --
       Depreciation and amortization ............................         5,848           1,265
                                                                       --------        --------
        Total other operating expenses ..........................        34,726           9,113
     Operating income (loss) ....................................        (1,434)            879
     Interest expense ...........................................         6,232           3,406
                                                                       --------        --------
        Net income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) .........        (7,666)         (2,527)
     Income tax provision (benefit) .............................          (322)            271
                                                                       --------        --------
     Net loss ...................................................      $ (7,344)       $ (2,798)
                                                                       ========        ========
     Earnings per common share:
       Basic ....................................................      $  (1.40)       $  (0.49)
                                                                       ========        ========
       Diluted ..................................................      $  (1.40)       $  (0.49)
                                                                       ========        ========
</TABLE>


18.  MERGER AND ACQUISITION COSTS:

     The Company  maintains a merger and acquisition  department.  A significant
amount  of  costs  are  incurred  by the  Company  to  support  its  merger  and
acquisition  activity.  The general and administrative costs associated with the
merger  and  acquisition  department  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  Company
capitalizes all direct legal, accounting,  travel and appraisal costs associated
with  its  acquired   companies.   The  direct  costs   associated  with  failed
acquisitions are expensed when it becomes known that the target company will not
be acquired. The merger and acquisition general and administrative  expenses and
the costs  incurred  related to failed  acquisitions  were $85,550 and $276,616,
respectively  for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  and $29,983 and  $146,385,
respectively  for the three  months  ended  March 31,  1998.  These  amounts are
reported  as merger  and  acquisition  costs in the  accompanying  statement  of
operations.


19.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

ACQUISITIONS

     In January  1998,  the Company  acquired all of the issued and  outstanding
stock of Sequoia Diversified  Products,  Inc. for an aggregate purchase price of
$25.1 million, which includes transaction costs.

     In February  1998, the Company  acquired all of the issued and  outstanding
shares of Incline  Corporation for an aggregate purchase price of $10.7 million,
which includes transaction costs.

     In May 1998, the Company acquired the net assets of Call Business  Systems,
Inc. for an aggregate purchase price of $6.8 million, which includes transaction
costs.


                                      F-20

<PAGE>



                               IT PARTNERS, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)

     In June 1998, the Company  acquired the net assets of Servinet  Consulting,
Inc.  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $10.0  million,   which  includes
transaction costs.

     These 1998  acquisitions  have been accounted for under the purchase method
of accounting.  The aggregate  excess  purchase price over the fair value of the
acquired net assets of $22.3  million has been  recorded as  goodwill.  If these
acquired  businesses  meet  certain  performance  levels  in the  defined  post-
acquisition  periods,  the Company will pay an additional  amount, not to exceed
$7.1 million.


PLANNED ACQUISITIONS

     The Company has entered into  agreements or letters of intent (the "Planned
Acquisition"),  which are binding as to the member of shares of Common  Stock to
be issued and share price, to acquire ten companies. The closing of each Planned
Acquisition  will be subject  to certain  customary  conditions,  including  the
following:   (i)  the  negotiation  and  execution  of  definitive   acquisition
agreements;  (ii) the continuing  accuracy of  representations  and  warranties;
(iii) the performance of covenants;  and (iv) the absence of a material  adverse
change in the results of  operations,  financial  condition  or business of such
acquisition candidate prior to the closing date.







                                      F-21

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders of Kandl Data Products, Inc.:

     We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Kandl Data  Products,
Inc. (a Maryland  corporation) as of September 30, 1995, September 30, 1996, and
May 31, 1997, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and
cash flows for the years ended  September  30, 1995 and 1996,  and eight  months
ended May 31, 1997.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Kandl Data Products, Inc. as
of September 30, 1995,  September 30, 1996, and May 31, 1997, and the results of
its  operations  and its cash flows for the years ended  September  30, 1995 and
1996, and eight months ended May 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

Washington, D.C.
June 19, 1998



                                      F-22

<PAGE>



                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,     MAY 31,
                                                                       1995            1996          1997
                                                                 --------------- --------------- ------------
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>             <C>

ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents .....................................    $  708,340      $  230,947    $  295,637
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
   of $5,000, $5,000, and $18,644, respectively.................       453,083         727,274       698,818
 Lease receivable, short term ..................................        34,398          25,962        13,167
 Income tax receivable .........................................         1,587              --            --
 Inventory .....................................................       150,670         253,366       268,368
 Deferred tax asset ............................................        31,372          33,646        32,987
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................        36,079          23,788        32,408
                                                                    ----------      ----------    ----------
   Total current assets ........................................     1,415,529       1,294,983     1,341,385
Property and equipment, net ....................................       123,660         118,664        39,925
Lease receivable, long term ....................................        49,982          45,090        31,923
                                                                    ----------      ----------    ----------
   Total assets ................................................    $1,589,171      $1,458,737    $1,413,233
                                                                    ==========      ==========    ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ..............................................    $  394,916      $  568,188    $  364,092
 Accrued expenses ..............................................       143,951          61,050       215,569
 Income taxes payable ..........................................            --          28,590        98,365
 Due to related party ..........................................       262,080         112,320            --
 Customer deposits .............................................        30,467          13,594        27,317
                                                                    ----------      ----------    ----------
   Total current liabilities ...................................       831,414         783,742       705,343
 Deferred tax liability, long term .............................       120,869          71,147        31,266
                                                                    ----------      ----------    ----------
   Total liabilities ...........................................       952,283         854,889       736,609
                                                                    ----------      ----------    ----------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, no par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued
   and outstanding .............................................        80,000          80,000        80,000
 Retained earnings .............................................       556,888         523,848       596,624
                                                                    ----------      ----------    ----------
   Total stockholders' equity ..................................       636,888         603,848       676,624
                                                                    ----------      ----------    ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ..................    $1,589,171      $1,458,737    $1,413,233
                                                                    ==========      ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.


                                      F-23

<PAGE>

                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED           FOR THE EIGHT
                                                                --------------------------------    MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,        MAY 31,
                                                                     1995              1996             1997
                                                                --------------   ---------------   --------------
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>               <C>
Revenues:
 Hardware ...................................................    $ 5,378,831       $4,744,638       $ 3,307,833
 Services ...................................................        378,530          416,451           331,349
                                                                 -----------       ----------       -----------
   Total revenues ...........................................      5,757,361        5,161,089         3,639,182
                                                                 -----------       ----------       -----------
Cost of goods and services sold:
 Hardware ...................................................      4,078,230        4,078,337         2,327,712
 Services ...................................................        229,906          252,938           201,250
                                                                 -----------       ----------       -----------
   Total cost of goods and services sold ....................      4,308,136        4,331,275         2,528,962
                                                                 -----------       ----------       -----------
Gross profit ................................................      1,449,225          829,814         1,110,220

Other operating expenses:
 Selling, general, and administrative .......................        926,940          657,771           979,899
 Marketing services from related party ......................        262,080          225,199                --
 Depreciation ...............................................         24,131           32,955            56,481
                                                                 -----------       ----------       -----------
   Total other operating expenses ...........................      1,213,151          915,925         1,036,380
Operating income (loss) .....................................        236,074          (86,111)           73,840

Other income (expense):
 Interest income ............................................             --           11,855            26,503
 Other income ...............................................          7,128           21,302            18,246
                                                                 -----------       ----------       -----------
   Total other income .......................................          7,128           33,157            44,749
Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes .........        243,202          (52,954)          118,589
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ........................         93,925          (19,914)           45,813
                                                                 -----------       ----------       -----------
Net income (loss) ...........................................    $   149,277       $  (33,040)      $    72,776
                                                                 ===========       ==========       ===========
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share ...............    $    149.28       $   (33.04)      $     72.78
                                                                 ===========       ==========       ===========
Weighted-average number of shares ...........................          1,000            1,000             1,000
                                                                 ===========       ==========       ===========
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>




                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

                        STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK
                                        ---------------------     RETAINED
                                         SHARES      AMOUNT       EARNINGS       TOTAL
                                        --------   ----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance, September 30, 1994 .........    1,000      $80,000      $ 407,611     $ 487,611
 Net income .........................       --           --        149,277       149,277
                                         -----      -------      ---------     ---------
Balance, September 30, 1995 .........    1,000       80,000        556,888       636,888
 Net loss ...........................       --           --        (33,040)      (33,040)
                                         -----      -------      ---------     ---------
Balance, September 30, 1996 .........    1,000       80,000        523,848       603,848
 Net income .........................       --           --         72,776        72,776
                                         -----      -------      ---------     ---------
Balance, May 31, 1997 ...............    1,000      $80,000      $ 596,624     $ 676,624
                                         =====      =======      =========     =========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.








                                      F-25

<PAGE>



                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                              --------------------------------    FOR THE EIGHT
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,     MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   1995              1996         MAY 31, 1997
                                                              --------------   ---------------   --------------
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>               <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ........................................     $  149,277       $  (33,040)       $   72,776
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
   flows from operating activities--
   Depreciation of property and equipment .................         24,131           32,955            56,481
   Provision for deferred taxes ...........................         80,935          (51,992)          (39,222)
   Loss on disposal of property ...........................             --               --            55,147
   Changes in assets and liabilities--
    Accounts receivable, net ..............................       (121,394)        (274,891)           29,156
    Lease receivable ......................................        (14,011)          13,328            25,962
    Income tax receivable .................................         (1,587)           1,587                --
    Inventory .............................................         39,944         (102,696)          (15,002)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............          2,175           12,291            (8,620)
    Accounts payable ......................................         14,888          173,271          (204,095)
    Accrued expenses ......................................         44,970          (82,901)          154,519
    Income taxes payable ..................................        (17,423)          29,286            69,075
    Due to related party ..................................        262,080         (149,760)         (112,320)
    Customer deposits .....................................         30,467          (16,873)           13,722
                                                                ----------       ----------        ----------
      Net cash flows used in operating activities .........        494,452         (449,435)           97,579
                                                                ----------       ----------        ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment .......................        (29,163)         (27,958)          (32,889)
                                                                ----------       ----------        ----------
      Net cash used in investing activities ...............        (29,163)         (27,958)          (32,889)
                                                                ----------       ----------        ----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents .................        465,289         (477,393)           64,690
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ............        243,051          708,340           230,947
                                                                ----------       ----------        ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ..................     $  708,340       $  230,947        $  295,637
                                                                ==========       ==========        ==========
Cash paid for income taxes ................................     $   33,081       $   16,500        $   28,375
                                                                ==========       ==========        ==========
</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.






                                      F-26

<PAGE>



                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1995, SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, AND MAY 31, 1997


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Kandl  Data  Products,   Inc.  ("Kandl"  or  the  "Company"),   a  Maryland
corporation, resells hardware and software systems products and provides a range
of consulting, implementation, and maintenance services to end users.

     The Company's  year-end is September 31. These  financial  statements  have
been  prepared for the eight  months  ended May 31,  1997,  pursuant to an asset
purchase  agreement  whereby  the  outstanding  common  stock of the Company was
acquired by IT Partners, Inc. (see Note 7).


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Hardware  revenue is primarily  derived from the sale of computer  hardware
equipment.  Service  revenue is derived from  information  technology  services,
including on-site network support,  systems consulting,  software  installation,
installation,  design and integration of network systems,  and other value-added
services.

     Hardware sales with no related service component are recognized at the time
of shipment  provided that the  collectibility of the receivable is probable and
no significant vendor obligations remain. Revenue from services is recognized as
services are performed or ratably if performed over a service  contract  period.
Revenue for  material  projects  with a duration of three  months or longer that
require  installation,  system design,  and integration is recognized  under the
percentage-of-completion method as the work progresses.

     The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants has issued Statement
of Position 97-2 "Software  Revenue  Recognition"  ("SOP 97-2") that  supersedes
Statement of Position 91-1.  Management  believes that the changes  contained in
SOP 97-2 do not have a material impact on the Company.


CONCENTRATIONS OF MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND CREDIT RISK

     The Company's  largest  customer  represents  approximately  48, 66, and 67
percent of accounts  receivable at September 30, 1995,  September 30, 1996,  and
May 31, 1997,  respectively.  Sales to the Company's largest customer  represent
approximately  68,  62, and 63 percent  of total  revenues  for the years  ended
September  30,  1995  and  1996,  and the  eight  months  ended  May  31,  1997,
respectively.  Approximately 94 percent of the total revenues generated by sales
to the  Company's  largest  customer  were  for the  sale of  computer  hardware
equipment.

     Subsequent  to May 31, 1997,  the Company's  largest  customer has chosen a
different  vendor for  future  computer  hardware  equipment  needs.  Management
believes that the Company will be able to obtain additional  revenues from other
customers to replace  revenues  lost. No assurance can be given that  management
will be  successful  in replacing  sales  previously  made to this customer with
additional sales to new or existing  customers or that they will be at a similar
level of profitability.

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses have been within management's expectations.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include liquid  investments  with a maturity of
three months or less.


                                      F-27

<PAGE>



                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.


LEASE RECEIVABLE

     Lease  receivables  represent  sales-type leases resulting from the Company
leasing computer  equipment to customers over periods ranging from three to four
years.  At September 30, 1995,  September 30, 1996,  and May 31, 1997, the lease
receivables are $84,380, $71,052, and $45,090, net of unearned finance income of
$28,995,  $17,255, and $10,908,  respectively.  Lease finance income included in
other income in the  accompanying  statements of operations  for the years ended
September  30,  1995 and 1996,  and the eight  months  ended May 31,  1997,  are
$7,128,  $11,740,  and  $6,347,  respectively.  As of May 31,  1997,  net future
minimum payments from lease receivables are as follows:


                 PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                 -------------------------
                 June 1, 1997 to December 31, 1997 ...... $ 6,151
                 1998 ...................................  17,655
                 1999 ...................................  20,177
                 2000 ...................................   1,107
                                                          -------
                                                          $45,090
                                                          =======


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is  recorded  at the  lower of cost or  market  value  using the
first-in first-out method of accounting. Inventory consists of computer hardware
equipment, software and parts.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:


                 Furniture and fixtures ................. 6 years
                 Computer equipment ..................... 3 years
                 Machinery and equipment ................ 8 years
                 Vehicles ............................... 4 years


ACCRUED EXPENSES

     As of September  30, 1995,  September 30, 1996,  and May 31, 1997,  accrued
expenses consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,      MAY 31,
                                                1995              1996            1997
                                          ---------------   ---------------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>               <C>
Accrued salaries and benefits .........       $100,731          $39,617        $134,799
Legal expenses ........................             --               --          56,819
Other .................................         43,220           21,433          23,951
                                              --------          -------        --------
                                              $143,951          $61,050        $215,569
                                              ========          =======        ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-28

<PAGE>



                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


COST OF GOODS AND SERVICES SOLD

     The Company includes the costs of computer  hardware  equipment,  software,
and parts sold in the cost of  hardware  sold and the costs of  technicians  and
engineers who provide  services in the cost of services sold in the accompanying
statements of operations.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which is an asset and  liability  approach  that  requires  the
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the expected future tax
consequences  of events that have been  recognized  in the  Company's  financial
statements or tax returns.  In estimating future tax  consequences,  the Company
generally  considers all expected future events other than enactments of changes
in the tax laws or rates.  SFAS No.  109  requires  that the tax  benefit of net
operating loss carryforwards for financial  reporting purposes be recorded as an
asset. A valuation allowance is established,  if based on the evidence available
it is more likely than not,  that a portion of the  deferred tax assets will not
be realized.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of September 30, 1995,  September 30, 1996,  and May 31, 1997,  property
and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,      MAY 31,
                                                  1995              1996            1997
                                            ---------------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                                         <C>               <C>               <C>
Furniture and fixtures ..................      $   8,248         $   8,248       $      --
Computer equipment ......................        119,991           143,098          90,692
Machinery and equipment .................          5,148            10,000              --
Vehicles ................................         34,250            34,250          34,250
                                               ---------         ---------       ---------
                                                 167,637           195,596         124,942
Less-- Accumulated depreciation .........        (43,977)          (76,932)        (85,017)
                                               ---------         ---------       ---------
                                               $ 123,660         $ 118,664       $  39,925
                                               =========         =========       =========
</TABLE>

     For the eight  months ended May 31,  1997,  the Company  recorded a $55,147
loss on the  disposal  of  computer  equipment  which is  included  in  selling,
general,   and  administrative   expense  in  the  accompanying   statements  of
operations.

                                      F-29

<PAGE>

                           KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


3.   INCOME TAXES:

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
resulting from carryforwards and temporary differences as of September 30, 1995,
September 30, 1996, and May 31, 1997, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,      MAY 31,
                                                  1995              1996            1997
                                            ---------------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                                         <C>               <C>               <C>
Current:
Deferred tax assets--
Allowance for doubtful accounts .........     $    1,931         $   1,931       $   7,200
Inventory reserve .......................         11,968            25,068          25,787
Accrued expenses/receivable .............         17,473             6,647              --
                                              ----------         ---------       ---------
Total deferred tax assets ...............         31,372            33,646          32,987
                                              ----------         ---------       ---------
Long term:
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)--
Depreciation ............................        (47,757)          (20,157)          9,698
Other ...................................        (40,524)          (23,550)        (23,550)
Lease revenue ...........................        (32,588)          (27,440)        (17,414)
                                              ----------         ---------       ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities ..........       (120,869)          (71,147)        (31,266)
                                              ----------         ---------       ---------
Net deferred taxes ......................     $  (89,497)        $ (37,501)      $   1,721
                                              ==========         =========       =========
</TABLE>

     The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,      MAY 31,
                                            1995              1996            1997
                                      ---------------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                                   <C>               <C>               <C>
Current:
Federal ...........................       $11,431          $  28,229       $  74,831
State .............................         1,559              3,849          10,204
                                          -------          ---------       ---------
Total current .....................        12,990             32,078          85,035
                                          -------          ---------       ---------
Deferred:
Federal ...........................        71,223            (45,753)        (34,515)
State .............................         9,712             (6,239)         (4,707)
                                          -------          ---------       ---------
Total deferred ....................        80,935            (51,992)        (39,222)
                                          -------          ---------       ---------
Total provision (benefit) .........       $93,925          $ (19,914)      $  45,813
                                          =======          =========       =========
</TABLE>

     The reasons for the  differences  between  applicable  income taxes and the
amount computed by applying the statutory  federal income tax rate of 34 percent
to net income (loss) before taxes were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,     MAY 31,
                                                                      1995              1996           1997
                                                                ---------------   ---------------   ----------
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>               <C>
Applicable income taxes based on statutory tax rate .........       $82,689          $ (18,004)      $40,320
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit .....................        11,236             (2,446)        5,479
Other .......................................................            --                536            14
                                                                    -------          ---------       -------
Income tax provision (benefit) ..............................       $93,925          $ (19,914)      $45,813
                                                                    =======          =========       =======
</TABLE>


4.   PROFIT-SHARING PLAN:

     The  Company  maintains  a  401(k) profit-sharing plan (the "Plan") for all
employees   meeting  certain  minimum  service  requirements.  Under  the  Plan,
employees  may  elect  to  contribute  zero to 20 percent of their compensation.
Plan participants vest immediately in all employee elective contributions. The


                                      F-30

<PAGE>



                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)

Company  contributes an amount equal to 25 percent of the amount  contributed by
employees up to 8 percent of their gross pay.  Additionally,  plan  participants
vest in employer  contributions  over various  periods.  Employer  contributions
totaled $45,098,  $11,773, and $5,840 for the years ended September 30, 1995 and
1996, and the eight months ended May 31, 1997, respectively.


5.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The  stockholders  of the  Company  are  the  stockholders  of a  marketing
services  firm  that  provided  the  company   marketing  and  general  business
consulting  services  during the years 1994 through 1996.  Total payments to the
related  party for the years ended  September  30, 1995 and 1996,  and the eight
months ending May 31, 1997, are $0, $379,959 and $112,320, respectively.


6.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LITIGATION

     Litigation  and claims are filed  against the Company  from time to time in
the ordinary  course of business.  These actions are in various  stages,  and no
judgments  or  decisions  have  been  rendered  by  hearing  boards  or  courts.
Management,  after  reviewing  with legal  counsel,  is of the opinion  that the
outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.


OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  leases its  operating  facilities  under  leases  that expire
through June 2002.  Future  minimum rent payments due under  existing  operating
leases as of May 31, 1997, are as follows:


                PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                -------------------------
                June 1, 1997, to December 31, 1997 ...   $ 36,055
                1998 .................................     63,393
                1999 .................................     65,929
                2000 .................................     68,566
                2001 .................................     71,309
                2002 .................................     36,354
                                                         --------
                                                         $341,606
                                                         ========


     Rent  expense for the years ended  September  30, 1995 and 1996,  and eight
months ended May 31, 1997, totaled $66,004, $67,324 and $38,686 respectively.


7.   SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     On May 31, 1997, all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company was
acquired by IT Partners,  Inc.,  for an aggregate  purchase price of $3,451,669,
which includes  transaction costs. These financial statements do not include the
effects of this transaction.


                                      F-31

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders of
Computer Network Services, Inc.:

     We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  of  Computer  Network
Services,  Inc. (a New Jersey corporation) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and
May 31, 1997, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and
cash flows for the years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1996,  and the five months
ended May 31, 1997.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects,  the financial position of Computer Network Services,
Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and 1996,  and May 31, 1997, and the results of its
operations  and its cash flows for the years ended  December  31, 1995 and 1996,
and the five months ended May 31, 1997, in conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

Washington, D.C.
July 8, 1998






                                      F-32

<PAGE>



                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ----------------------------      MAY 31,
                                                                1995            1996            1997
                                                            ------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash ...................................................   $       --      $   90,286      $   80,722
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful ac-
   counts of $37,000, $37,000, and $126,534, respectively    1,269,678       1,382,062       1,413,235
 Inventory ..............................................      383,719         289,897         196,655
 Other current assets ...................................       22,563          44,395          83,607
                                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total current assets .................................    1,675,960       1,806,640       1,774,219
Property and equipment, net .............................      116,867         101,643          88,122
Other assets ............................................      114,974         101,062          96,152
                                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total assets .........................................   $1,907,801      $2,009,345      $1,958,493
                                                            ==========      ==========      ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable .......................................   $  586,809      $  604,328      $  612,564
 Accrued expenses .......................................      228,374         194,470         228,078
 Deferred revenue .......................................      136,947         127,773         127,773
 Current portion of notes payable .......................      217,148         470,220         466,599
 Due to officers ........................................      123,688          77,028          78,546
                                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total current liabilities ............................    1,292,966       1,473,819       1,513,560
Notes payable, net of current portion ...................      144,242          23,664           4,392
                                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities ....................................    1,437,208       1,497,483       1,517,952
                                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, 1,000 shares, no par value, $60 stated
   value, authorized, issued and outstanding ............       60,000          60,000          60,000
 Additional paid-in capital .............................       50,000          50,000          50,000
 Retained earnings ......................................      360,593         401,862         330,541
                                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total stockholders' equity ...........................      470,593         511,862         440,541
                                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ...........   $1,907,801      $2,009,345      $1,958,493
                                                            ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.





                                      F-33

<PAGE>



                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED           FOR THE FIVE
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,               MONTHS ENDED
                                                          ---------------------------------      MAY 31,
                                                                1995              1996             1997
                                                          ---------------   ---------------   -------------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>               <C>
Revenues:
 Sales ................................................     $ 5,685,753      $  5,860,953      $2,747,899
 Service ..............................................       3,298,439         4,337,814       1,704,872
                                                            -----------      ------------      ----------
   Total revenues .....................................       8,984,192        10,198,767       4,452,771
                                                            -----------      ------------      ----------
Cost of goods and services sold:
 Sales ................................................       4,668,990         5,278,347       2,333,130
 Service ..............................................       2,394,451         2,931,522       1,096,635
                                                            -----------      ------------      ----------
   Total cost of goods and services sold ..............       7,063,441         8,209,869       3,429,765
                                                            -----------      ------------      ----------
   Gross profit .......................................       1,920,751         1,988,898       1,023,006
Selling, general, and administrative expenses .........       1,753,200         1,859,926       1,030,275
Depreciation expense ..................................          31,862            36,055           9,183
                                                            -----------      ------------      ----------
   Operating income (loss) ............................         135,689            92,917         (16,452)
Other income ..........................................          62,023            18,309           3,331
Interest expense ......................................          54,776            69,957          30,482
                                                            -----------      ------------      ----------
Net income (loss) .....................................     $   142,936      $     41,269      $  (43,603)
                                                            ===========      ============      ==========
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share .........     $    142.94      $      41.27      $   (43.60)
                                                            ===========      ============      ==========
Weighted-average number of shares .....................           1,000             1,000           1,000
                                                            ===========      ============      ==========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.






                                      F-34

<PAGE>



                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     COMMON STOCK         ADDITIONAL
                                                 ---------------------     PAID-IN
                                                  SHARES      AMOUNT       CAPITAL       RETAINED       TOTAL
                                                 --------   ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1995 .....................    1,000      $60,000       $    --      $ 217,657     $ 277,657
 Capital contribution by stockholder .........       --           --        50,000             --        50,000
 Net income ..................................       --           --            --        142,936       142,936
                                                  -----      -------       -------      ---------     ---------
Balance, December 31, 1995 ...................    1,000       60,000        50,000        360,593       470,593
 Net income ..................................       --           --            --         41,269        41,269
                                                  -----      -------       -------      ---------     ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996 ...................    1,000       60,000        50,000        401,862       511,862
 Dividend ....................................       --           --            --        (27,718)      (27,718)
 Net loss ....................................       --           --            --        (43,603)      (43,603)
                                                  -----      -------       -------      ---------     ---------
Balance, May 31, 1997 ........................    1,000      $60,000       $50,000      $ 330,541     $ 440,541
                                                  =====      =======       =======      =========     =========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.








                                      F-35

<PAGE>



                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        FOR THE               FOR THE FIVE
                                                                      YEARS ENDED                MONTHS
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,                ENDED
                                                             -----------------------------      MAY 31,
                                                                  1995            1996            1997
                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) .......................................    $  142,936      $   41,269      $  (43,603)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
   flows from operating activities-
   Depreciation ..........................................        31,862          36,055           9,183
   Changes in assets and liabilities: ....................
    Increase in accounts receivable, net .................      (341,834)       (112,384)        (31,173)
    Decrease in inventory ................................       116,760          93,822          93,242
    Decrease (increase) in other current assets ..........        20,605         (21,832)        (39,212)
    Decrease (increase) in other long-term assets ........         2,392         (13,912)         (4,910)
    Decrease in deferred revenue .........................          (287)         (9,174)             --
    (Decrease) increase in accounts payable ..............       (18,032)         17,519           8,236
    Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses ..............        89,287         (33,904)         33,608
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------
      Net cash flows provided by operating activities.....        43,689          (2,541)         25,371
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ......................       (59,912)         (9,673)        (13,560)
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------
      Net cash used in investing activities ..............       (59,912)         (9,673)        (13,560)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 (Decrease) increase in due to officers ..................       (34,336)        (46,660)          1,518
 Proceeds from notes payable .............................       642,621         549,490         100,000
 Payments on notes payable ...............................      (642,062)       (400,330)       (122,893)
 Capital contribution from stockholder ...................        50,000              --              --
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activi-
       ties ..............................................        16,223         102,500         (21,375)
Net increase (decrease) in cash ..........................            --          90,286          (9,564)
Cash, beginning of period ................................            --              --          90,286
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------
Cash, end of period ......................................    $       --      $   90,286      $   80,722
                                                              ==========      ==========      ==========
Cash paid for interest ...................................    $   44,701      $   52,119      $   23,382
                                                              ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.





                                      F-36

<PAGE>



                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Computer Network Services,  Inc. (the "Company") a New Jersey  corporation,
provides repair, refurbishing, network, and integration services to the computer
industry  and the  business  community.  The  Company's  operations  consist  of
component level repair of computer and electronic  assemblies,  refurbishing and
logistic services for major  manufacturers and original equipment  manufacturers
throughout the United States. The network and systems integration  business,  as
well as  on-site  installation,  repair  and  network  support,  is  focused  on
commercial businesses in New Jersey.

     The  Company's  year-end is December  31.  Financial  statements  have been
prepared for the five months ended May 31, 1997,  pursuant to an asset  purchase
agreement,  whereby the outstanding  common stock of the Company was acquired by
IT Partners, Inc.


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Company recognizes revenue for hardware  maintenance fees pro rata over
the term of the agreements,  which generally have a one-year term. Revenues from
sales of hardware and software are  recognized  at the time of shipment and when
collection of the receivable is probable. Revenues from network installation and
related  services are recognized  upon completion of work and when collection of
the receivable is probable.  Payments received in advance of revenue recognition
for these  services and product  sales are  included in deferred  revenue in the
accompanying financial statements.

     The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants has issued Statement
of Position 97-2 "Software  Revenue  Recognition"  ("SOP 97-2") that  supersedes
Statement of Position 91-1.  Management  believes that the changes  contained in
SOP 97-2 do not have a material impact on the Company.


CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMER

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses.  Historically,  such
losses  have  been  insignificant  and  within  management's  expectations.  The
Company's largest customer represents  approximately 18.8, 8.5, and 16.5 percent
of total accounts receivable as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and May 31, 1997,
respectively.  Sales to the Company's largest customer represents  approximately
17.0,  15.2, and 14.3 percent of total revenues for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996, and the five months ended May 31, 1997.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of  future  cash  flows.  SFAS  No.  107  excludes  certain  financial  and  all
nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure  requirements.  Amounts reported in
the  accompanying  balance  sheets  related  to  accounts  receivable,  accounts
payable, notes payable and due to officers approximate fair value.


                                      F-37

<PAGE>



                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is  recorded  at the  lower of cost or  market  value  using the
first-in, first-out method of accounting. Inventory consists of:


                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                  -------------------    MAY 31,
                                                    1995       1996       1997
                                                  --------   --------   --------
Raw materials .................................   $108,571   $ 26,113   $   --
Finished goods ................................    275,148    263,784    196,665
                                                  --------   --------   --------
                                                  $383,719   $289,897   $196,665
                                                  ========   ========   ========


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:


     Machinery and equipment .............. 5 years
     Vehicles ............................. 7 years
     Furniture and fixtures ............... 5 years
     Office equipment ..................... 5 years
     Leasehold improvements ............... The shorter of the term of the lease
                                              or the life of the improvement


INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY

     Included  in  other  assets  in  the  accompanying  balance  sheets  is  an
investment in a 50 percent owned subsidiary, C.N.S. Canada, Inc. ("Canada"). The
subsidiary was established on June 10, 1988 to conduct operations similar to the
Company  in  Canada.  Canada is  accounted  for under the  equity  method.  Also
included in other assets for all periods  presented is $7,516 relating to a loan
made by the Company to the affiliated  company.  The Company's share of Canada's
net income (loss) is included in other income in the accompanying  statements of
operations. The investment in affiliate consists of the following:


         Investment balance, December 31, 1994 .........    $ 91,267
          1995 gain ....................................       4,392
                                                            --------
         Investment balance, December 31, 1995 .........      95,659
          1996 loss ....................................      (6,726)
                                                            --------
         Investment balance, December 31, 1996 .........      88,933
          1997 loss ....................................      (4,910)
                                                            --------
         Investment balance, May 31, 1997 ..............    $ 84,023
                                                            ========


ACCRUED EXPENSES

     Accrued expenses consist of the following:

                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                --------------------    MAY 31,
                                                   1995        1996       1997
                                                --------    --------   ---------
Accrued salaries and related taxes .........    $120,845    $142,091   $181,721
Accrued sales taxes ........................      29,048      19,706     16,202
Other ......................................      78,481      32,673     30,155
                                                --------    --------   --------
                                                $228,374    $194,470   $228,078
                                                ========    ========   ========



                                      F-38

<PAGE>

                        COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


ADVERTISING COSTS

     All  advertising  costs are expensed  when  incurred.  Such costs which are
included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $37,387, $39,284,
and $28,206 for the years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the five months
ended May 31, 1997, respectively.


COST OF GOODS AND SERVICES SOLD

     The Company includes the costs of computer  hardware  equipment,  software,
and parts sold in the cost of  hardware  sold and the costs of  technicians  and
engineers  who  provide  services  in the cost of  services  sold.  Included  in
depreciation   expense  in  the   accompanying   statements   of  operations  is
depreciation  expense of  $27,992,  $29,567,  and  $10,676  for the years  ended
December  31,  1995  and  1996,   and  the  five  months  ended  May  31,  1997,
respectively.


INCOME TAXES

     The stockholders elected under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code to
include the Company's  income in their  personal  income tax returns for federal
income tax purposes.  Accordingly,  the Company is not subject to federal income
taxes. Unapportioned income is included in the stockholders' personal income tax
returns for state income tax purposes.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                           -----------------------------      MAY 31,
                                                1995            1996            1997
                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
Machinery and equipment ................    $  114,023      $  114,023      $  116,518
Vehicles ...............................       104,656         104,656         104,656
Furniture and fixtures .................         9,435          60,224          74,222
Office equipment .......................        50,789          20,831              --
Leasehold improvements .................        14,500          14,500          14,500
                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
                                               293,403         314,234         309,896
Less- Accumulated depreciation .........      (176,536)       (212,591)       (221,774)
                                            ----------      ----------      ----------
                                            $  116,867      $  101,643      $   88,122
                                            ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


3.   DUE TO OFFICERS:

     The Company has demand loans to the stockholders of the Company.  The loans
accrue interest at 8 percent per year.  Accrued  interest  related to the demand
loans is $33,922, $40,112, and $40,590 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and May
31, 1997, respectively.



                                      F-39

<PAGE>



                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


4.   DEBT:

     The Company's debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                               -------------------------     MAY 31,
                                                   1995          1996          1997
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>
Term loan ..................................    $ 99,937      $250,000      $250,000
Revolving line of credit ...................          --        99,427       124,427
Demand note payable ........................     225,000       125,000        83,333
Various notes payable for vehicles .........      36,453        19,457        13,231
                                                --------      --------      --------
 Total debt ................................     361,390       493,884       470,991
Less- Current portion ......................     217,148       470,220       466,599
                                                --------      --------      --------
Debt, net of current portion ...............    $144,242      $ 23,664      $  4,392
                                                ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>

     Maturities on notes payable are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                         -----------------------
<S>                                                            <C>     
                         1997 ..............................   $466,599
                         1998 ..............................      4,392
                                                               --------
                                                               $470,991
                                                               ========
</TABLE>

     The  Company's  term loan bears  interest  at the bank's  prime rate plus 1
percent per year (9.5 percent at May 31, 1997). Borrowings are collateralized by
first  priority  security  interests in  substantially  all of the assets of the
Company  and  mortgage  indentures  on the  homes of the  stockholders,  and are
cross-collateralized  by the  Company's  short-term  borrowings.  The  effective
interest  rate on term loan  borrowings  is 13.1,  9.4,  and 9.4 percent for the
years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the five months ended May 31, 1997.
The weighted  average interest rate on term loan borrowings is 9.8, 9.3, and 9.4
percent for the years  ended  December  31,  1995 and 1996,  and the five months
ended May 31, 1997.

     The  revolving  line of credit and demand note bear  interest at the bank's
prime rate plus 1 percent per year (9.5  percent at May 31,  1997).  Interest is
payable monthly. Under the revolving line of credit and demand note, the Company
has pledged  substantially  all of its assets.  The Company's  stockholders have
also  personally  guaranteed  repayment  of the  revolving  line of credit.  The
effective  interest rate on revolving line of credit and demand note  borrowings
is 11.6,  11.4, and 13.5 percent for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996,
and the five months ended May 31, 1997.  The  weighted-average  interest rate on
revolving line of credit and demand note borrowings is 9.8, 9.3, and 9.3 percent
for the years ended  December  31, 1995 and 1996,  and the five months ended May
31, 1997.

     Notes payable for vehicles are payable in monthly installments of principal
and interest and bear  interest  ranging from 2.9 to 12.9  percent.  The vehicle
notes are secured by specific vehicles.


5.   STOCK REPURCHASE AGREEMENT:

     There is a formal agreement which requires the Company to purchase, at fair
market value, the outstanding  shares in the event of a stockholder's  death. In
conjunction with this agreement,  the Company is the beneficiary of key-man life
insurance policies carried on the lives of its stockholders.  The cash surrender
value of these  policies  included in other current  assets in the  accompanying
balance sheets is $22,117, $35,745 and $39,085 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996,
and May 31, 1997, respectively.


6.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The  Company  maintains a 401(k)  Profit-Sharing  Plan (the  "Plan")  which
covers all employees who are twenty-one  years old and have at least one year of
service.  Under the Plan  agreement,  participants  may elect to defer up to the
maximum percentage allowable by the Internal Revenue Service. In addi-


                                      F-40

<PAGE>



                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


tion,  the  Company  makes a matching  contribution  based on 50 percent of each
eligible participant's elective deferral at up to a maximum of $500 per eligible
employee per year. The Company may also make discretionary  contributions  based
on operating  results.  Participant  contributions vest immediately and employer
contributions  vest  at the end of the  third  year  of  service.  Contributions
totaled $13,507,  $8,399,  and $10,838 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996, and the five months ended May 31, 1997, respectively.


7.   CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS:

LITIGATION

     Litigation  and claims are filed  against the Company  from time to time in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  These  actions  are in various  preliminary
stages,  and no judgments or decisions  have been rendered by hearing  boards or
courts.  Management,  after reviewing with legal counsel, is of the opinion that
the  outcome  of such  matters  will not have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.


OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  leases  certain  office  space,  operating  facilities,   and
equipment under noncancelable  operating leases that expire through 2003. Future
minimum rent payments due under existing operating leases are as follows:


                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                   -----------------------
                   1997 ...........................   $  427,787
                   1998 ...........................      424,507
                   1999 ...........................      407,936
                   2000 ...........................      401,961
                   2001 and thereafter ............      904,412
                                                      ----------
                                                      $2,566,603
                                                      ==========


     Rent expense for the years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1996,  and the five
months  ended  May  31,  1997,   totaled  $313,497,   $366,586,   and  $152,082,
respectively.


8.   SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     In  May  1997, IT Partners, Inc. acquired all of the issued and outstanding
stock  of  the  Company  for  an  aggregate  purchase price of $4,720,531, which
includes  transaction  costs.  The investment in affiliated company (Note 1) and
cash  surrender  value of officers' life insurance (Note 5) were not acquired as
part  of  the purchase. The accompanying financial statements do not include the
effects of this transaction.




                                      F-41

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To A-COM, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of A-COM, Inc. (a Delaware
corporation)  as of June 30,  1996  and  1997,  and the  related  statements  of
operations,  stockholders'  equity (accumulated  deficit) and cash flows for the
years ended June 30, 1995,  1996, and 1997.  These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards  require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects,  the financial position of A-COM, Inc. as of June 30,
1996 and 1997,  and the  results  of its  operations  and its cash flows for the
years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
July 28, 1998





                                      F-42

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                          AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            JUNE 30,          JUNE 30,
                                                                              1996              1997
                                                                         --------------   ---------------
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................     $   54,180      $     42,580
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $297,705 and $455,106, respectively................................      1,906,342         3,407,082
 Inventory, net ......................................................        223,502           223,939
 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
   contracts .........................................................        806,271           924,979
 Deferred tax asset ..................................................        177,576           192,946
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...........................        266,920           302,769
                                                                           ----------      ------------
   Total current assets ..............................................      3,434,791         5,094,295
 Property and equipment, net .........................................        484,066           724,075
 Other assets ........................................................         72,908            83,026
 Deferred tax asset ..................................................         53,152             4,522
                                                                           ----------      ------------
   Total assets ......................................................     $4,044,917      $  5,905,918
                                                                           ==========      ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCHOLDERS' EQUITY (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ....................................................     $2,000,246      $  2,539,072
 Accrued expenses ....................................................        315,825         1,554,635
 Loan from stockholder ...............................................        102,232           109,000
 Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted
   contracts .........................................................        862,340         1,293,838
 Notes payable, net of long-term portion .............................         52,319           104,968
 Line of credit ......................................................        543,147           977,068
                                                                           ----------      ------------
   Total current liabilities .........................................      3,876,109         6,578,581
Notes payable, net of current portion ................................        135,115           373,369
Other liabilities ....................................................         45,137            56,900
                                                                           ----------      ------------
   Total liabilities .................................................      4,056,361         7,008,850
                                                                           ----------      ------------
Contingencies and commitments (Note 12)

Stockholders' equity (accumulated deficit):
 Common stock, par value $10, 10,000 shares authorized and
   500 shares issued and outstanding .................................          5,000             5,000
 Accumulated deficit .................................................        (16,444)       (1,107,932)
                                                                           ----------      ------------
   Total stockholders' equity (accumulated deficit) ..................        (11,444)       (1,102,932)
                                                                           ----------      ------------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' (accumulated deficit) .........     $4,044,917      $  5,905,918
                                                                           ==========      ============
</TABLE>


      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.



                                      F-43

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JUNE 30,         JUNE 30,          JUNE 30,
                                                                1995             1996              1997
                                                          ---------------   --------------   ----------------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>
Revenues ..............................................     $ 9,946,664      $13,291,727       $ 20,078,066
Cost of goods and services sold .......................       7,710,516       10,017,653         16,196,095
                                                            -----------      -----------       ------------
Gross profit ..........................................       2,236,148        3,274,074          3,881,971
Other operating expenses:
 Salaries, wages, and benefits ........................       1,580,683        1,422,780          2,340,762
 Selling, general, and administrative .................       1,243,814        1,594,474          2,252,954
 Depreciation .........................................         141,386          141,161            184,742
                                                            -----------      -----------       ------------
   Total other operating expenses .....................       2,965,883        3,158,415          4,778,458
(Loss) income from operations .........................        (729,735)         115,659           (896,487)
Other expense .........................................         (90,403)         (82,326)          (161,741)
                                                            -----------      -----------       ------------
Net (loss) income before taxes ........................        (820,138)          33,333         (1,058,228)
Income tax (expense) benefit ..........................         (82,002)         125,014            (33,260)
                                                            -----------      -----------       ------------
Net (loss) income .....................................     $  (902,140)     $   158,347       $ (1,091,488)
                                                            ===========      ===========       ============
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share .........     $ (1,804.28)     $    316.69       $  (2,182.98)
                                                            ===========      ===========       ============
Weighted average shares outstanding ...................             500              500                500
                                                            ===========      ===========       ============
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.






                                      F-44

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

            STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT)
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK
                                   -------------------     ACCUMULATED
                                    SHARES     AMOUNT        DEFICIT            TOTAL
                                   --------   --------   ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>               <C>
Balance, June 30, 1994 .........      500      $5,000     $    727,349      $    732,349
 Net loss ......................       --          --         (902,140)         (902,140)
                                      ---      ------     ------------      ------------
Balance, June 30, 1995 .........      500       5,000         (174,791)         (169,791)
 Net income ....................       --          --          158,347           158,347
                                      ---      ------     ------------      ------------
Balance, June 30, 1996 .........      500       5,000          (16,444)          (11,444)
 Net loss ......................       --          --       (1,091,488)       (1,091,488)
                                      ---      ------     ------------      ------------
Balance, June 30, 1997 .........      500      $5,000     $ (1,107,932)     $ (1,102,932)
                                      ===      ======     ============      ============
</TABLE>



         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statements.








                                      F-45

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JUNE 30,         JUNE 30          JUNE 30,
                                                                  1995             1996             1997
                                                             --------------   -------------   ----------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss ................................................     $ (902,140)     $  158,347       $ (1,091,488)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from
   operating activities--
   Depreciation ..........................................        141,386         141,161            184,742
   Changes in assets and liabilities--
    Accounts receivable, net .............................        190,129        (430,487)        (1,500,740)
    Inventory, net .......................................        187,385         (73,990)              (437)
    Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
      uncompleted contracts ..............................        444,233        (661,754)          (118,708)
    Deferred tax asset ...................................         82,002        (125,014)            33,260
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ............       (152,562)        (87,293)           (35,849)
    Other assets .........................................        162,937         (14,739)           (10,118)
    Accounts payable .....................................       (399,479)      1,139,893            538,826
    Accrued expenses .....................................         17,216          61,958          1,238,810
    Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
      uncompleted contracts ..............................        800,489           9,762            431,498
    Other liabilities ....................................         (2,029)             --             11,763
                                                               ----------      ----------       ------------
      Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating ac-
       tivities ..........................................        569,567         117,844           (318,441)
                                                               ----------      ----------       ------------
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ......................       (118,953)       (232,664)          (424,751)
                                                               ----------      ----------       ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
(Repayment of) proceeds from notes payable ...............       (168,654)        145,260            290,903
(Repayment of) proceeds from line of credit ..............       (208,328)       (225,810)           433,921
Loan from stockholder ....................................             --         102,232              6,768
                                                               ----------      ----------       ------------
      Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities.       (376,982)         21,682            731,592
                                                               ----------      ----------       ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash ..........................         73,632         (93,138)           (11,600)
Cash, beginning of period ................................         73,686         147,318             54,180
                                                               ----------      ----------       ------------
Cash, end of period ......................................     $  147,318      $   54,180       $     42,580
                                                               ==========      ==========       ============
Cash paid for interest ...................................     $  104,373      $  117,597       $    161,741
                                                               ==========      ==========       ============
</TABLE>


        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.







                                      F-46

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                       AS OF JUNE 30, 1995, 1996, AND 1997


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     A-COM,  Inc., (the "Company") a Delaware  corporation,  located in Northern
Virginia,  is engaged in designing,  installing and servicing a diverse range of
electronic sound and security systems,  as well as voice and data  communication
systems. The Company also provides cabling and control wiring services.

     In June 1997,  all of the issued and  outstanding  stock of the Company was
acquired by IT Partners,  Inc. ("IT Partners"),  for an aggregate purchase price
of $9,055,274, which includes transaction costs.

     The Company has  experienced  net losses through June 30, 1997.  Since June
30,  1997,  the Company has funded its  operations  through  borrowings  from IT
Partners.  The future  viability  and  operating  performance  of the Company is
dependent upon its ability to continue to generate revenue from its existing and
future customers and to manage costs.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include liquid  investments  with a maturity of
three months or less.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.

     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value due to the relatively short maturities of these instruments. The book
value of the Company's  line of credit is consistent  with its fair market value
as the Company's  borrowing cost is comparable to similar credit facilities,  at
June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997.

     This  disclosure  relates to  financial  instruments  only.  The fair value
assumptions  were based  upon  subjective  estimates  of market  conditions  and
perceived risks of the financial instruments.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is recorded at the lower of cost or market value using the first
in first  out  method of  accounting.  Inventory  as of June 30,  1996 and 1997,
consists of:

                                               JUNE 30,      JUNE 30,
                                                 1996          1997
                                              ----------   -----------
         Materials ........................    $367,887     $485,002
         Less-- Inventory reserve .........     144,385      261,063
                                               --------     --------
         Inventory, net ...................    $223,502     $223,939
                                               ========     ========



                                      F-47

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease. Depreciation expense for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996,
and 1997, was $141,386, $141,161, and $184,742, respectively.

     The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
               Furniture and fixtures .......... 3 -- 7 years
               Computer equipment .............. 5 years
               Machinery and equipment ......... 5 -- 7 years
               Vehicles ........................ 3 -- 7 years
               Leasehold improvements .......... 12 years
</TABLE>


ACCRUED EXPENSES

     As of June 30, 1996 and 1997, accrued expenses consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       JUNE 30,      JUNE 30,
                                                         1996          1997
                                                      ----------   ------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
       Accrued salaries and related taxes .........    $ 88,819    $  879,497
       Accrued vacation ...........................     169,083       174,537
       Accrued sales and use tax ..................      17,062        99,952
       Accrued rent ...............................          --       221,350
       Other ......................................      40,861       179,299
                                                       --------    ----------
        Total accrued expenses ....................    $315,825    $1,554,635
                                                       ========    ==========
</TABLE>


     Accrued salaries and related taxes increased  significantly during 1997 due
to employee bonuses earned during that period. Accrued rent as of June 30, 1997,
relates to rent due on the Company's  previous facility (the "Flint Lee office")
(see Note 3).


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Hardware and software sales with no related service  component and time and
materials  contract revenue with no related service  component are recognized at
the time of shipment  provided  that the  collectibility  of the  receivable  is
probable and no significant vendor obligations remain.  Revenue from services is
recognized  as services are  performed  or ratably if  performed  over a service
contract period.

     Revenue for  material  projects  with a duration of three  months or longer
that require installation,  system design, and integration,  is recognized under
the percentage-of-completion  method as the work progresses. Revenue under these
projects is recognized as labor costs are incurred and includes a portion of the
total  estimated  earnings to be realized in the ratio that labor costs incurred
relate to estimated total labor costs.  Estimated contract earnings are reviewed
and revised periodically as the work progresses.

     Contract  costs  consist  primarily  of  materials,  direct labor and those
indirect  costs related to contract  performance,  such as indirect  labor,  and
supplies.  Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted  contracts are made in
the period in which such losses are determined.  Changes in job performance, job
conditions,  and  estimated  profitability  may result in revisions to costs and
income and are recognized when known.


                                      F-48

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     Costs  and  estimated   earnings  in  excess  of  billings  on  uncompleted
contracts,  as reflected on the accompanying balance sheet,  comprise amounts of
revenue  recognized  on contracts  for which  billings  have not been  rendered.
Billings  in excess of cost and  estimated  earnings  on  uncompleted  contracts
comprise  amounts of billings  recognized  on contracts for which costs have not
been incurred.

     For the year ended  June 30,  1995,  long-term  project  revenue,  time and
materials contract revenue,  and hardware and software sales revenue represented
70, 22, and 8 percent,  respectively,  of total revenue. For the year ended June
30, 1996,  long-term project revenue,  time and materials contract revenue,  and
hardware  and  software  sales  revenue  represented  83,  15,  and  2  percent,
respectively,  of total  revenue.  For the year ended June 30,  1997,  long-term
contract revenue, time and materials contract revenue, and hardware and software
sales revenue represented 82, 9, and 9 percent,  respectively, of total revenue.
Revenue from services  represented less than 1 percent of total revenue for each
of the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997.


ADVERTISING COSTS

     All  advertising  costs are expensed when incurred and included in selling,
general and administrative expenses.  Advertising costs for the years ended June
30, 1995, 1996, and 1997, were $45,942, $29,302, and $34,916, respectively.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which is an asset and  liability  approach  that  requires  the
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the expected future tax
consequences  of events that have been  recognized  in the  Company's  financial
statements or tax returns.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of June  30,  1996 and  1997,  property  and  equipment  consist  of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     JUNE 30,       JUNE 30,
                                                       1996           1997
                                                   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>
       Furniture and fixtures ..................   $ 126,803      $ 173,104
       Computer equipment ......................     123,164        176,600
       Machinery and equipment .................     132,555        201,970
       Vehicles ................................     238,861        688,016
       Leasehold improvements ..................     483,654             --
                                                   ---------      ---------
                                                   1,105,037      1,239,690
       Less-- Accumulated depreciation .........     620,971        515,615
                                                   ---------      ---------
       Property and equipment, net .............   $ 484,066      $ 724,075
                                                   =========      =========
</TABLE>



                                      F-49

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     Effective  June 30, 1997,  the Company moved to a new facility (the "Walney
office") and wrote off the remaining leasehold  improvements  balance related to
the Flint Lee office.  In  addition,  the  Company  recorded a loss on the lease
related  to the Flint Lee  office of  $221,350,  which is  included  in  accrued
expenses (see Note 1) and selling,  general,  and administrative  expenses as of
June 30, 1997.  The loss on the lease is an estimate of future rents due, net of
future rental income.

3.   CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS:

     As of June 30, 1996 and 1997,  information related to uncompleted contracts
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JUNE 30,         JUNE 30,
                                                                    1996             1997
                                                               --------------   --------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>
Revenue recognized .........................................    $  5,631,369     $  6,975,739
Costs recognized ...........................................      (3,949,591)      (4,856,548)
                                                                ------------     ------------
Profit margin recognized ...................................       1,681,778        2,119,191
Costs incurred .............................................       5,389,273        5,986,863
Billings ...................................................      (7,127,120)      (8,474,913)
                                                                ------------     ------------
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncom-
 pleted contracts ..........................................         806,271          924,979
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncom-
 pleted contracts ..........................................        (862,340)      (1,293,838)
                                                                ------------     ------------
                                                                $    (56,069)    $   (368,859)
                                                                ============     ============
</TABLE>


4.   REVENUES:

     The  following is a summary of revenues  recognized  for the periods  ended
June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    JUNE 30,        JUNE 30,         JUNE 30,
                                                      1995            1996             1997
                                                 -------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>              <C>
Revenues:
 Long-term project revenue ...................    $6,916,332      $10,984,035      $16,406,833
 Time and materials contract revenue .........     2,229,880        1,956,247        1,872,985
 Hardware sales and commissions ..............       800,452          351,445        1,798,248
                                                  ----------      -----------      -----------
 Total revenues ..............................    $9,946,664      $13,291,727      $20,078,066
                                                  ==========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>


5.   NOTES PAYABLE:

     Notes payable at June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997,  consist primarily of notes
for vehicles and other  equipment with interest rates ranging from 8.50 to 16.09
percent. The vehicle notes are secured by specific vehicles.

     Maturities on notes payable are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                --------------------
<S>                                                   <C>     
                1998 ............... ......... ....   $104,968
                1999 ............... ......... ....    104,968
                2000 ............... ......... ....    100,743
                2001 ............... ......... ....     96,849
                2002 ............... ......... ....     70,809
                                                      --------
                                                      $478,337
                                                      ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-50

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


6.   LOAN FROM STOCKHOLDER:

     As of June 30, 1996 and 1997,  the Company had a $100,000 note payable with
the stockholder of the Company.  Interest is accrued at 9.0 percent annually and
is payable  monthly.  The terms of the agreement call for principal and interest
payments in the amount of $3,180 be made monthly beginning on April 1, 1996, and
continuing  through March 1, 1999, the maturity of the note. In conjunction with
the purchase of the Company by IT Partners,  the loan was  subsequently  paid in
full.


7.   REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT:

     As of June 30,  1996 and 1997,  the  Company had  $543,147,  and  $977,068,
respectively,  outstanding  under its revolving  line of credit  agreement.  The
maximum  amount  of  borrowings  under the line of  credit  is  $2,000,000.  The
revolving line of credit bears  interest,  payable  monthly,  at the Wall Street
Journal  prime rate plus 1.25 per annum.  The  interest  rates were 9.5 and 9.75
percent at June 30, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  The line of credit expires on
July 31, 1997.  The Company has pledged  substantially  all assets as collateral
under the revolving line of credit agreement.

     Under the terms of this  agreement,  the Company is required to comply with
certain financial covenants including net worth, a leverage ratio, a senior debt
leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio. This debt has been presented as a
current liability for all years presented.

     In conjunction with the purchase of the Company by IT Partners, the line of
credit was subsequently paid in full.


8.   INCOME TAXES:

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
as of June 30, 1996 and 1997, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1996            1997
                                                         -------------   -------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>
     Short-term deferred tax assets:
       Allowance for doubtful accounts ...............    $  114,974      $  175,762
       Inventory reserve .............................        55,761         100,823
       Accrued vacation ..............................        65,300          43,950
       Other accrued expenses ........................       108,664          11,174
       Revenue adjustments ...........................       116,946          62,590
       Valuation allowance ...........................      (284,069)       (201,353)
                                                          ----------      ----------
        Total short-term deferred tax assets .........       177,576         192,946
                                                          ----------      ----------
     Long-term deferred tax assets:
       Net operating loss carryforwards ..............        74,216         595,249
       Depreciation ..................................        53,152           4,522
       Valuation allowance ...........................       (74,216)       (595,249)
                                                          ----------      ----------
        Total long-term deferred tax assets ..........        53,152           4,522
                                                          ----------      ----------
     Net deferred tax asset ..........................    $  230,728      $  197,468
                                                          ==========      ==========
</TABLE>



                                      F-51

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     The  provision  (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following as
of June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1995           1996           1997
                                 ----------   --------------   ----------
<S>                              <C>          <C>              <C>
   Deferred:
     Federal .................    $72,162       $ (110,012)     $29,269
     State ...................      9,840          (15,002)       3,991
                                  -------       ----------      -------
      Total deferred .........    $82,002       $ (125,014)     $33,260
                                  =======       ==========      =======
</TABLE>


     The reasons for the  differences  between  applicable  income taxes and the
amount computed by applying the statutory  federal income tax rate of 34 percent
to loss before taxes were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995             1996            1997
                                                                 --------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>             <C>
Applicable income taxes based on statutory tax rate ..........     $ (278,847)     $   11,333       $ (359,798)
Change in valuation allowance ................................        392,414        (138,832)         438,317
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit ......................        (37,890)          1,540          (48,890)
Other ........................................................          6,325             945            3,631
                                                                   ----------      ----------       ----------
Income tax provision (benefit) ...............................     $   82,002      $ (125,014)      $   33,260
                                                                   ==========      ==========       ==========
</TABLE>


9.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company  maintains the A-COM 401(k)  Profit  Sharing Plan (the "Plan"),
which  covers all  employees  who are  eighteen  years old and have at least six
months of service. Under the Plan agreement,  participants may elect to defer up
to 20 percent of his or her gross compensation subject to the maximum percentage
allowable by the Internal  Revenue Service.  The Company may make  discretionary
contributions  based  on  operating  results.   Participant  contributions  vest
immediately  and  employer  contributions  vest  based on a graded  schedule  as
defined in the Plan.  Any  employer  contributions  are fully vested after seven
years.  There were no employer  contributions  made for the years ended June 30,
1995, 1996, or 1997.


10.  CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses  have  been  within  management's  expectations.  The  Company's  largest
customer  represents  approximately 19 and 11 percent of accounts  receivable at
June 30, 1996 and 1997.


11.  RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The Company  purchases  certain supplies from a company owned by the owner.
For the years ended June 30,  1995,  1996,  and 1997,  related  party  purchases
totaled $239,889, $118,850, and $375,042, respectively.

     As of June 30, 1996 and 1997,  the Company had a  non-interest  demand note
receivable  of $256,087  from a company  owned by the owner.  These amounts have
been included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

     During the period  July 1, 1994  through  December  29,  1995,  the Company
leased the Flint Lee office from the owner of the Company.  Rent expense for the
Flint Lee office for the year ended June 30, 1995, and the period ended December
29, 1995, totaled $85,000 and $42,000, respectively.  Subsequent to December 29,
1995, the Company leased the Flint Lee office from an unrelated  third party for
a term


                                      F-52

<PAGE>



                                   A-COM, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


through  December 31, 2000.  Effective  June 30, 1997,  the Company moved to the
Walney  office.  Effective July 1, 1998, the Company sublet the Flint Lee office
to a company owned by the owner for a monthly rental payment starting at $7,622.
The term of the lease is July 1, 1998 through  December 31, 2000.  The Company's
obligation for the monthly rental payment on the Flint Lee office is included in
the calculation of future minimum rent payments.

     The Company  provides  office space in its Walney office to a company owned
by an employee at no charge. The Company purchases certain integration  services
from this company,  which totaled $34,012,  $231,804, and $565,375 for the years
ended June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.


12.  CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS:

LITIGATION

     Litigation  and claims are filed  against the Company  from time to time in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  These  actions  are in various  preliminary
stages,  and no judgments or decisions  have been rendered by hearing  boards or
courts.  Management,  after reviewing with legal counsel, is of the opinion that
the  outcome  of such  matters  will not have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.


OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  leases its  operating  facilities  under  leases  that expire
through October 2004. Future minimum rent payments due under existing  operating
leases are as follows:


                    PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30,
                    ---------------------
                    1998 ...........................   $  232,420
                    1999 ...........................      310,159
                    2000 ...........................      319,462
                    2001 ...........................      279,076
                    2002 ...........................      237,479
                    Thereafter .....................      495,944
                                                       ----------
                                                       $1,874,540
                                                       ==========


     Rent  expense for the year ended June 30,  1995,  1996,  and 1997,  totaled
$220,667, $215,527, and $197,962, respectively.





                                      F-53

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of
Financial Systems Consulting, Inc.:

     We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets of  Financial  Systems
Consulting,  Inc. (a Delaware  corporation)  as of August 31,  1996,  August 31,
1997,  and  October  20,  1997,  and  the  related   statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the twelve  months  ended  December 31,
1995, the eight months ended August 31, 1996, the twelve months ended August 31,
1997,  and the period  from  September  1,  1997,  to October  20,  1997.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in  all  material   respects,   the  financial  position  of  Financial  Systems
Consulting,  Inc. as of August 31, 1996,  August 31, 1997, and October 20, 1997,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the twelve months ended
December 31, 1995,  the eight  months ended August 31, 1996,  the twelve  months
ended August 31,  1997,  and the period from  September 1, 1997,  to October 20,
1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
June 25, 1998






                                      F-54

<PAGE>



                       FINANCIAL SYSTEMS CONSULTING, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AUGUST 31,     AUGUST 31,     OCTOBER 20,
                                                                      1996           1997           1997
                                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ....................................     $ 87,545       $228,714       $124,473
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $35,132, $28,653, $84,747, respectively.........      150,858        478,806        417,135
 Inventory ....................................................           --         19,980          2,220
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................       73,076         13,888         24,094
                                                                    --------       --------       --------
   Total current assets .......................................      311,479        741,388        567,922
Property and equipment, net ...................................      103,749        101,790        101,639
Other assets - disposed segment, net ..........................           --         36,664             --
                                                                    --------       --------       --------
   Total assets ...............................................     $415,228       $879,842       $669,561
                                                                    ========       ========       ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable .............................................     $ 58,659       $187,139       $236,373
 Accrued expenses .............................................       90,422        139,315        129,993
 Deferred revenue .............................................      103,698         80,627         51,219
                                                                    --------       --------       --------
   Total current liabilities ..................................      252,779        407,081        417,585
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, no par value, 1,000 shares authorized, is-
   sued and outstanding .......................................        1,000          1,000          1,000
 Retained earnings ............................................      161,449        471,761        250,976
                                                                    --------       --------       --------
   Total stockholders' equity .................................      162,449        472,761        251,976
                                                                    --------       --------       --------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .................     $415,228       $879,842       $669,561
                                                                    ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.






                                      F-55

<PAGE>



                       FINANCIAL SYSTEMS CONSULTING, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                FOR THE
                                                                                                              PERIOD FROM
                                                      FOR THE TWELVE     FOR THE EIGHT     FOR THE TWELVE     SEPTEMBER 1,
                                                       MONTHS ENDED       MONTHS ENDED      MONTHS ENDED        1997, TO
                                                       DECEMBER 31,        AUGUST 31,        AUGUST 31,       OCTOBER 20,
                                                           1995               1996              1997              1997
                                                     ----------------   ---------------   ----------------   -------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>
Revenues:
 Software sales ..................................      $1,102,939         $  730,496        $2,384,491       $  385,410
 Consulting services .............................         518,312            885,653         1,888,517          267,930
                                                        ----------         ----------        ----------       ----------
   Total revenues ................................       1,621,251          1,616,149         4,273,008          653,340
                                                        ----------         ----------        ----------       ----------
Cost of goods and services sold:
 Software sales ..................................         490,414            314,051         1,378,515          279,918
 Consulting services .............................         233,420            262,155           714,587            9,412
                                                        ----------         ----------        ----------       ----------
   Total cost of goods and services sold .........         723,834            576,206         2,093,102          289,330
                                                        ----------         ----------        ----------       ----------
Gross profit .....................................         897,417          1,039,943         2,179,906          364,010
Other operating expenses:
 Selling, general, and administrative ............         499,229            858,367         1,186,263          596,100
 Depreciation and amortization ...................          28,071             16,266            51,558            3,997
                                                        ----------         ----------        ----------       ----------
   Total other operating expenses ................         527,300            874,633         1,237,821          600,097
Net income (loss) from continuing opera-
 tions before income taxes .......................         370,117            165,310           942,085         (236,087)
Provision for taxes ..............................           5,458              5,700            11,309            2,300
                                                        ----------         ----------        ----------       ----------
Net income (loss) from continuing opera-
 tions ...........................................         364,659            159,610           930,776         (238,387)
Discontinued operations:
 Income from operations of discontinued
   Cinergi Division ..............................              --                 --           203,936          103,576
 Gain on disposal of Cinergi Division ............              --                 --                --           92,866
                                                        ----------         ----------        ----------       ----------
Net income (loss) ................................      $  364,659         $  159,610        $1,134,712       $  (41,945)
                                                        ==========         ==========        ==========       ==========
</TABLE>


        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.






                                      F-56

<PAGE>



                       FINANCIAL SYSTEMS CONSULTING, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMMON STOCK
                                       -------------------      RETAINED
                                        SHARES     AMOUNT       EARNINGS         TOTAL
                                       --------   --------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994 .........    1,000      $1,000     $   72,956      $   73,956
 Distributions .....................       --          --        (15,000)        (15,000)
 Net income ........................       --          --        364,659         364,659
                                        -----      ------     ----------      ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995 .........    1,000       1,000        422,615         423,615
 Distributions .....................       --          --       (420,776)       (420,776)
 Net income ........................       --          --        159,610         159,610
                                        -----      ------     ----------      ----------
Balance, August 31, 1996 ...........    1,000       1,000        161,449         162,449
 Distributions .....................       --          --       (824,400)       (824,400)
 Net income ........................       --          --      1,134,712       1,134,712
                                        -----      ------     ----------      ----------
Balance, August 31, 1997 ...........    1,000       1,000        471,761         472,761
 Distributions .....................       --          --       (178,840)       (178,840)
 Net loss ..........................       --          --        (41,945)        (41,945)
                                        -----      ------     ----------      ----------
Balance, October 20, 1997 ..........    1,000      $1,000     $  250,976      $  251,976
                                        =====      ======     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>




   The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.








                                      F-57

<PAGE>



                       FINANCIAL SYSTEMS CONSULTING, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FOR THE       FOR THE       FOR THE
                                                             FOR THE        EIGHT        TWELVE      PERIOD FROM
                                                              YEAR         MONTHS        MONTHS      SEPTEMBER 1,
                                                              ENDED         ENDED         ENDED        1997 TO
                                                          DECEMBER 31,   AUGUST 31,    AUGUST 31,    OCTOBER 20,
                                                              1995          1996          1997           1997
                                                         -------------- ------------ -------------- -------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ............................................   $  364,659    $  159,610    $1,134,712    $  (41,945)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
   cash flows from operating activities--
   Depreciation of property and equipment ..............       28,071        16,266        51,558         3,997
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable, net.....      (37,939)       17,978      (360,737)       94,460
    Decrease (increase) in inventory ...................       61,633        27,225       (19,980)       17,760
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and
      other current assets .............................      (22,113)      (50,963)       59,188       (10,206)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable ............      (94,804)      (17,259)      163,171        75,829
    Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses ............       50,830        29,760        61,741       (43,456)
    Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue ............           --       103,698       (23,071)      (29,408)
                                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
      Net cash flows used in operating activities ......      350,337       286,315     1,066,582        67,031
                                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ....................     (128,142)      (13,570)      (61,013)       (3,566)
 Disposal of property and equipment ....................           --        26,343            --        11,134
                                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
      Net cash used in investing activities ............     (128,142)       12,773       (61,013)        7,568
                                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Distribution to stockholder ...........................      (15,000)     (420,776)     (824,400)     (178,840)
 Decrease in stockholder payable .......................           --            --       (40,000)           --
                                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
      Net cash provided by financing activities ........      (15,000)     (420,776)     (864,400)     (178,840)
                                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ..............      207,195      (121,688)      141,169      (104,241)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period .........        2,038       209,233        87,545       228,714
                                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ...............   $  209,233    $   87,545    $  228,714    $  124,473
                                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
 Cash paid for income taxes ............................   $    5,500    $    4,500    $   11,309    $    2,300
                                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.







                                      F-58

<PAGE>



                       FINANCIAL SYSTEMS CONSULTING, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Financial Systems Consulting,  Inc., ("FSC" or the "Company"), a California
S Corporation,  sells a range of accounting and financial  software products and
provides  consulting,  implementation  and maintenance  services to emerging and
middle market enterprise companies.

     In October 1997, all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company was
acquired by IT Partners,  Inc., and a new basis of accounting was established in
accordance  with the purchase  method of accounting.  The Company  operates on a
December 31, year end.  However,  these financial  statements have been prepared
for the periods  presented  pursuant to the  purchase by IT Partners,  Inc.,  on
October 20, 1997. The financial statements have been prepared for the year ended
December 31, 1996,  the eight months  ended August  31,1996,  the twelve  months
ended August 31,  1997,  and the period from  September 1, 1997,  to October 20,
1997.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include liquid  investments  with a maturity of
three months or less.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.

     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value because of the relatively short maturities of these instruments.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is  recorded  at the  lower of cost or  market  value  using the
first-in-first-out  ("FIFO")  method of  accounting.  Inventory as of August 31,
1996 and 1997, and October 20, 1997, consisted entirely of retail stock.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease.

     The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:


           Furniture and fixtures ..................   5--7 years
           Computer equipment ......................   3--5 years
           Vehicles ................................   4--7 years



                                      F-59

<PAGE>



                       FINANCIAL SYSTEMS CONSULTING, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

     As of August 31,  1996,  August 31,  1997,  and October 20,  1997,  accrued
expenses and other liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AUGUST 31,     AUGUST 31,     OCTOBER 20,
                                                             1996           1997           1997
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Accrued salaries, vacation and related taxes .........      $34,666       $ 93,888       $ 60,962
Travel and related personnel expenses ................           --         24,921         10,392
Sales tax payable ....................................        8,736         10,429         34,897
Miscellaneous office expenses ........................        7,020         10,077         23,742
Stockholder reimbursement payable ....................       40,000             --             --
                                                            -------       --------       --------
                                                            $90,422       $139,315       $129,993
                                                            =======       ========       ========
</TABLE>


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue  generated from software sales is recognized  when the products are
shipped to the customer. Revenue generated from consulting and service contracts
is recognized  when the time has been  incurred.  These  contracts are generally
variable contracts based on hourly and daily pre--negotiated rates.


DEFERRED REVENUE

     The Company  records  retainer  fees for  consulting  projects  and prepaid
consulting as deferred  revenue.  Revenue will be recognized  when retainer fees
are applied to the customer's final invoice and as prepaid consulting is applied
as payment on consulting invoices.  Consulting projects typically last less than
three months.


INCOME TAXES

     The  stockholders  have  elected to be taxed  under the  provisions  of the
Internal Revenue Code as an S Corporation.  Under these provisions,  the Company
does not  recognize  any tax  effect  on its  income or loss.  The  stockholders
recognize their  proportionate  share of any income or loss on their  individual
income tax returns. The income taxes recorded in the accompanying  statements of
operations  relate to California  state taxes  required to be paid by California
corporations.


STOCKHOLDER DISTRIBUTIONS

     The Company makes  distributions  to the stockholders at the request of the
stockholder and approval of the Board of Directors.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain  prior period  amounts have been  reclassified  to conform with the
current period presentation.



                                      F-60

<PAGE>



                       FINANCIAL SYSTEMS CONSULTING, INC.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            AUGUST 31,     AUGUST 31,     OCTOBER 20,
                                               1996           1997           1997
                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Equipment ..............................    $ 113,916      $  160,207     $  168,933
Furniture and fixtures .................       41,922          43,883         43,883
                                            ---------      ----------     ----------
                                              155,838         204,090        212,816
Less- Accumulated depreciation .........      (52,089)       (102,300)      (111,177)
                                            ---------      ----------     ----------
                                            $ 103,749      $  101,790     $  101,639
                                            =========      ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


3.   CREDIT RISK:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses have been within management's expectations.

4.   CINERGI DIVISION:

     In March 1997, the Company began providing  management  consulting services
referred to as Cinergi.  Consultants  for  management  consulting  projects help
customers  determine  and find the type of  software  to meet  their  needs.  In
addition,  consultants  may be contracted to manage the  implementation  project
provided by the third party selling the software,  although the  consultants  do
not participate in the actual implementation.

     On October 16,  1997,  the  stockholders  of the  Company  sold the Cinergi
division  to another  unrelated  entity for  $104,000.  The  related  assets and
liabilities  and results of operations  have been reflected in the  accompanying
financial statements as discontinued operations. The gain recognized on the sale
totaled $92,866.


5.   CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS:

LITIGATION

     Litigation  and claims are filed  against the Company  from time to time in
the ordinary course of business. These actions are in various preliminary stages
and no judgments or decisions  have been  rendered by hearing  boards or courts.
Management,  after  reviewing  with legal  counsel,  is of the opinion  that the
outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.


OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  leases  its  operating   facilities  under  a  monthly  lease
agreement. The company has no other lease commitments.

     Rent  expense for the twelve  months ended  December  31,  1995,  the eight
months ended August 31, 1996,  the twelve months ended August 31, 1997,  and the
period ended October 20, 1997, totaled $29,126,  $40,327,  $42,229,  and $5,785,
respectively.

                                      F-61

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors of
Sequoia Diversified Products, Inc.:

     We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Sequoia
Diversified  Products,  Inc.  (a Michigan  corporation)  and  subsidiaries  (the
"Company") as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related combined statements
of operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the year ended December
31, 1995, and the related consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the years  ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards  require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Sequoia  Diversified
Products,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of December  31,  1996 and 1997,  and the
results of their  operations  and their  cash flows for each of the three  years
ended December 31, 1995,  1996, and 1997, in conformity with generally  accepted
accounting principles.

     As  explained  in  Note  1  to  the  combined  and  consolidated  financial
statements,  effective  November  1, 1997,  the  Company  changed  its method of
accounting for its cabling installation revenues.



Washington, D.C.
July 20, 1998






                                      F-62

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    CONSOLIDATED
                                                                            -----------------------------
                                                                                 1996            1997
                                                                            -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                         <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................    $   83,250      $  193,302
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $185,000,
   and $185,000, respectively ...........................................     5,763,387       3,751,176
 Inventory ..............................................................       472,777         799,698
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............................       100,537         212,284
 Deferred tax asset .....................................................       142,460         142,460
                                                                             ----------      ----------
   Total current assets .................................................     6,562,411       5,098,920
Property and equipment, net .............................................       541,664       1,205,427
Deferred tax asset ......................................................        48,419          12,736
Other assets ............................................................       228,849         219,983
                                                                             ----------      ----------
   Total assets .........................................................    $7,381,343      $6,537,066
                                                                             ==========      ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses ..................................    $3,751,711      $2,158,457
 Line of credit .........................................................     2,918,939       1,675,500
 Bank overdraft .........................................................       696,618              --
 Notes payable, current portion .........................................        36,087          93,336
 Other current liabilities ..............................................       113,926         769,342
                                                                             ----------      ----------
   Total current liabilities ............................................     7,517,281       4,696,635
Notes payable, net of discount of $268,750 in 1997 and current portion ..       255,146       1,231,250
Warrants outstanding ....................................................            --         300,000
                                                                             ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities ....................................................     7,772,427       6,227,885

Commitments and contingencies: (Note 10)

Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 Common stock - $1 par value--
   Voting - 50,000 shares authorized, 960 and 960 issued and
    outstanding, respectively ...........................................           960             960
   Nonvoting - 10,000 shares authorized, 315 and 325 issued and
    outstanding, respectively ...........................................           315             325
 Additional paid-in capital .............................................       215,975         223,465
 Notes receivable--
   Common stock purchases ...............................................      (236,250)        (90,962)
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ................................      (372,084)        175,393
                                                                             ----------      ----------
   Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .................................      (391,084)        309,181
                                                                             ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders'
    equity (deficit) ....................................................    $7,381,343      $6,537,066
                                                                             ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                      combined and consolidated statements.


                                      F-63

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

               COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996, AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       COMBINED                 CONSOLIDATED
                                                            -------------------------------   ---------------
                                                                 1995             1996              1997
                                                            --------------   --------------   ---------------
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>              <C>
Revenues ................................................    $16,977,619      $27,033,589       $29,218,798
Cost of goods and services sold .........................     12,656,482       20,049,416        17,521,386
                                                             -----------      -----------       -----------
Gross profit ............................................      4,321,137        6,984,173        11,697,412
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general, and administrative ...................      4,039,978        7,003,807         9,562,443
 Compensation expense related to
   common stock transactions ............................             --               --           200,000
 Depreciation and amortization ..........................        127,247          182,031           324,948
                                                             -----------      -----------       -----------
   Total operating expenses .............................      4,167,225        7,185,838        10,087,391
Operating income (loss) .................................        153,912         (201,665)        1,610,021
Interest expense ........................................       (124,559)        (242,131)         (575,844)
                                                             -----------      -----------       -----------
Income (loss) before (provision) benefit for income
 taxes and change in accounting principle ...............         29,353         (443,796)        1,034,177
(Provision) benefit for income taxes ....................        (10,002)         145,939          (490,000)
                                                             -----------      -----------       -----------
Income (loss) before change in accounting principle .....         19,351         (297,857)          544,177
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle,
 net of tax provision of $1,700 in 1997 .................             --               --             3,300
                                                             -----------      -----------       -----------
Net income (loss) .......................................    $    19,351      $  (297,857)      $   547,477
                                                             ===========      ===========       ===========
</TABLE>


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                      combined and consolidated statements.





                                      F-64

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

                     COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
                         STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996, AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOTES                     RETAINED
                                              COMMON STOCK         RECEIVABLE    ADDITIONAL     EARNINGS
                                        ------------------------  COMMON STOCK     PAID-IN    (ACCUMULATED
                                           VOTING     NONVOTING     PURCHASES      CAPITAL      DEFICIT)       TOTAL
                                        ------------ ----------- -------------- ------------ ------------- -------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994 ............  $  35,620       $ --      $       --    $      --    $   83,272    $  118,892
 Net income ...........................         --         --              --           --        19,351        19,351
                                         ---------       ----      ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995 ............     35,620         --              --           --       102,623       138,243
 Buyback of common shares .............        (40)        --              --      (19,960)           --       (20,000)
 Issuance of common shares ............         --        315        (236,250)     235,935            --            --
 Dividends payable ....................    (34,620)        --              --           --      (176,850)     (211,470)
 Net loss .............................         --         --              --           --      (297,857)     (297,857)
                                         ---------       ----      ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996 ............        960        315        (236,250)     215,975      (372,084)     (391,084)
 Issuance of common shares ............         --         10              --        7,490            --         7,500
 Payments on notes receivable .........         --         --         145,288           --            --       145,288
 Net income ...........................         --         --              --           --       547,477       547,477
                                         ---------       ----      ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1997 ............  $     960       $325      $  (90,962)   $ 223,465    $  175,393    $  309,181
                                         =========       ====      ==========    =========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                      combined and consolidated statements.







                                      F-65

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

               COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996, AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             COMBINED                  CONSOLIDATED
                                                                 ---------------------------------   ---------------
                                                                       1995              1996              1997
                                                                 ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>               <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss) ............................................    $     19,351      $   (297,857)     $    547,477
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows
 from operating activities-
   Amortization of debt discount .............................              --                --            31,250
   Depreciation and amortization .............................         127,247           182,031           324,948
 Changes in assets and liabilities--
   (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net ...........      (1,279,816)       (2,308,835)        2,012,211
   Increase in inventory .....................................        (150,181)           (4,883)         (326,921)
   Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other
    current assets ...........................................         330,610           (86,333)         (111,747)
   (Increase) decrease in other assets .......................         (18,733)         (205,216)            8,866
   (Decrease) increase in deferred tax assets ................         (43,126)         (145,939)           35,683
   Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
    accrued expenses .........................................         722,522         1,358,162        (1,593,254)
   Increase (decrease) in bank overdraft .....................         230,674           366,587          (696,618)
   (Decrease) increase in other current liabilities ..........         (32,756)           49,648           655,416
                                                                  ------------      ------------      ------------
    Net cash flows (used in) provided by
      operating activities ...................................         (94,208)       (1,092,635)          887,311
                                                                  ------------      ------------      ------------
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ..........................        (248,680)         (348,218)       (1,012,461)
                                                                  ------------      ------------      ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net borrowings/(repayments) on line of credit ...............         496,275         1,497,664        (1,243,439)
 Proceeds from notes payable .................................             492            91,404         1,033,353
 (Increase) decrease to notes receivable related to the
   issuance of common stock ..................................              --          (236,250)          145,288
 Warrants issued .............................................              --                --           300,000
                                                                  ------------      ------------      ------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities ................         496,767         1,352,818           235,202
                                                                  ------------      ------------      ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .........         153,879           (88,035)          110,052
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ...............          17,406           171,285            83,250
                                                                  ------------      ------------      ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .....................    $    171,285      $     83,250      $    193,302
                                                                  ============      ============      ============
Cash paid for interest .......................................    $    105,799      $    224,156      $    606,196
                                                                  ============      ============      ============
Cash paid for income taxes ...................................    $     14,000      $     48,950      $         --
                                                                  ============      ============      ============
</TABLE>


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                      combined and consolidated statements.



                                      F-66

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

             NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996, AND 1997


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Sequoia Diversified Products, Inc. (the "Company"), a Michigan corporation,
provides information  technology products and services to help customers design,
implement  and  maintain  desktop and network  computer  systems.  The  Company,
founded  in 1990,  is based in Auburn  Hills,  Michigan,  and has five  domestic
satellite  offices,  two each in Ohio and Michigan and one in Texas,  as well as
offices in  England,  Germany,  and Sweden.  The Company  operates on a calendar
year-end basis.

     On December 31, 1996, the Company,  pursuant to a stock purchase agreement,
purchased all of the issued and outstanding stock of Sequoia Services,  Inc. and
Sequoia  Financial,  LLC.  Prior to December  31,  1996,  the  Company,  Sequoia
Services,  Inc.  and  Sequoia  Financial,  LLC were  under  common  control  and
financial  results  are  presented  on  a  combined  basis  in  these  financial
statements.  As  of  December  31,  1996,  these  entities  are  presented  as a
consolidated entity. During 1995, these entities were separate and therefore are
reported as combined  entities in these financial  statements.  All intercompany
balances and  transactions  among these  entities  have been  eliminated  in the
consolidation and combination.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include liquid  investments  with a maturity of
three months or less.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.

     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value due to the relatively short maturities of these instruments. The book
value of the  Company's  line of credit  approximates  fair market  value as the
rates are  comparable to the  borrowing  cost for similar  credit  facilities at
December 31, 1996 and 1997.

     This  disclosure  relates to  financial  instruments  only.  The fair value
assumptions  were based  upon  subjective  estimates  of market  conditions  and
perceived risks of the financial instruments.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is  recorded  at the  lower of cost or  market  value  using the
first-in first-out method of accounting. Cost elements included in inventory are
purchased computer equipment and related network and cabling supplies.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property  and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using an
accelerated  depreciation method, based on estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the
asset or term of the lease.


                                      F-67

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:


           Furniture and fixtures ................   5 -- 7 years
           Machinery and equipment ...............   5 -- 7 years
           Vehicles ..............................   5 years
           Leasehold improvements ................   Life of lease


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue  generated from hardware sales are recognized when the products are
shipped to the  customer.  In cases where the Company is  receiving  commissions
from third parties on hardware sales, revenue is recognized when the third party
informs the Company of the  completion of the sales process.  Revenue  generated
from network  services is recognized on the  percentage-of-completion  method as
the labor is incurred.  Revenue generated from cable  installation is recognized
upon completion of the project.

     The  Company  has   accounted   for  revenue  and  costs  for  its  cabling
installation  business  using the  percentage-of-completion  method  for the two
months ended December 31, 1997, whereas in prior periods, revenue and costs were
recognized upon completion of the project. This cumulative effect of a change in
accounting  principle is reflected  net of a tax  provision on the  accompanying
statement  of  operations  for the year ended  December  31,  1997.  This change
resulted in an increase to operating income of approximately  $60,000 during the
year ended  December  31, 1997,  over the amount which would have been  reported
under the completed contract method.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which is an asset and  liability  approach  that  requires  the
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the expected future tax
consequences of events that have been  recognized in the Company's  consolidated
financial statements or tax returns.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of December  31, 1996 and 1997,  property and  equipment  consist of the
following:


                                                    1996           1997
                                                 ----------   -------------
     Furniture and fixtures ..................    $ 46,958     $  140,665
     Machinery and equipment .................     561,061        861,597
     Vehicles ................................     257,792        273,216
     Leasehold improvements ..................      64,163        563,040
                                                  --------     ----------
                                                   929,974      1,838,518
     Less- Accumulated depreciation ..........     388,310        633,091
                                                  --------     ----------
                                                  $541,664     $1,205,427
                                                  ========     ==========



                                      F-68

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


3.   REVENUES AND COST OF GOODS AND SERVICES SOLD:

     The  following  is a summary of revenues  recognized  and cost of goods and
services sold for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995                    1996                    1997
                                                   ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
                                                       AMOUNT         %        AMOUNT         %        AMOUNT         %
                                                   -------------- -------- -------------- -------- -------------- --------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>            <C>
Revenues:
 Hardware sales and commissions ..................  $12,936,739       76%   $17,755,387       66%   $12,894,562       44%
 Network services ................................    1,986,940       12      4,354,169       16     11,084,818       38
 Cabling sales and service .......................      682,909        4      2,710,472       10      3,093,783       11
 Maintenance and repairs .........................      832,025        5      1,628,168        6      1,746,914        6
 Other ...........................................      539,006        3        585,393        2        398,721        1
                                                    -----------      ---    -----------      ---    -----------      ---
   Total revenues ................................  $16,977,619      100%   $27,033,589      100%   $29,218,798      100%
                                                    ===========      ===    ===========      ===    ===========      ===
Cost of goods and services sold:
Hardware sales and commissions ...................  $10,627,637             $15,346,528             $ 9,523,157
Network services .................................    1,217,266               2,658,789               6,190,124
Cabling sales and service ........................      161,424               1,515,602               1,235,244
Maintenance and repairs ..........................      150,610                 371,636                 414,381
Other ............................................      499,545                 156,861                 158,480
                                                    -----------             -----------             -----------
   Total cost of goods and services sold .........  $12,656,482             $20,049,416             $17,521,386
                                                    ===========             ===========             ===========
</TABLE>

     One customer provided  approximately 28, 13 and 11 percent of the Company's
revenues for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.


4.   DEBT:

     Borrowings  under  long-term debt agreements at December 31, 1996 and 1997,
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1996            1997
                                                    ------------   -------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>
       LIBBCO subordinated debt .................    $      --      $1,500,000
       Related party notes payable ..............      216,493          51,934
       Automobile note payable ..................       74,740          41,402
                                                     ---------      ----------
                                                       291,233       1,593,336
       Less- Current portion ....................      (36,087)        (93,336)
       Less- Unamortized debt discount ..........           --        (268,750)
                                                     ---------      ----------
       Notes payable, net of discount and current
        portion .................................    $ 255,146      $1,231,250
                                                     =========      ==========
</TABLE>


LIBBCO SUBORDINATED DEBT

     In July 1997,  the Company  issued a $1,500,000  four-year note payable for
working capital purposes. The note is subordinate to the bank line of credit and
is  collateralized  by substantially  all assets of the Company.  The note bears
interest at 3.5 percent over the published prime rate. On December 31, 1997, the
published prime rate was 8.5 percent, making the interest rate 12.0 percent. The
debt was  initially  recorded  net of debt  discount  of $300,000 at the date of
closing.  Through December 31, 1997, $31,250 of this discount had been amortized
as additional  interest expense.  Amortization is on a straight-line basis which
approximates the effective interest method.

     During the years indicated, the Company had the following lines of credit.



                                      F-69

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


COMERICA BANK LINE OF CREDIT

     The  Company  had a line of  credit  arrangement  with  Comerica  Bank that
permitted borrowings up to 80 percent of eligible accounts  receivable,  limited
to  $3,500,000.  Borrowings  under  the line of credit  were due on  demand  and
accrued  interest at 1.75  percent  over the bank's  published  prime  rate.  On
December 31,  1996,  that rate was 8.25  percent  making the interest  rate 10.0
percent.  The Company  carried a balance on this line of credit of $2,918,939 on
December 31, 1996. Borrowings were collateralized by substantially all assets of
the Company.


OLD KENT BANK LINE OF CREDIT

     In February 1997, the Company  executed a new  $4,500,000  working  capital
line of credit  with Old Kent Bank and paid off  their  existing  line of credit
with  Comerica  Bank.  The new line of credit  permits  the Company to borrow 90
percent of commercial  accounts  receivable,  80 percent of government  accounts
receivable and 30 percent of eligible  inventory.  Borrowings  under the line of
credit  are due on  demand  and bear  interest  at 1  percent  over  the  bank's
published  prime rate. On December 31, 1997,  the  published  prime rate was 8.5
percent  making the  interest  rate 9.5 percent.  As of December  31, 1997,  the
Company had an outstanding line of credit balance of $1,675,500. The new line is
collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company.

     The Company incurred  interest  expense on all debt of $124,559,  $242,131,
and  $575,844  for  the  years  ended   December  31,  1995,   1996,  and  1997,
respectively.

     Maturities on notes payable and the lines of credit are as follows:


                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                    1998 ............................   $1,768,836
                    1999 ............................      400,000
                    2000 ............................      600,000
                    2001 ............................      500,000
                                                        ----------
                                                        $3,268,836
                                                        ==========


5.   STOCK AND WARRANT AGREEMENTS:

COMMON STOCK

     In  November  1996,  the Company  bought  back 40 shares of voting  Class B
common stock for $500 per share.  On December 31, 1996,  the Company  issued 315
shares of nonvoting  Class B common stock for $7.50 per share.  On July 1, 1997,
the Company  issued 10 shares of  nonvoting  Class B common  stock for $7.50 per
share.


WARRANTS OUTSTANDING

     In connection  with the July 1997  issuance of  $1,500,000 of  subordinated
note payable, the Company issued to the lender detachable warrants to acquire up
to 5 percent  of the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock.  The  warrants  are
exercisable through July 2001 at $1,400,000 and callable after November 1, 1997.
The call price  from  November  1, 1997,  to July 30,  1998,  is the  greater of
$1,700,000  or 5 percent of revenue for the  trailing  twelve  months,  less the
exercise  price and  increases  to the  greater  of  $2,300,000  or 5 percent of
revenue for the trailing  twelve  months,  less the exercise  price from July 1,
2000, to June 30, 2001.  From January 1, 1998, to June 30, 2001, the lender also
has an option to put the  shares  obtained  by  exercise  of the  warrant to the
Company for cash.  The put price shall be the lesser of  $3,000,000 or 5 percent
of revenues for the twelve  month period  ending the last day of the month prior
to the month during which the put option is  exercised.  The warrants  have been
recorded at their estimated fair value of $300,000 (see Note 11).


                                      F-70

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


6.   INCOME TAXES:

     Significant  components of the Company's deferred tax assets as of December
31, 1996, and 1997, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996          1997
                                                                 -----------   -----------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>
          Current deferred tax assets:
           Allowance for doubtful accounts ...................    $ 62,900      $ 62,900
           Deferred salary ...................................      21,760        21,760
           Inventory .........................................      20,400        20,400
           Unrealized loss on software contract ..............      37,400        37,400
                                                                  --------      --------
            Total deferred tax assets ........................     142,460       142,460
                                                                  --------      --------
          Long-term deferred tax assets:
           Net operating loss ................................      35,683            --
           Tax basis of fixed assets over book basis .........      12,736        12,736
                                                                  --------      --------
            Total long-term deferred tax assets ..............      48,419        12,736
                                                                  --------      --------
            Total deferred tax assets ........................    $190,879      $155,196
                                                                  ========      ========
</TABLE>


     The Company evaluates  deferred tax assets based on net income  projections
to ensure that the assets are realizable.

     The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1995          1996           1997
                                                    ------------   ----------   --------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>          <C>
       Current ..................................    $      --      $     --      $ (454,317)
       Deferred .................................      (10,002)      145,939         (35,683)
                                                     ---------      --------      ----------
        Income tax (provision) benefit ..........    $ (10,002)     $145,939      $ (490,000)
                                                     =========      ========      ==========
</TABLE>


     The reasons for the  differences  between  applicable  income taxes and the
amount computed by applying the statutory  federal income tax rate of 34 percent
to income (loss) before taxes were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995           1996           1997
                                                     -------------   -----------   --------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
       Applicable income taxes based on
        Federal statutory tax rate ...............     $  (9,980)     $145,492       $ (351,620)
       Permanent book to tax differences .........           (22)          447         (138,380)
                                                       ---------      --------       ----------
       Income tax (provision) benefit ............     $ (10,002)     $145,939       $ (490,000)
                                                       =========      ========       ==========
</TABLE>


7.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The  Company  has  a  deferred   compensation   401(k)  tax  savings  plan.
Contributions  up to  statutory  limits may be made by eligible  employees  on a
voluntary basis. The plan requires  matching  contributions by the Company of 10
percent of the employees' contributions for the first 4 percent of employee base
salaries.  The Company's matching contribution was $9,496,  $13,836, and $23,294
for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997.

     The Company has a  self-funded  medical  benefit  plan  covering all of its
employees.  The Company's policy is to accrue  estimated  medical claims payable
based on recent  claims  experience  including  a reserve for  incurred  but not
reported  claims.  These  costs are  included  in  accounts  payable and accrued
expenses  on the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet.  The  Company  has
insurance for specific  individual  losses in excess of $25,000 through the plan
year ended March 31, 1998.


                                      F-71

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


8.   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses  have  been  within  management's  expectations.  The  Company's  largest
customer  represents  approximately 15 and 26 percent of accounts  receivable at
December 31, 1996 and 1997.


9.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

EMPLOYEE LEASING COMPANY

     Beginning in 1996, the Company utilized an employee leasing company, Manage
Pro, Inc., to pay all but five of the Company's  employees.  The owner of Manage
Pro, Inc. is also the Chief Operating  Officer and a stockholder of the Company.
Manage  Pro,  Inc.  charged  the  Company  a 1 percent  management  fee on gross
employee payroll during the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, amounting to
approximately $60,000 and $66,600, respectively.


EMPLOYEE RECEIVABLES

     The Company has several related party receivables with employees, including
a receivable due from the Chief  Operating  Officer in the amount of $17,050 and
$102,800 and a receivable due from the Chief Executive  Officer in the amount of
$24,800 and $219,855 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

STOCKHOLDER LOANS

     The Company has recorded  notes  receivable  for common stock  purchases of
four minority  stockholders in the amount of $236,250 and $90,962 as of December
31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  The terms of the notes receivable provide for
payment at the earlier of December 31, 1999, or on demand.  The interest accrues
on these  notes at prime plus 1 percent.  On  December  31,  1996 and 1997,  the
published prime rate was 8.25 and 8.5 percent, respectively.


10.  CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS:

LITIGATION

     Litigation  and claims are filed  against the Company  from time to time in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  These  actions  are in various  preliminary
stages,  and no judgments or decisions  have been rendered by hearing  boards or
courts.  Management,  after reviewing with legal counsel, is of the opinion that
the  outcome  of such  matters  will not have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.


STOCK REDEMPTION

     As of  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  has  entered  into  buy and sell
agreements with all of its employee stockholders (representing 97 percent of all
stockholders). The Company has the right, but is not obligated, to redeem voting
shares at book value and nonvoting shares at 150 percent of stockholders' equity
per  share in the event the  employment  of a  stockholder  is  terminated.  The
Company records  compensation  expense related to the increase in the redemption
formula price.


LEASE COMMITMENTS

     The Company  occupies  12,900 square feet of office space,  which is leased
from a minority  stockholder.  The Company  moved to this  refurbished  facility
during  October 1997 and committed to an operating  lease  through  November 30,
2000.  Monthly payments of $6,500 began December 1997. In addition,  the Company
has entered  into  operating  leases for various  other office  facilities.  The
future minimum lease  payments on these  facilities as of December 31, 1997, are
as follows:


                                      F-72

<PAGE>



                       SEQUOIA DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC.

      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


                  YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                  1998 ............................   $ 90,000
                  1999 ............................     78,825
                  2000 ............................     71,500
                                                      --------
                                                      $240,325
                                                      ========


11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

     On January  8, 1998,  the  Company  completed  the first step of a two-step
business combination with IT Partners, Inc. ("IT Partners"), whereby 100 percent
of the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock was  redeemed  by IT  Partners  in
exchange for cash, a promissory note and common stock of IT Partners.  The total
purchase price paid by IT Partners on that date was  approximately  $21,600,000.
In connection with this transaction,  IT Partners repaid the remaining  balances
due on the Old Kent Bank Line of Credit and LIBBCO  Subordinated  Debt (see Note
4). In addition, the outstanding warrants described in Note 5 were also redeemed
for  $300,000,  representing  the  estimated  fair  value  on  the  date  of the
transaction.  On March 11, 1998, the consideration  received by the stockholders
was subsequently  adjusted by $4,475,525 based on the final operating results of
the Company for the year ended December 31, 1997.










                                      F-73

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of
Incline Corporation:

     We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of Incline  Corporation (a
California  corporation) as of October 31, 1996,  October 31, 1997, and December
31, 1997,  and the related  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and
cash flows for the nine months ended  December  31,  1995,  the ten months ended
October 31, 1996,  the twelve months ended October 31, 1997,  and the two months
ended December 31, 1997. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial  position of Incline  Corporation as of
October 31, 1996,  October 31, 1997,  and December 31, 1997,  and the results of
its  operations  and its cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 1995,
the ten months ended October 31, 1996, the twelve months ended October 31, 1997,
and the two months  ended  December  31,  1997,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
June 8, 1998







                                      F-74

<PAGE>



                               INCLINE CORPORATION

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   OCTOBER 31,     OCTOBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1996            1997            1997
                                                                  -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ....................................      $185,121      $  352,147      $   11,093
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $10,000, $10,000, and $25,000, respectively.....       209,418         759,474         771,136
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ....................         1,529         112,546           7,875
                                                                     --------      ----------      ----------
   Total current assets .......................................       396,068       1,224,167         790,104
Property and equipment, net ...................................        79,363         351,437         410,309
Other assets ..................................................         7,908          12,156          11,314
                                                                     --------      ----------      ----------
   Total assets ...............................................      $483,339      $1,587,760      $1,211,727
                                                                     ========      ==========      ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable .............................................      $ 16,258      $  146,707      $   63,758
 Accrued expenses .............................................        79,788         240,633         236,601
 Other current liabilities ....................................         1,950              --           6,906
 Line of credit ...............................................            --              --         200,000
                                                                     --------      ----------      ----------
   Total current liabilities ..................................        97,996         387,340         507,265
                                                                     --------      ----------      ----------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, par value $1; 10,000 shares authorized and
   outstanding ................................................        10,000          10,000          10,000
 Additional paid-in capital ...................................           200             200             200
 Retained earnings ............................................       375,143       1,190,220         694,262
                                                                     --------      ----------      ----------
   Total stockholders' equity .................................       385,343       1,200,420         704,462
                                                                     --------      ----------      ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .................      $483,339      $1,587,760      $1,211,727
                                                                     ========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.



                                      F-75

<PAGE>



                               INCLINE CORPORATION

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            FOR THE NINE   FOR THE TEN   FOR THE TWELVE    FOR THE TWO
                                               MONTHS         MONTHS         MONTHS           MONTHS
                                                ENDED         ENDED           ENDED           ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 31,   OCTOBER 31,     OCTOBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                1995           1996           1997             1997
                                           -------------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>
Service revenues .........................   $  207,775    $1,490,803      $3,670,722      $   855,925
Cost of services .........................       53,493       360,097         943,453          338,507
                                             ----------    ----------      ----------      -----------
Gross profit .............................      154,282     1,130,706       2,727,269          517,418
Operating expenses:
 Salaries, wages and benefits ............      200,101       432,912       1,465,009          797,501
 Selling, general, and administrative ....       72,021       163,348         390,758          201,052
 Depreciation ............................        4,265         9,218          40,028           16,058
                                             ----------    ----------      ----------      -----------
   Total operating expenses ..............      276,387       605,478       1,895,795        1,014,611
(Loss) income from operations ............     (122,105)      525,228         831,474         (497,193)
Other (expense) income ...................      (11,626)      (16,354)          3,845            1,235
                                             ----------    ----------      ----------      -----------
Net (loss) income ........................   $ (133,731)   $  508,874      $  835,319      $  (495,958)
                                             ==========    ==========      ==========      ===========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.








                                      F-76

<PAGE>



                               INCLINE CORPORATION

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL
                                     -------------------   PAID-IN      RETAINED
                                      SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS       TOTAL
                                     -------- ---------- ----------- ------------- -------------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance, March 20, 1995 ............      --   $    --       $ --     $       --    $       --
 Net loss ..........................      --        --         --       (133,731)     (133,731)
                                      ------   -------       ----     ----------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995 .........      --        --         --       (133,731)     (133,731)
 Issuance of common stock ..........  10,000    10,000        200             --        10,200
 Net income ........................      --        --         --        508,874       508,874
                                      ------   -------       ----     ----------    ----------
Balance, October 31, 1996 ..........  10,000    10,000        200        375,143       385,343
 Stockholder distribution ..........      --        --         --        (20,242)      (20,242)
 Net income ........................      --        --         --        835,319       835,319
                                      ------   -------       ----     ----------    ----------
Balance, October 31, 1997 ..........  10,000    10,000        200      1,190,220     1,200,420
 Net loss ..........................      --        --         --       (495,958)     (495,958)
                                      ------   -------       ----     ----------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1997 .........  10,000   $10,000       $200     $  694,262    $  704,462
                                      ======   =======       ====     ==========    ==========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.









                                      F-77

<PAGE>



                               INCLINE CORPORATION

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               FOR THE
                                                                               FOR THE TEN      TWELVE
                                                                FOR THE NINE      MONTHS        MONTHS     FOR THE TWO
                                                                MONTHS ENDED      ENDED         ENDED      MONTHS ENDED
                                                                DECEMBER 31,   OCTOBER 31,   OCTOBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    1995           1996          1997          1997
                                                               -------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net (loss) income ...........................................   $ (133,731)   $  508,874    $  835,319    $ (495,958)
 Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net
   cash flows from operating activities-
   Depreciation ..............................................        4,265         9,218        40,028        16,058
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable, net .................................      (43,840)     (165,578)     (550,056)      (11,663)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ................       (3,180)        1,651      (107,614)      104,670
    Other assets .............................................       (7,650)         (258)       (5,156)          842
    Accounts payable .........................................        4,852        11,406       126,000       (82,948)
    Accrued expenses .........................................      126,673       (46,885)      160,848        (4,032)
    Other current liabilities ................................        1,396           554            --         6,906
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
      Net cash flows from operating activities ...............      (51,215)      318,982       499,369      (466,125)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ..........................      (42,231)      (50,615)     (312,101)      (74,929)
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from line of credit ................................           --            --            --       200,000
 Proceeds from notes payable .................................       93,607            --            --            --
 Repayment of notes payable ..................................           --       (93,607)           --            --
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock ......................           --        10,200            --            --
 Stockholder distribution ....................................           --            --       (20,242)           --
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
      Net cash from financing activities .....................       93,607       (83,407)      (20,242)      200,000
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .........          161       184,960       167,026      (341,054)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ...............           --           161       185,121       352,147
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .....................   $      161    $  185,121    $  352,147    $   11,093
                                                                 ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid for interest ......................................   $       --    $   29,701    $      400    $       --
                                                                 ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.



                                      F-78

<PAGE>



                               INCLINE CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Incline Corporation (the "Company"),  a California corporation,  operates a
flat panel display repair business in southern California.

     On February 5, 1998, all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company
was acquired by IT Partners,  Inc. As a result of the acquisition a new basis of
accounting was established.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include  liquid  investments  with an  original
maturity of three months or less.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.

     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value because of the relatively short maturities of these instruments.  The
book value of the revolving line of credit approximates its fair market value as
the Company's borrowing cost is consistent with similar credit facilities.

     This  disclosure  relates to  financial  instruments  only.  The fair value
assumptions  were based  upon  subjective  estimates  of market  conditions  and
perceived risks of the financial instruments.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease.  Depreciation expense for the periods ended October 31, 1996,
October 31,  1997,  and December 31,  1997,  was $9,218,  $40,028,  and $16,058,
respectively.

     The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:


            Furniture and fixtures ..........   7 years
            Computer equipment ..............   3 years
            Machinery and equipment .........   5 years
            Leasehold improvements ..........   2 years


ACCRUED EXPENSES

     As of October 31, 1996,  October 31, 1997,  and December 31, 1997,  accrued
expenses consist of the following:


                                          OCTOBER 31,  OCTOBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                              1996         1997         1997
                                          -----------  -----------  ------------
   Accrued salaries and related taxes ...   $49,328      $154,247     $115,611
   Accrued vacation .....................     6,858        28,913       31,116
   Accrued warranty costs ...............     8,254        31,586       21,832
   Other accrued expenses ...............    15,348        25,887       68,042
                                            -------      --------     --------
                                            $79,788      $240,633     $236,601
                                            =======      ========     ========


                                      F-79

<PAGE>



                               INCLINE CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Company  recognizes  revenues upon shipment of repaired flat screens to
its customers.


WARRANTY

     The  Company  warrants  its  repair  services  for a period of six  months.
Estimated  warranty costs are charged to cost of services in the period in which
revenue from the related product sale is recognized.


RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     The Company incurs  research and  development  costs in efforts to increase
yields  of LCD  screen  repair.  These  costs are  charged  to  operations  when
incurred.  During the periods  ended  October 31, 1996,  October 31,  1997,  and
December  31, 1997,  total  research and  development  costs were  approximately
$2,252, $43,000, and $2,201, respectively.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company began operations in 1995 as a sole  proprietorship.  On January
1, 1996, the Company  converted to an S corporation.  Substantially  all taxable
income  and  losses  are passed  through  to the  stockholders  of the  Company.
Accordingly,  there  is no  provision  for  income  taxes  in  the  accompanying
financial statements.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of October 31, 1996,  October 31, 1997, and December 31, 1997,  property
and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               OCTOBER 31,     OCTOBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                   1996            1997            1997
                                              -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
   Furniture and fixtures .................     $  7,012        $  42,763       $  45,227
   Computer equipment .....................       19,843           62,949          69,518
   Machinery and equipment ................       61,565          182,984         263,252
   Construction in progress ...............           --           56,286          40,805
   Leasehold improvements .................           --           53,308          54,417
                                                --------        ---------       ---------
                                                  88,420          398,290         473,219
   Less- Accumulated depreciation .........       (9,057)         (46,853)        (62,910)
                                                --------        ---------       ---------
   Property and equipment, net ............     $ 79,363        $ 351,437       $ 410,309
                                                ========        =========       =========
</TABLE>


3.   NOTES PAYABLE:

     Notes  payable at December 31, 1995,  consist of notes  payable to officers
related to initial  funding of start-up costs with interest rates of 10 percent.
Total notes  payable of $93,607 was current as of December  31,  1995.  The full
amount was repaid during the ten months ended October 31, 1996.


                                      F-80

<PAGE>



                               INCLINE CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


4.   REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT:

     On November 18, 1996, the Company entered into a $150,000  revolving credit
loan  agreement  with a commercial  bank. On June 2, 1997, the bank amended this
loan  agreement to provide for maximum  borrowings  of $250,000.  The loan bears
interest  at the rate of prime  plus 1.5  percent  per annum and is  secured  by
substantially  all  assets  of  the  Company,   including  inventory,   accounts
receivable,  equipment  and  certain  contract  rights.  In  addition,  the four
stockholders  of the Company have  personally  guaranteed the loan. The loan was
repaid in full prior to the due date of June 1, 1998.  As of October  31,  1997,
and  December  31,  1997,  the  outstanding  balance  on the line of credit  was
$200,000 and $0,  respectively.  During the year ended October 31, 1997, and the
period ended December 31, 1997, total interest expense related to this agreement
was $200 and $900, respectively.


5.   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses have been within management's  expectations.  The Company's three largest
customers  represented 93 percent of total revenue for the period ended December
31, 1995. The Company's  largest customer  represented 82, 70, and 75 percent of
total  revenue for the periods  ended  October 31, 1996,  October 31, 1997,  and
December 31, 1997,  respectively.  The Company does not have a formal  agreement
with this customer. Should the Company lose this customer, the Company's ability
to generate revenue at comparable price levels could be adversely  effected.  No
other customer  represented more than 10 percent of the Company's total revenues
in those periods.


6.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LITIGATION

     Litigation  and claims are filed  against the Company  from time to time in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  These  actions  are in various  preliminary
stages,  and no judgments or decisions  have been rendered by hearing  boards or
courts.  Management,  after reviewing with legal counsel, is of the opinion that
the  outcome  of such  matters  will not have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.


OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  leases its  operating  facilities  under  leases  that expire
through March 2003.  Future minimum rent payments due under  existing  operating
leases are as follows:


                    PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                    -------------------------
                    1998 ............................   $165,862
                    1999 ............................    134,184
                    2000 ............................    134,184
                    2001 ............................    134,184
                    2002 ............................    101,808
                    Thereafter ......................     21,405
                                                        --------
                                                        $691,627
                                                        ========


     Rent expense for the periods  ended  December  31, 1995,  October 31, 1996,
October 31, 1997, and December 31, 1997 totaled $24,627,  $39,508,  $94,040, and
$15,750, respectively.


                                      F-81

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of
Call Business Systems, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of Call Business  Systems,
Inc. (a Utah  corporation)  as of December 31,  1996,  and February 28, 1997 and
1998, and the related statements of operations,  stockholder's  equity (deficit)
and cash flows for the seven  months ended  December  31,  1995,  the year ended
December 31, 1996, the two months ended February 28, 1997, and the twelve months
ended February 28, 1998. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of Call Business Systems, Inc.
as of December 31, 1996,  and February 28, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its
operations  and its cash flows for the seven months ended December 31, 1995, the
year ended  December 31, 1996,  the two months ended  February 28, 1997, and the
twelve months ended  February 28, 1998, in conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
July 10, 1998





                                      F-82

<PAGE>



                           CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                DECEMBER 31,  ---------------------------
                                                                    1996           1997          1998
                                                               -------------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash .......................................................   $       --     $   18,334     $      673
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful ac-
   counts of $40,000, $41,000, and $50,000, respectively.....      463,687        745,733      1,750,884
 Note receivable - stockholder ..............................       87,274         84,874        372,317
 Prepaid expenses ...........................................       94,262        182,221             --
 Other current assets .......................................       13,242          7,104         20,286
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total current assets .....................................      658,465      1,038,266      2,144,160
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
Property and equipment, net .................................       84,693        101,398        450,098
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total assets .............................................   $  743,158     $1,139,664     $2,594,258
                                                                ==========     ==========     ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ...........................................   $  108,280     $  229,430     $  450,845
 Accrued expenses ...........................................      102,006        344,282        355,609
 Line of credit .............................................      199,134        230,655        387,877
 Deferred maintenance and service revenue ...................      454,310        392,014         16,312
 Current portion of capital lease obligations ...............           --             --         82,542
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total current liabilities ................................      863,730      1,196,381      1,293,185
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
 Capital lease obligations, net of current portion ..........        1,529             --        316,877
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities ........................................      865,259      1,196,381      1,610,062
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

Stockholder's equity (deficit):
 Common stock, $1 par value, 50,000 shares authorized,
   1,000 shares issued and outstanding ......................        1,000          1,000          1,000
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ....................     (123,101)       (57,717)       983,196
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
 Total stockholder's equity (deficit) .......................     (122,101)       (56,717)       984,196
                                                                ----------     ----------     ----------
 Total liabilities and stockholder's equity (deficit) .......   $  743,158     $1,139,664     $2,594,258
                                                                ==========     ==========     ==========

</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                      F-83

<PAGE>



                           CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FOR THE SEVEN   FOR THE YEAR    FOR THE TWO   FOR THE TWELVE
                                                      MONTHS ENDED       ENDED      MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED
                                                      DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,
                                                          1995           1996           1997            1998
                                                    --------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues:
 Service fees .....................................   $  744,569     $ 1,417,904      $199,664       $1,380,520
 Software sales and commissions ...................      845,656         407,848       142,450        2,495,099
 Hardware sales ...................................      353,532         354,672       148,261        1,077,537
 Software support fees ............................      214,751         569,481        94,596               --
                                                      ----------     -----------      --------       ----------
   Total revenues .................................    2,158,508       2,749,905       584,971        4,953,156
                                                      ----------     -----------      --------       ----------
Cost of sales:
 Service cost of sales ............................      591,818         998,297       178,930          348,700
 Software cost of sales ...........................      296,831          60,490         7,640          287,178
 Hardware cost of sales ...........................      333,238         400,978       157,578          846,534
 Software support cost of sales ...................      131,950         295,196        23,148               --
                                                      ----------     -----------      --------       ----------
   Total cost of sales ............................    1,353,837       1,754,961       367,296        1,482,412
                                                      ----------     -----------      --------       ----------
   Gross profit ...................................      804,671         994,944       217,675        3,470,744
                                                      ----------     -----------      --------       ----------
Selling, general, and administrative expenses .....      583,908       1,272,759       138,822        2,300,023
Depreciation ......................................       35,343          64,573         9,741           87,012
                                                      ----------     -----------      --------       ----------
 Operating income (loss) ..........................      185,420        (342,388)       69,112        1,083,709
                                                      ----------     -----------      --------       ----------
Other (expense) income, net .......................     (163,610)          7,833             4            1,125
Interest expense ..................................        6,502           5,903         3,732           43,921
                                                      ----------     -----------      --------       ----------
 Net income (loss) ................................   $   15,308     $  (340,458)     $ 65,384       $1,040,913
                                                      ==========     ===========      ========       ==========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.





                                      F-84

<PAGE>



                           CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.

                   STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           RETAINED
                                         NUMBER OF                         EARNINGS
                                           SHARES                        (ACCUMULATED
                                        OUTSTANDING     COMMON STOCK       DEFICIT)         TOTAL
                                       -------------   --------------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>
Balance, June 1, 1995 ..............       1,000           $1,000        $  327,183     $ 328,183
 Net income ........................          --               --            15,308        15,308
                                           -----           ------        ----------     ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995 .........       1,000            1,000           342,491       343,491
 Net loss ..........................          --               --          (340,458)     (340,458)
 Distribution to owner .............          --               --          (125,134)     (125,134)
                                           -----           ------        ----------     ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996 .........       1,000            1,000          (123,101)     (122,101)
 Net income ........................          --               --            65,384        65,384
                                           -----           ------        ----------     ----------
Balance, February 28, 1997 .........       1,000            1,000           (57,717)      (56,717)
 Net income ........................          --               --         1,040,913     1,040,913
                                           -----           ------        ----------     ----------
Balance, February 28, 1998 .........       1,000           $1,000        $  983,196     $ 984,196
                                           =====           ======        ==========     ==========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.






                                      F-85

<PAGE>



                           CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE SEVEN   FOR THE YEAR    FOR THE TWO   FOR THE TWELVE
                                                         MONTHS ENDED       ENDED      MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,
                                                             1995           1996           1997            1998
                                                       --------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ...................................   $   15,308      $ (340,458)    $   65,384    $  1,040,913
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided by operating activities-
   Depreciation ......................................       35,343          64,573          9,741          87,012
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
    (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable .......     (198,053)         93,751       (282,046)     (1,005,151)
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses ..........      (10,733)        (14,276)       (87,959)        182,221
    (Increase) decrease in other current assets ......         (269)         (8,889)         6,138         (13,182)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable ..........       87,235         (58,044)       121,150         221,415
    Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses ..........      115,840        (103,152)       242,276          11,327
    Increase (decrease) in deferred mainte-
      nance and service revenue ......................      238,145          31,425        (62,296)       (375,702)
                                                         ----------      ----------     ----------    ------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operat-
       ing activities ................................      282,816        (335,070)        12,388         148,853
                                                         ----------      ----------     ----------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ..................           --         (28,338)       (26,446)        (13,823)
 Principal payments received on stockholder
   loan ..............................................           --              --          2,400              --
 Loan to stockholder .................................           --         (87,274)            --        (287,443)
                                                         ----------      ----------     ----------    ------------
      Net cash used in investing activities ..........           --        (115,612)       (24,046)       (301,266)
                                                         ----------      ----------     ----------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net proceeds from line of credit ....................           --         199,134         31,521         157,222
 Principal payments on capital lease obligations.            (2,769)         (4,748)        (1,529)        (22,470)
 Distribution to owner ...............................           --        (125,134)            --              --
                                                         ----------      ----------     ----------    ------------
      Net cash (used in) provided by financing
       activities ....................................       (2,769)         69,252         29,992         134,752
                                                         ----------      ----------     ----------    ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash ......................      280,047        (381,430)        18,334         (17,661)
Cash, beginning of year ..............................      101,383         381,430             --          18,334
                                                         ----------      ----------     ----------    ------------
Cash, end of year ....................................   $  381,430      $       --     $   18,334    $        673
                                                         ==========      ==========     ==========    ============
Supplemental disclosures:
 Interest paid .......................................   $    6,708      $      861     $       67    $     34,692
                                                         ==========      ==========     ==========    ============
 Acquisition of fixed assets through capital lease
   obligations .......................................   $       --      $       --     $       --    $    420,819
                                                         ==========      ==========     ==========    ============
 Income taxes paid ...................................   $       --      $       --     $       --    $         --
                                                         ==========      ==========     ==========    ============
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.




                                      F-86

<PAGE>



                           CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Call  Business  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  is a Utah  S  Corporation
operating  as a  reseller  and  marketer  of  retail  accounting  and  financial
software,  and a provider of  consulting  services to emerging and middle market
enterprise  companies in Utah, Arizona,  New Mexico,  Wyoming,  Montana,  Idaho,
Oregon and  Washington.  Beginning  in 1996,  the  Company  became a  designated
distributor  of  Oracle  applications  under an  agreement,  which is  renewable
annually at Oracle's option.

     The Company  operates  on a calendar  year-end.  However,  certain of these
financial statements have been prepared for the year ended February 28, 1998 and
1997,  pursuant to an asset purchase  agreement,  whereby the outstanding common
stock of the Company was acquired by IT Partners, Inc. (Note 7).


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue  generated from software and hardware sales is recognized  when the
products  are shipped to the  customer.  In cases where the Company is receiving
commissions from third parties on software sales, revenue is recognized when the
third party informs the Company of the completion of the sales process.  Revenue
generated from consulting and service  contracts is recognized when the time has
been  incurred  on a  percentage  of  completion  basis  or over the term of the
related  contract.  These  contracts are generally  time and material  contracts
based on hourly and daily  pre-negotiated  rates.  Revenue from software support
agreements  is  recognized  on a pro rata basis over the term of the  agreement,
which is generally one year.

     The American  Institute of Certified  Public  Accountants (the "AICPA") has
issued  a  Statement  of  Position  (the  "SOP")  SOP  97-2,  "Software  Revenue
Recognition,"  and is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15,
1997. Management believes that the changes contained in SOP 97-2 will not have a
material adverse financial impact on the Company.


CONCENTRATIONS OF MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND CREDIT RISK

     The  Company's  largest  customer  represents  approximately  57 percent of
accounts  receivable as of February 28, 1998. Sales to the Company's largest two
customers  represent  approximately  17 and 28 percent of total revenues for the
seven months ended December 31, 1995.  Sales to the Company's  largest  customer
represents approximately 16, 11, and 47 percent of total revenues for the twelve
months ended  December 31, 1996, the two months ended February 28, 1997, and the
twelve months ended February 28, 1998, respectively.

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses have been within management's expectations.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future  cash  flows.  The  carrying  amounts  of current  assets and  current
liabilities in the accompanying  financial statements approximate fair value due
to the short  maturity  of these  instruments.  SFAS No.  107  excludes  certain
financial  instruments  and all  nonfinancial  instruments  from its  disclosure
requirements.  Accordingly,  the aggregate  fair value amounts  presented do not
represent the underlying value of the Company.


                                      F-87

<PAGE>



                           CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


PREPAID EXPENSES

     In 1996 and 1997,  software support services were provided to the Company's
customers by a third-party  vendor.  The Company pays the third party in advance
and recognizes  the expense over the term of the agreement,  generally one year.
The  unamortized  costs are  reflected as prepaid  expenses in the  accompanying
balance sheets.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          CAPITAL LEASES                          LIFE OF THE LEASE
          --------------                          -----------------
<S>                                               <C>    
          Computer equipment ..................   3 years
          Furniture and fixtures ..............   5 years
</TABLE>


ACCRUED EXPENSES

     As of December  31,  1996,  February  28, 1997 and 1998,  accrued  expenses
consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            DECEMBER 31,   FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,
                                                1996           1997           1998
                                           -------------- -------------- -------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
   Accrued salaries and benefits .........    $ 91,213       $ 99,583       $107,621
   Sales tax payable .....................       9,986         81,658        101,814
   Accrued commissions ...................          --             --        119,848
   Accrued purchases .....................          --        163,041             --
   Other .................................         807             --         26,326
                                              --------       --------       --------
                                              $102,006       $344,282       $355,609
                                              ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


COST OF GOODS AND SERVICES SOLD

     The Company includes the cost of computer hardware equipment, software, and
parts  sold in the  cost  of  hardware, sold  and the  cost of  technicians  and
engineers who provide services in the cost of services sold.


INCOME TAXES

     The  Company is an S  Corporation  for income tax  purposes.  Earnings  and
losses are  included  in the  personal  income  tax  return of the  stockholder.
Accordingly,  the accompanying  financial  statements do not include a provision
for income taxes.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets,  liabilities,  revenues
and expenses in the financial  statements  and in the  disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities.  While actual results could differ from these estimates,
management  believes that actual  results will not be materially  different from
amounts provided in the accompanying financial statements.


                                      F-88

<PAGE>



                           CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 31,     FEBRUARY 28,     FEBRUARY 28,
                                                     1996             1997             1998
                                                --------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>              <C>
     Building under capital lease ...........     $       --       $       --      $  343,943
     Equipment under capital lease ..........             --               --          76,876
     Computer equipment .....................        252,294          278,620         279,131
     Furniture, fixtures and other ..........         54,658           80,983          94,296
                                                  ----------       ----------      ----------
                                                     306,952          359,603         794,246
     Less- Accumulated depreciation .........       (222,259)        (258,205)       (344,148)
                                                  ----------       ----------      ----------
                                                  $   84,693       $  101,398      $  450,098
                                                  ==========       ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


3.   PROFIT-SHARING PLAN:

     The Company  maintains a 401(k)  profit-sharing  plan (the  "Plan") for all
eligible  employees as defined by the Plan. Under the Plan,  employees may elect
to contribute 0 to 20 percent of their  compensation.  The Company contributes a
maximum  of  $300  per  employee  per  year.  Employer   contributions   totaled
approximately  $1,539,  $2,639,  $493,  and  $2,957 for the seven  months  ended
December  31,  1995,  the year ended  December  31,  1996,  the two months ended
February 28, 1997, and the twelve months ended February 28, 1998,  respectively.
Benefit  plan  expense is  included  in  selling,  general,  and  administrative
expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.


4.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

STOCKHOLDER LOAN

     In July 1996, the Company  recorded a loan to the CEO and sole  stockholder
of the Company.  This is a non-interest  bearing loan with a balance of $117,211
as of February 28, 1998. The stockholder repaid the outstanding balance prior to
May 31, 1998.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     The Company entered into a lease with Call Properties LLC, a related party,
for office space on October 1, 1997, which has been recorded as a capital lease.
The commencement  date for the lease is March 1, 1998, (see Note 6). The Company
prepaid  $255,106 of lease payments,  which is recorded as a stockholder loan in
the accompanying balance sheet. The stockholder loan was paid in full in 1998.


5.   LINES OF CREDIT:

     The Company has a $600,000 line of credit with Merrill Lynch (the "Lender")
bearing  interest at the  lender's  prime rate plus 1 percent (9.5 percent as of
February 28,  1998).  As of December 31, 1996,  February 28, 1997 and 1998,  the
Company has $199,134, $230,655, and $349,582, respectively,  outstanding on this
line of credit. The balance on this line of credit is due on April 30, 1999.

     In July 1997, the Company secured a $50,000 line of credit with Bank One of
Utah (the  "Bank")  bearing  interest at the bank's prime rate plus 2.5 percent.
This line of credit  is  personally  guaranteed  by one of the  officers  of the
Company. At February 28, 1998, the Company has $38,295, outstanding on this line
of credit.



                                      F-89

<PAGE>



                           CALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


6.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LITIGATION

     Litigation  and claims are filed  against the Company  from time to time in
the ordinary  course of business.  These actions are in various  stages,  and no
judgments  or  decisions  have  been  rendered  by  hearing  boards  or  courts.
Management,  after  reviewing  with legal  counsel,  is of the opinion  that the
outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.


CAPITAL LEASES

     The Company has entered into capital  leases for various pieces of computer
equipment and its office space.  The future minimum  payments under these leases
are as follows:


        YEAR ENDING FEBRUARY 28,
        1999 ..............................................    $ 116,629
        2000 ..............................................      116,629
        2001 ..............................................       89,347
        2002 ..............................................       86,716
        2003 ..............................................       86,716
                                                               ---------
                                                                 496,037
        Less- Amounts representing interest ...............      (96,618)
                                                               ---------
        Present value of net minimum lease payments .......    $ 399,419
                                                               =========


OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  has  entered  into  operating  leases for  various  pieces of
computer and office  equipment.  The lease  expense for the twelve  months ended
February  28,  1998,  was  $4,921.  The future  minimum  lease  payments on this
equipment under noncancellable leases are as follows:


        YEAR ENDING FEBRUARY 28,
        1999 ..............................................    $ 35,501
        2000 ..............................................      35,075
        2001 ..............................................      34,613
                                                               --------
                                                               $105,189
                                                               ========


7.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

     In May 1998,  certain of the  assets and  liabilities  of the  Company  was
acquired by IT  Partners,  Inc. As a result of the  acquisition,  a new basis of
accounting was established.


                                      F-90

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of
Servinet Consulting Group, Inc.:

     We have  audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Servinet  Consulting
Group, Inc. (a California  corporation) as of February 28, 1998, and the related
statements  of  operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the twelve
months then ended.  These  financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted  our audit in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of Servinet  Consulting Group,
Inc. as of February 28,  1998,  and the results of its  operations  and its cash
flows for the twelve months then ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
April 24, 1998




                                      F-91

<PAGE>



                         SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

                                  BALANCE SHEET
                             AS OF FEBRUARY 28, 1998

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents .........................................................   $   51,609
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $40,000.............    4,227,868
 Inventory .........................................................................      452,323
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........................................       50,101
                                                                                       ----------
   Total current assets ............................................................    4,781,901
Property and equipment, net ........................................................      148,862
Other assets .......................................................................      129,094
                                                                                       ----------
   Total assets ....................................................................   $5,059,857
                                                                                       ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Bank overdrafts ...................................................................   $   32,318
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses .............................................      485,888
 Taxes payable .....................................................................      191,252
 Current portion of capital lease obligations ......................................       43,839
 Lines of credit ...................................................................    3,003,019
                                                                                       ----------
   Total current liabilities .......................................................    3,756,316
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion ..................................       58,221
                                                                                       ----------
   Total liabilities ...............................................................    3,814,537
                                                                                       ----------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, par value $.01, 100,000 shares authorized and 55,000 shares outstand-
   ing .............................................................................        1,500
 Retained earnings .................................................................    1,243,820
                                                                                       ----------
   Total stockholders' equity ......................................................    1,245,320
                                                                                       ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ......................................   $5,059,857
                                                                                       ==========
</TABLE>


       The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.



                                      F-92

<PAGE>



                         SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1998

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>        
Revenues:
 Hardware and software sales .........................................    $22,031,462
 Service revenues ....................................................      2,758,312
                                                                          -----------
   Total revenue .....................................................     24,789,774
Cost of goods and services sold:
 Hardware and software ...............................................     18,934,936
 Service costs .......................................................      1,713,007
                                                                          -----------
   Total cost of goods and services sold .............................     20,647,943
                                                                          -----------
Gross profit .........................................................      4,141,831
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general, and administrative ................................      2,685,430
 Depreciation and amortization .......................................         35,473
                                                                          -----------
   Total other operating expenses ....................................      2,720,903
Operating income .....................................................      1,420,928
Interest expense, net ................................................        203,941
                                                                          -----------
   Income before income tax provision ................................      1,216,987
Income tax provision .................................................         55,900
                                                                          -----------
Net income ...........................................................    $ 1,161,087
                                                                          ===========
</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.



                                      F-93

<PAGE>



                         SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

                        STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1998


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMMON STOCK
                                          -------------------      RETAINED
                                           SHARES     AMOUNT       EARNINGS         TOTAL
                                          --------   --------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>
Balance, February 28, 1997 ............    55,000     $1,500     $  284,273      $  285,773
 Distribution to stockholders .........        --         --       (201,540)       (201,540)
 Net income ...........................        --         --      1,161,087       1,161,087
                                           ------     ------     ----------      ----------
Balance, February 28, 1998 ............    55,000     $1,500     $1,243,820      $1,245,320
                                           ======     ======     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>



         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.






                                      F-94

<PAGE>



                         SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                  FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1998

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .........................................................................    $  1,161,087
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities--
   Depreciation and amortization ....................................................          35,473
   Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of Aslan acquisition:
    Increase in accounts receivable, net ............................................      (1,361,135)
    Decrease in inventory ...........................................................         240,388
    Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets ...........................          21,749
    Decrease in bank overdrafts .....................................................        (132,868)
    Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses ...............................        (284,000)
    Increase in taxes payable .......................................................          15,262
                                                                                         ------------
      Net cash flows used in operating activities ...................................        (304,044)
                                                                                         ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment .................................................         (33,935)
 Increase in other assets ...........................................................         (53,496)
 Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired ....................................         (10,271)
                                                                                         ------------
      Net cash used in investing activities .........................................         (97,702)
                                                                                         ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from lines of credit ......................................................         659,149
 Principal payments on capital lease obligations ....................................          (7,764)
 Distributions to stockholders ......................................................        (201,540)
                                                                                         ------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities .....................................         449,845
                                                                                         ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...........................................          48,099
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ......................................           3,510
                                                                                         ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ............................................    $     51,609
                                                                                         ============
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid for interest .............................................................    $    221,000
                                                                                         ============
 Cash paid for income taxes .........................................................    $         --
                                                                                         ============
 Acquisition of fixed assets through capital lease obligations ......................    $     92,325
                                                                                         ============
</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.



                                      F-95

<PAGE>



                         SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Servinet Consulting Group, Inc. (the "Company") is a California corporation
operating as a seller and marketer of retail computer and computer  peripherals,
and a provider of consulting services to emerging and middle market companies in
California.

     The  Company  operates on a calendar  year-end.  However,  these  financial
statements  have been  prepared for the twelve  months ended  February 28, 1998,
pursuant to an asset purchase  agreement whereby the outstanding common stock of
the Company was acquired by IT Partners, Inc.


FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

     The Company is a Computer Land franchisee in San Francisco,  which provides
the Company the ability to sell computer hardware, software and related products
and services under the Computerland  name. The franchise  agreement provides for
an annual renewal unless the Company  provides notice of termination at least 90
days prior to the renewal date.  The agreement  requires a quarterly  franchisee
fee to be paid to the franchisor primarily based upon sales volume of .5 percent
of gross revenue, as defined.  During the twelve months ended February 28, 1998,
the Company recognized franchise fee expenses totaling $111,387.

     If this  franchise  agreement  is not  renewed,  the  Company's  ability to
purchase  products  for resale at  comparable  price  levels  could be adversely
affected.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include liquid  investments  with a maturity of
three months or less.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.

     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value because of the relatively short maturities of these instruments.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  includes  computers,  computer  peripherals  and service  parts.
Inventories  are valued at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is  determined  by
specific identification.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease.


                                      F-96

<PAGE>



                         SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


   The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:


          Furniture and fixtures .................   5--7 years
          Machinery and equipment ................   5--7 years
          Vehicles ...............................   4--7 years
          Leasehold improvements .................   5--7 years


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Service revenue is derived from  information  technology  ("IT")  services,
including  hardware repair and  maintenance,  on-site network  support,  systems
consulting,  software installation,  web site design,  installation,  design and
integration  of network  and  communication  systems  and other  value-added  IT
services.  Hardware  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from the sale of  computer
hardware.  Software  revenue is  primarily  derived  from the sale of  software,
peripherals and communication  devices manufactured by third parties and sold by
the Company.

     Hardware  and  software  sales  with  no  related  service   component  are
recognized  at the time of  shipment  provided  that the  collectibility  of the
receivable is probable and no significant  vendor  obligations  remain.  Revenue
from  services are  recognized as services are performed or ratably if performed
over a service contract period. Revenue for material projects with a duration of
three months or longer that require installation, system design and integration,
is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method as the work progresses.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company is an "S" Corporation for federal income tax purposes. Earnings
and  losses are  included  in the  personal  federal  income tax  returns of the
stockholders.  Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements do not include
a provision for federal  income taxes.  The Company is subject to a state income
tax liability of 1.50 percent of taxable income.  As a result,  the accompanying
financial statements include a provision for state income taxes.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of February 28, 1998, property and equipment consisted of the following:


         Furniture and fixtures .............................    $   11,699
         Technical equipment ................................       148,445
         Furniture and fixtures under capital lease .........        29,594
         Technical equipment under capital lease ............        72,993
                                                                 ----------
                                                                    262,731
         Less- Accumulated depreciation .....................      (113,869)
                                                                 ----------
                                                                 $  148,862
                                                                 ==========


     Depreciation  expense for the twelve  months ended  February 28, 1998,  was
$35,473.


                                      F-97

<PAGE>



                         SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


3.   LINES OF CREDIT:

     The  Company  has a  $3,750,000  accounts  receivable  line of credit  with
Deutsche  Financial  Services (the  "Lender")  bearing  interest at the lender's
prime rate plus .5 percent.  As of  February  28,  1998,  the prime rate was 8.5
percent.  The average  outstanding  borrowings  during the twelve  months  ended
February  28,  1998,  was  $2,183,391.  At February  28,  1998,  the Company has
$1,422,299 outstanding on this line of credit.

     The  Company  has a  $2,000,000  inventory  line of credit  with the Lender
whereby all purchases must be paid within thirty days.  The average  outstanding
borrowings during the twelve months ended February 28, 1998, was $1,367,224.  As
of February 28, 1998,  the Company has  $1,580,720  outstanding  on this line of
credit.


4.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company  maintains a 401(k) profit  sharing plan covering the employees
of the Company.  Under the plan  agreement,  employees may elect to contribute a
percentage of compensation.  Plan  participants vest immediately in all employee
elective  contributions.   Additionally,  plan  participants  vest  in  employer
contributions over various periods. Employer contributions are discretionary and
totaled $21,569 for the twelve months ended February 28, 1998.


5.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

DISTRIBUTIONS TO STOCKHOLDERS

     During the twelve months ended February 28, 1998,  the Company  distributed
$201,540 to the stockholders.


6.   COMMITMENTS:

CAPITAL LEASES

     The Company has entered into capital leases for various pieces of technical
equipment,  furniture  and fixtures.  The future  minimum  payments  under these
leases are as follows:


         TWELVE MONTHS ENDING FEBRUARY 28,
         ---------------------------------
         1999 ................................................    $ 55,945
         2000 ................................................      39,500
         2001 ................................................      21,241
         2002 ................................................       5,094
                                                                  --------
                                                                   121,780
         Less: Amounts representing interest .................      19,720
                                                                  --------
         Present value of net minimum lease payments .........    $102,060
                                                                  ========



                                      F-98

<PAGE>



                         SERVINET CONSULTING GROUP, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  has  entered  into  operating  leases for  various  pieces of
computer and office  equipment.  The lease  expense for the twelve  months ended
February 28, 1998,  was  $165,385.  The future  minimum  lease  payments on this
equipment under non-cancelable leases are as follows:


         TWELVE MONTHS ENDING FEBRUARY 28,
         1999 ..............................................    $224,575
         2000 ..............................................     123,556
         2001 ..............................................      62,677
         2002 ..............................................       5,265
                                                                --------
                                                                $416,073
                                                                ========


7.   ACQUISITIONS:

     In November 1996, the Company merged with Main Computer  System, a Computer
Land  franchise.  The  merger  was  accounted  for under the  pooling  method of
accounting as it is a combination of two companies under common control.

     In January  1998,  the Company  acquired  the  outstanding  common stock of
Aslan, Inc. (Aslan) in San Francisco,  California. The acquisition was accounted
for under the purchase  method of  accounting,  whereby the  purchase  price was
allocated to the  estimated  fair value of the assets  acquired and  liabilities
assumed.  The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets
acquired was $75,598 and has been  recorded as goodwill.  This goodwill is being
amortized over 15 years.  The initial  purchase price as of January 1, 1998, was
allocated as follows:


         Accounts receivable .............................    $ 64,210
         Other current assets ............................      30,036
         Property and equipment ..........................      92,325
         Goodwill ........................................      75,598
         Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...........     160,497
         Taxes payable ...................................       9,347
         Capital lease obligations .......................      92,325


     In addition,  the acquisition  includes an earn-out  agreement  whereby the
Company is required to pay to the former stockholders of Aslan 15 percent of the
consulting fees generated by the Company from the Aslan  operations,  which will
be  operated  as a  division  of the  Company,  for the  first  eighteen  months
following  the  acquisition,  then 10 percent  for the  subsequent  six  months.
Earn-out payments are capitalized as additional goodwill.



                                      F-99

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of
Computer Products & Resources, Inc.:

     We have  audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Computer  Products &
Resources, Inc. (a Michigan corporation), as of April 30, 1997 and 1998, and the
related  statements of operations,  changes in  stockholders'  equity,  and cash
flows  for each of the  three  years  ended  April  30,  1998.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Computer  Products  &
Resources,  Inc.,  as of  April  30,  1997  and  1998,  and the  results  of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three years ended April 30, 1998,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
June 19, 1998





                                      F-100

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 APRIL 30,
                                                                        ---------------------------
                                                                            1997           1998
                                                                        ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................   $  404,351     $  748,000
 Marketable securities, at market value .............................       44,199        127,597
 Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $50,000 in 1997 and 1998..........................................    2,794,432      3,864,857
 Inventory ..........................................................    1,353,719      1,145,568
 Prepaid expenses and other assets ..................................        9,879          8,379
                                                                        ----------     ----------
   Total current assets .............................................    4,606,580      5,894,401
Property and equipment, net .........................................      398,462        472,333
Due from officer ....................................................       37,798         62,646
Deferred tax asset ..................................................      248,000        270,000
                                                                        ----------     ----------
   Total assets .....................................................   $5,290,840     $6,699,380
                                                                        ==========     ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ...................................................   $1,721,471     $2,088,967
 Accrued expenses ...................................................      527,094        525,152
 Deferred revenue ...................................................    1,200,538      1,644,026
                                                                        ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities ................................................    3,449,103      4,258,145
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, par value $1.00, 50,000 shares authorized and 1,000
   shares outstanding ...............................................        1,000          1,000
 Unrealized gain on marketable securities ...........................       18,678         20,755
 Retained earnings ..................................................    1,822,059      2,419,480
                                                                        ----------     ----------
   Total stockholders' equity .......................................    1,841,737      2,441,235
                                                                        ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......................   $5,290,840     $6,699,380
                                                                        ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                      F-101

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                          ------------------------------------------------
                                                               1996             1997             1998
                                                          --------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>              <C>
Revenues:
 Hardware and software ................................    $23,725,073      $28,857,627      $26,798,246
 Services .............................................      2,870,902        5,439,832        5,332,335
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------
   Total revenues .....................................     26,595,975       34,297,459       32,130,581
Cost of sales .........................................     21,734,943       26,461,125       23,783,746
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------
Gross profit ..........................................      4,861,032        7,836,334        8,346,835
Selling, general, and administrative expenses .........      4,860,314        6,491,065        7,450,369
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------
Operating income ......................................            718        1,345,269          896,466
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense .....................................        (88,403)         (92,890)         (46,082)
 Other income .........................................        277,499           13,256           68,037
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------
   Total other income (expense) .......................        189,096          (79,634)          21,955
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------
Income before income tax provision ....................        189,814        1,265,635          918,421
Income tax provision ..................................         83,300          435,747          321,000
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------
Net income ............................................    $   106,514      $   829,888      $   597,421
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.




                                      F-102

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     COMMON STOCK
                                          ----------------------------------
                                                                  RETAINED
                                                                  EARNINGS      COMPREHENSIVE
                                           SHARES     AMOUNT       INCOME          INCOME           TOTAL
                                          --------   --------   ------------   --------------   ------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>              <C>
Balance, April 30, 1995 ...............    1,000      $1,000    $  885,657         $ 2,562      $  889,219
 Increase in unrealized gains .........       --          --            --           5,444           5,444
 Net income ...........................       --          --       106,514               -         106,514
                                           -----      ------    ----------         -------      ----------
Balance, April 30, 1996 ...............    1,000       1,000       992,171           8,006       1,001,177
 Increase in unrealized gains .........       --          --            --          10,672          10,672
 Net income ...........................       --          --       829,888              --         829,888
                                           -----      ------    ----------         -------      ----------
Balance, April 30, 1997 ...............    1,000       1,000     1,822,059          18,678       1,841,737
 Increase in unrealized gains .........       --          --            --           2,077           2,077
 Net income ...........................       --          --       597,421              --         597,421
                                           -----      ------    ----------         -------      ----------
Balance, April 30, 1998 ...............    1,000      $1,000    $2,419,480         $20,755      $2,441,235
                                           =====      ======    ==========         =======      ==========
</TABLE>



    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.





                                      F-103

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                         -------------------------------------------------
                                                               1996             1997             1998
                                                         ---------------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ..........................................    $    106,514      $  829,888      $    597,421
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash from operating activities--
   Depreciation and amortization .....................         134,650         175,088           213,958
   Loss from disposal of fixed assets ................              --              --             4,756
   Gain on sale of marketable securities .............              --              --           (53,592)
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Increase in accounts receivable, net .............         (51,786)       (306,113)       (1,070,425)
    Decrease (increase) in inventory .................      (1,358,581)      1,502,472           208,151
    Decrease in prepaid expenses and other
      assets .........................................          18,958             654             1,500
    Decrease (increase) in due from officer ..........         (39,856)          1,788           (24,848)
    (Decrease) increase in accounts payable ..........       1,417,880        (985,189)          367,496
    (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses ..........         (24,033)       (117,642)          (45,942)
    Increase in deferred revenue .....................         211,989         223,972           443,488
    Increase in deferred taxes .......................           3,800         204,000            22,000
                                                          ------------      ----------      ------------
      Net cash flows from operating activities.                419,535       1,528,918           663,963
                                                          ------------      ----------      ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of fixed assets ............................        (216,679)       (246,605)         (292,585)
 Purchase of marketable securities ...................         (12,632)             --           (27,729)
                                                          ------------      ----------      ------------
      Net cash from investing activities .............        (229,311)       (246,605)         (320,314)
                                                          ------------      ----------      ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net payments on line of credit ......................        (257,966)       (966,863)               --
                                                          ------------      ----------      ------------
      Net cash from financing activities .............        (257,966)       (966,863)               --
                                                          ------------      ----------      ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equiva-
 lents ...............................................         (67,742)        315,450           343,649
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .........         156,643          88,901           404,351
                                                          ------------      ----------      ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ...............    $     88,901      $  404,351      $    748,000
                                                          ============      ==========      ============
Supplemental cash flow information:
 Cash paid for interest ..............................    $     88,403      $   94,180      $     46,082
                                                          ============      ==========      ============
 Cash paid for income taxes ..........................    $     77,819      $  414,400      $    342,000
                                                          ============      ==========      ============
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-104

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS:

     Computer  Products  &  Resources, Inc. ("CPR" or the "Company"), was formed
in  August 1982  in  West  Michigan  to provide service and support for computer
systems and equipment.

     The Company is an authorized  franchise of Microage  Computer Stores,  Inc.
("Microage").  Through this franchise agreement, the Company is able to purchase
hardware and software brands directly from Microage and subsequently resell them
to  customers.  The  agreement  with  Microage  expires in October 1998. If this
agreement  is not  renewed,  it could  have an adverse  impact on the  Company's
ability to operate as a hardware/software provider.

     CPR provides the  following  services:  sales  consulting,  which  includes
systems   planning  and   strategy;   equipment   evaluation   and  new  product
presentation;  systems and network  installations;  application  development and
design; custom configuration  services; and service and support coordination for
remote locations. CPR also provides sales and services to business accounts that
focus on the manufacturing,  banking and financial, legal, government education,
and medical markets.


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Service revenue is derived from information technology services,  including
hardware repair and maintenance,  on-site network support,  systems  consulting,
software installation, web site design, installation,  design and integration of
network and communication  systems and other  value-added IT services.  Hardware
revenue  is  primarily  derived  from the sale of  computer  hardware.  Software
revenue  is  primarily  derived  from  the  sale of  software,  peripherals  and
communication devices manufactured by third parties and sold by the Company.

     A segment of the Company's  business is the offering of service  contracts.
These  contracts  are normally  two to three years in duration.  The income from
these contracts is recognized evenly over the life of the contract.

     Hardware  and  software  sales  with  no  related  service   component  are
recognized  at the time of  shipment  provided  that the  collectibility  of the
receivable  is probable.  Revenue from  services is  recognized  as services are
performed or ratably if performed over a service contract period.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Investments in securities with original  maturities of three months or less
are considered to be cash  equivalents.  Cash  equivalents at April 30, 1997 and
1998,  consisted of funds invested in money market instruments and a certificate
of deposit.


MARKETABLE SECURITIES

     Securities  are  accounted  for under  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards  ("SFAS") No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments  in Debt and
Equity Securities." SFAS No. 115 requires,  among other items, the determination
at the acquisition  date of a security,  whether such security is purchased with
the intent and ability to hold to  maturity,  whether it is  purchased  with the
intent to trade,  or whether the security is available  for sale.  The Company's
marketable securities consist of all equity instruments as of April 30, 1997 and
1998. Management has indicated that their intent is to hold these securities for
long-term  appreciation.  Under SFAS No. 115, these securities are classified as
available  for sale.  Securities  available  for sale are carried at fair value,
with unrealized gains and losses,  net of tax, included as a separate  component
of stockholders' equity.


                                      F-105

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     SFAS No.  107,  "Disclosure  about  Fair Value of  Financial  Instruments,"
requires  disclosures of fair value  information  about  financial  instruments,
whether or not  recognized  in the balance  sheets,  for which it is to estimate
that value.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available,  fair values
are based on  estimates  of future cash  flows.  SFAS No. 107  excludes  certain
financial  instruments  and all  nonfinancial  instruments  from its  disclosure
requirements.  Accordingly,  the aggregate  fair value amounts  presented do not
represent the underlying value of the Company.

     The carrying  value of current  assets and  liabilities  approximates  fair
value due to the relatively short maturities of these instruments.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is  recorded  at the  lower of cost or  market  value  using the
specific identification method of accounting. Inventory as of April 30, 1997 and
1998,  consisted  primarily  of  finished  goods  as the  Company  serves  as an
intermediary between manufacturers and buyers.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Furniture  and  equipment  are  stated  at cost and are  depreciated  using
accelerated  methods  over their  estimated  useful  lives of seven  years,  and
leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  using the  accelerated  method over the
shorter  of their  useful  lives  or  applicable  lease  term.  Amortization  of
purchased software is recorded over its estimated useful life of three years.


LICENSES AND FEES

     The Company  entered into a 10-year  franchise  agreement  with Microage in
October 1980. The purchase price of the franchise  license was $15,000,  and the
Company has amortized  this cost using the  straight-line  method over 10 years.
The agreement expires in October 1998.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which is an asset and  liability  approach  that  requires  the
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the expected future tax
consequences  of events that have been  recognized  in the  Company's  financial
statements or tax returns.  In estimating future tax  consequences,  the Company
generally  considers all expected  future events other than enactment of changes
in the tax laws or rates.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


3.   REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT:

     The  Company  has a loan  agreement  with  Deutsche  Financial  for secured
revolving  loan  commitments  of  $2,500,000  as of April 30, 1998.  Interest is
charged on the outstanding balance at a rate of one percent above the prevailing
prime rate for the years ended April 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Borrowings
under the agreement are  collateralized by accounts  receivable and inventories.
Under the terms of this  agreement,  the  Company  is  required  to comply  with
certain financial covenants, including net worth and a leverage ratio.


                                      F-106

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     As of April 30, 1997 and 1998, the Company had a credit balance of $297,369
and $713,134, respectively.  Accordingly, the balance has been reclassed to cash
and cash equivalents.


4.   MARKETABLE SECURITIES:

     As of April  30,  1997 and 1998,  marketable  securities  consisted  of the
following:


                                                        APRIL 30,
                                                  ------------------
                                                    1997       1998
                                                  -------   --------
       Cost ...................................   $25,521   $106,842
       Unrealized gain ........................    18,678     20,755
                                                  -------   --------
       Market value ...........................   $44,199   $127,597
                                                  =======   ========


     The Company's marketable securities are composed of equity securities.


5.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of April 30, 1997 and 1998,  property  and  equipment  consisted  of the
following:


                                                             APRIL 30,
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                       1997            1998
                                                  -------------   -------------
       Furniture and fixtures .................    $  209,089      $  259,701
       Machinery and equipment ................       780,747         921,527
       Leasehold improvements .................        18,343          18,343
                                                   ----------      ----------
                                                    1,008,179       1,199,571
       Less- Accumulated depreciation .........      (609,717)       (727,238)
                                                   ----------      ----------
                                                   $  398,462      $  472,333
                                                   ==========      ==========


6.   INCOME TAXES:

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
are as follows:


                                                             APRIL 30,
                                                     -------------------------
                                                         1997          1998
                                                     -----------   -----------
       Deferred tax assets:
        Allowance for doubtful accounts ..........    $ 17,000      $ 17,000
        Deferred revenue .........................     215,000       215,000
        Accrued vacation .........................      36,600        45,000
        Other ....................................      10,400        11,200
                                                      --------      --------
          Total deferred tax assets ..............     279,000       288,200
                                                      --------      --------
       Deferred tax liabilities:
        Unrealized gain ..........................       6,300         7,200
        Other ....................................      24,700        11,000
                                                      --------      --------
          Total deferred tax liabilities .........      31,000        18,200
                                                      --------      --------
       Net deferred tax asset ....................    $248,000      $270,000
                                                      ========      ========



                                      F-107

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)

     The provision for federal income taxes is composed of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       APRIL 30,
                        ----------------------------------------
                           1996           1997           1998
                        ----------   -------------   -----------
<S>                     <C>          <C>             <C>
   Current ..........    $ 86,100     $  639,747      $ 343,000
   Deferred .........      (2,800)      (204,000)       (22,000)
                         --------     ----------      ---------
      Total .........    $ 83,300     $  435,747      $ 321,000
                         ========     ==========      =========
</TABLE>

     The  reconciliation  of the applicable income taxes and the amount computed
by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34 percent to income before
taxes is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  APRIL 30,
                                                    --------------------------------------
                                                       1996          1997          1998
                                                    ----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>           <C>
   Applicable income taxes based on statutory tax
     rate .......................................    $64,537      $430,316      $312,263
   Other ........................................     18,763         5,431         8,737
                                                     -------      --------      --------
   Income tax benefit ...........................    $83,300      $435,747      $321,000
                                                     =======      ========      ========
</TABLE>

     In lieu of a state income tax, the Company pays a Michigan  Single Business
Tax.  These  amounts  are  included  in  selling,  general,  and  administrative
expenses.


7.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company has a profit-sharing retirement plan covering substantially all
full-time  employees  with more than three years of service.  Contributions  are
made to the plan at the  discretion of the Company's  Board of Directors.  These
amounts were accrued and charged against income.

     As of May 1, 1995, the Company  instituted a 401(k) plan in addition to the
profit-sharing  retirement plan. The Company's Board of Directors has elected to
match a  portion  of  each  employee's  contribution.  The  employer's  matching
contribution  for the fiscal years ended April 30,  1996,  1997,  and 1998,  was
$60,000, $74,702, and $94,429, respectively.


8.   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses.  Historically,  such
losses  have  been  within  management's  expectations.  The  Company's  largest
customer  represents  approximately 24 and 30 percent of accounts  receivable at
April 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.


9.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The Company leases certain  furniture and fixtures and telephone  equipment
as well as its  facilities at 1001 Monroe Avenue N.W. from CPR Financial  Group,
which is a leasing  company owned by the Company's  principal  stockholder.  The
leases with CPR  Financial  Group are operated on a  month-to-month  basis until
cancelled by either party upon 90 days prior  written  notification.  During the
fiscal years ended April 30, 1996,  1997, and 1998, these lease payments totaled
$155,971, $156,843, and $186,600, respectively.

     The  Company  has made  insurance  premium  payments  on a  policy  for the
principal  stockholder.  The  Company  has entered  into an  agreement  with the
insurer  and the  policy-holder  that  provides,  among other  things,  that the
Company will be reimbursed  for all insurance  payments  made.  Total  insurance
payments  made for the fiscal  years ended April 30, 1997 and 1998,  were $5,865
and $11,731, respectively. There were no insurance payments made in 1996.


                                      F-108

<PAGE>



                       COMPUTER PRODUCTS & RESOURCES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


10.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LEASES

     The Company has one noncancellable lease that expires in March 1999. Future
minimum lease payments under this noncancellable lease total $109,208.

     Rent  expense  under this lease for the fiscal  years ended April 30, 1996,
1997, and 1998, were $126,714, $109,858, and $112,704, respectively.


11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     In August 1998, the Company  entered into a proposed  business  combination
agreement with IT Partners, Inc. If consummated,  a new basis of accounting will
be established.








                                      F-109

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of MicroNomics of Lansing, Inc.:

      We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of MicroNomics of Lansing,
Inc.  (a  Michigan  corporation  d/b/a  Entre'  Computer  Services,   Inc.,  the
"Company"),  as of December 31, 1996,  March 31, 1997,  and March 31, 1998,  the
related statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the three months ended March
31,  1997,  and for the twelve  months  ended March 31,  1998.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects,  the financial  position of  MicroNomics  of Lansing,
Inc.,  as of December 31,  1996,  March 31,  1997,  and March 31, 1998,  and the
results of its  operations  and its cash flows for the years ended  December 31,
1995 and 1996,  and the three months  ended March 31,  1997,  and for the twelve
months ended March 31, 1998, in conformity  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.


Washington, D.C.
July 23, 1998





                                      F-110

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                            AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996,
                       MARCH 31, 1997, AND MARCH 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                                      1996             1997           1998
                                                                 --------------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ...................................     $   20,550      $  408,430     $   36,154
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $20,000, $20,000 and $20,000, respectively.....        800,618         798,776      1,232,760
 Inventory, net ..............................................        707,109         571,989        667,827
 Deferred tax asset ..........................................        106,653         106,653         70,322
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...................         51,046          37,998         49,915
                                                                   ----------      ----------     ----------
 Total current assets ........................................      1,685,976       1,923,846      2,056,978
Property and equipment, net ..................................        420,600         390,851        326,687
Other assets .................................................         18,630          18,630         54,450
                                                                   ----------      ----------     ----------
 Total assets ................................................     $2,125,206      $2,333,327     $2,438,115
                                                                   ==========      ==========     ==========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses .......................     $  740,025      $  567,293     $  918,763
 Accrued compensation ........................................        175,427         116,952         51,747
 Unearned service contract revenue ...........................        774,562         765,921        929,441
 Due to officer ..............................................        158,243         142,933         13,317
 Line of credit ..............................................             --         325,000             --
 Notes payable, net of long-term portion .....................         12,362          12,362          5,939
                                                                   ----------      ----------     ----------
   Total current liabilities .................................      1,860,619       1,930,461      1,919,207
Notes payable, net of current portion ........................         11,511           7,337         16,154
                                                                   ----------      ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities .........................................      1,872,130       1,937,798      1,935,361
                                                                   ----------      ----------     ----------
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, par value $1; 100,000 shares authorized
   and 32,500 shares outstanding .............................         32,500          32,500         32,500
 Additional paid-in capital ..................................         97,500          97,500         97,500
 Retained earnings ...........................................        123,076         265,529        372,754
                                                                   ----------      ----------     ----------
   Total stockholders' equity ................................        253,076         395,529        502,754
                                                                   ----------      ----------     ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ................     $2,125,206      $2,333,327     $2,438,115
                                                                   ==========      ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.



                                      F-111

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996,
                 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997, AND
                   FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FOR THE THREE   FOR THE TWELVE
                                                       DECEMBER 31,           MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED
                                                ---------------------------    MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                     1995          1996           1997            1998
                                                ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
Revenues:
 Hardware and software ........................  $8,078,825    $6,614,956     $1,993,183      $ 9,020,126
 Services .....................................   1,658,164     1,986,737        553,540        2,360,510
 Other ........................................      72,065       196,639         22,012          251,367
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------      -----------
   Total revenues .............................   9,809,054     8,798,332      2,568,735       11,632,003
Cost of goods and services sold ...............   7,015,835     6,034,564      1,549,110        8,179,753
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------      -----------
Gross profit ..................................   2,793,219     2,763,768      1,019,625        3,452,250
Selling, general, and administrative ..........   2,572,984     2,757,974        731,133        3,273,478
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------      -----------
Operating income ..............................     220,235         5,794        288,492          178,772
Other income (expense):
 Interest income ..............................      13,651         9,495            681           10,261
 Interest expense .............................     (21,163)      (17,546)        (8,464)         (15,968)
 Other ........................................        (242)       (8,664)        (2,319)          (8,303)
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------      -----------
   Total other loss ...........................      (7,754)      (16,715)       (10,102)         (14,010)
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------      -----------
Income (loss) before income tax provision .....     212,481       (10,921)       278,390          164,762
Income tax expense (benefit) ..................      73,030        (2,576)       135,937           57,537
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------      -----------
Net income (loss) .............................  $  139,451    $   (8,345)    $  142,453      $   107,225
                                                 ==========    ==========     ==========      ===========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.




                                      F-112

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996,
                 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997, AND
                   FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL
                                      --------------------    PAID-IN
                                       SHARES     AMOUNT      CAPITAL       RETAINED       TOTAL
                                      --------  ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994 .........   32,500    $32,500      $97,500      $  (8,030)    $121,970
 Net income ........................       --         --           --        139,451      139,451
                                       ------    -------      -------      ---------     --------
Balance, December 31, 1995 .........   32,500     32,500       97,500        131,421      261,421
 Net loss ..........................       --         --           --         (8,345)      (8,345)
                                       ------    -------      -------      ---------     --------
Balance, December 31, 1996 .........   32,500     32,500       97,500        123,076      253,076
 Net income ........................       --         --           --        142,453      142,453
                                       ------    -------      -------      ---------     --------
Balance, March 31, 1997 ............   32,500     32,500       97,500        265,529      395,529
 Net income ........................       --         --           --        107,225      107,225
                                       ------    -------      -------      ---------     --------
Balance, March 31, 1998 ............   32,500    $32,500      $97,500      $ 372,754     $502,754
                                       ======    =======      =======      =========     ========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.





                                      F-113

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996,
                 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997, AND
                   FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FOR THE THREE   FOR THE TWELVE
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,          MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED
                                                           --------------------------    MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                               1995          1996           1997            1998
                                                           ------------ ------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ..............................................  $  139,451   $   (8,345)    $  142,453      $  107,225
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows
   from operating activities-
   Depreciation of property and equipment ................      90,471       99,643         29,749         185,729
   Changes in assets and liabilities-
    (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net.......    (374,680)     121,481          1,842        (433,984)
    Decrease (increase) in inventory .....................     149,971     (399,473)       135,120         (95,838)
    Decrease (increase) in deferred tax asset ............       3,380      (66,673)            --          36,331
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and
      other current assets ...............................      (6,772)      17,976         13,048         (11,917)
    Increase in other long-term assets ...................         (56)      (1,952)            --         (35,820)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable ..............     546,389      (82,333)      (172,732)        351,470
    (Decrease) increase in accrued compensation ..........     (31,243)      23,311        (58,475)        (65,205)
    Increase (decrease) in unearned service contract
      revenue ............................................     168,829      176,530         (8,641)        163,520
                                                            ----------   ----------     ----------      ----------
      Net cash flows provided by (used in)
       operating activities ..............................     685,740     (119,835)        82,364         201,511
                                                            ----------   ----------     ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ......................    (155,940)    (261,029)            --        (121,565)
 Proceeds from sale of fixed assets ......................       1,000        5,290             --              --
                                                            ----------   ----------     ----------      ----------
      Net cash used in investing activities ..............    (154,940)    (255,739)            --        (121,565)
                                                            ----------   ----------     ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Repayment of bank credit facility .......................    (290,937)     (30,787)            --        (325,000)
 Proceeds from notes payable .............................          --           --        320,826           2,394
 Repayment of loan to officer ............................    (129,641)          --        (15,310)       (129,616)
 Proceeds from loan to officer ...........................          --      105,599             --              --
                                                            ----------   ----------     ----------      ----------
      Net cash (used in) provided by financing
       activities ........................................    (420,578)      74,812        305,516        (452,222)
                                                            ----------   ----------     ----------      ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .....     110,222     (300,762)       387,880        (372,276)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .............     211,090      321,312         20,550         408,430
                                                            ----------   ----------     ----------      ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ...................  $  321,312   $   20,550     $  408,430      $   36,154
                                                            ==========   ==========     ==========      ==========
Cash paid for interest ...................................  $   21,163   $   14,600     $   13,592      $   13,468
                                                            ==========   ==========     ==========      ==========
Cash paid for income taxes ...............................  $    3,800   $  119,417     $    9,132      $   70,880
                                                            ==========   ==========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.



                                      F-114

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS:

      MicroNomics of Lansing,  Inc. d/b/a Entre'  Computer  Services,  Inc. (the
"Company"),  located in central-Michigan,  is an integrator of personal computer
network  systems.  The Company offers  personal,  professional  and business use
computer   hardware,   software-related   products,   services  and  repair  and
maintenance.


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The Company operates on a fiscal year that ends December 31. However, these
financial statements have been prepared pursuant to a purchase agreement whereby
the Company is expected to be acquired by IT Partners, Inc.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Investments in securities with original  maturities of three months or less
are considered to be cash  equivalents.  Cash  equivalents at December 31, 1996,
and March  31,  1997 and  1998,  consisted  of funds  invested  in money  market
instruments.


ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     The Company has established  policies for extending  credit and establishes
an allowance for doubtful  accounts  based upon factors  surrounding  the credit
risk of customers,  historical trends, and other information. As of December 31,
1996,  and March 31,  1997 and 1998,  the  Company  had a reserve of $20,000 for
doubtful accounts receivable.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.

     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value because of the relatively short maturities of these instruments.  The
book value of the Company's  long-term debt is equal to its fair market value as
the Company's  borrowing cost is consistent  with similar  credit  facilities at
December 31, 1996, and March 31, 1997 and 1998.

     This  disclosure  relates to  financial  instruments  only.  The fair value
assumptions  were based  upon  subjective  estimates  of market  conditions  and
perceived risks of the financial instruments.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is  recorded  at the  lower of cost or  market  value  using the
first-in, first-out method of accounting. Inventory as of December 31, 1996, and
March 31, 1997 and 1998,  consisted  primarily of finished goods, as the Company
serves as an intermediary  between  manufacturers and buyers. As of December 31,
1996, and March 31, 1997 and 1998, inventory reserves were $28,845, $37,269, and
$37,269, respectively.


                                      F-115

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of the  assets.  The
estimated useful lives of the assets range from three to seven years.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease.  Depreciation  expense for the years ended December 31, 1996,
for the three months ended March 31, 1997, and for the twelve months ended March
31, 1998, is $99,643, $29,749, and $185,729, respectively.

     The estimated useful lives are as follows:


            Furniture and fixtures ...............   5-7 years
            Equipment ............................   3-5 years
            Vehicles .............................   4-7 years
            Leasehold improvements ...............   12 years


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Hardware  and  software  sales  with  no  related  service   component  are
recognized  at the time of  shipment  provided  that the  collectibility  of the
receivable  is probable.  Revenue from  services are  recognized as services are
performed or ratably if performed over a service contract year. Unearned service
contract  revenue is recorded as a liability  for services paid for, but not yet
performed.  Revenue for  material  projects  with a duration of three  months or
longer that require installation,  system design and integration,  is recognized
under the percentage-of-completion method as the work progresses.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which is an asset and  liability  approach  that  requires  the
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the expected future tax
consequences of events that have been  recognized in the Company's  consolidated
financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences,  the
Company generally  considers all expected future events other than enactments of
changes in the tax laws or rates.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


3.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of  December  31,  1996,  and March  31,  1997 and  1998,  property  and
equipment consist of the following:


                                                                MARCH 31,
                                            DECEMBER 31,  -------------------
                                                1996         1997      1998
                                            ------------  --------  ---------
     Furniture and fixtures ..............    $111,965    $111,965  $125,149
     Equipment ...........................     425,150     419,712   448,874
     Vehicles ............................      92,801      86,301   159,304
     Leasehold improvements ..............      46,198      46,198    46,198
                                              --------    --------  --------
                                               676,114     664,176   779,525
     Less- Accumulated depreciation ......     255,514     273,325   452,838
                                              --------    --------  --------
                                              $420,600    $390,851  $326,687
                                              ========    ========  ========


                                      F-116

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


4.   NOTES PAYABLE:

     As of December 31, 1996, and March 31, 1997 and 1998, notes payable consist
of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   -----------------------
                                                                  1996          1997         1998
                                                             -------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>          <C>
     GMAC note, 4.8% interest rate, due 12/19/00 .........      $ 15,058      $14,463      $11,376
     GMAC note, 4.8% interest rate, due 4/21/01 ..........            --           --       10,717
     CNB loan, 9.0% interest rate, due 5/2/97 ............         8,815        5,236           --
                                                                --------      -------      -------
                                                                  23,873       19,699       22,093
     Less- Current portion of notes payable ..............        12,362       12,362        5,939
                                                                --------      -------      -------
     Notes payable, long-term portion ....................      $ 11,511      $ 7,337      $16,154
                                                                ========      =======      =======
</TABLE>

     Maturities on notes payable are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
          April 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998 .........    $ 5,939
          1999 .......................................      7,919
          2000 .......................................      7,919
          2001 .......................................        316
          2002 and thereafter ........................         --
                                                          -------
                                                          $22,093
                                                          =======
</TABLE>


     Interest  expense for the years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1996,  for the
three  months ended March 31,  1997,  and for the twelve  months ended March 31,
1998, was $21,163, $17,546, $8,464, and $15,968, respectively.


5.   REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT:

     On January 16, 1997, the Company obtained a line of credit. As of March 31,
1997 and 1998, the Company had outstanding  balances under its revolving line of
credit  agreement  of  $325,000  and $0,  respectively.  The  maximum  amount of
borrowings under the line of credit, as amended, is $350,000. The revolving line
of credit  bears  interest at the prime rate plus 1 percent.  The line of credit
expires on November 1, 1998.  The Company has pledged  accounts  receivable  and
inventory as collateral under the revolving line of credit agreement.

     Under the terms of this  agreement,  the Company is required to comply with
certain financial  covenants  including net worth and current ratio. As of March
31, 1997 and 1998, the Company was in compliance with such covenants.





                                      F-117

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


6.   INCOME TAXES:

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
as of December 31, 1996, and March 31, 1997 and 1998, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                              DECEMBER 31,   -----------------------
                                                  1996          1997         1998
                                             -------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........      $  6,800      $  6,800     $ 6,800
 Deferred income .........................        30,139        30,139      12,069
 Inventory reserve .......................        12,671        12,671      12,671
 Tax over book depreciation ..............        13,776        13,776      12,742
 Other ...................................        43,267        43,267      28,845
                                                --------      --------     -------
 Total deferred tax assets ...............       106,653       106,653      73,127
                                                --------      --------     -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
 Other ...................................            --            --       2,805
                                                --------      --------     -------
 Net deferred tax assets .................      $106,653      $106,653     $70,322
                                                ========      ========     =======
</TABLE>


     The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             DECEMBER 31,                 MARCH 31,
                                      --------------------------   ------------------------
                                         1995           1996           1997         1998
                                      ----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
Current ...........................    $58,464       $  64,097      $135,937      $21,206
Deferred ..........................     14,566         (66,673)           --       36,331
                                       -------       ---------      --------      -------
Total provision (benefit) .........    $73,030       $  (2,576)     $135,937      $57,537
                                       =======       =========      ========      =======
</TABLE>


     The reasons for the differences between the applicable income taxes and the
amount computed by applying the statutory  federal income tax rate of 34 percent
to income  (loss)  before taxes were due to the impact of the graduated tax rate
changes as well as permanent differences:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,                 MARCH 31,
                                                            -------------------------   ------------------------
                                                               1995          1996           1997         1998
                                                            ----------   ------------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Applicable income tax based on statutory Federal tax rate
 (34%) ..................................................    $72,244       $ (3,713)     $ 94,653      $56,019
Other ...................................................        786          1,137        41,284        1,518
                                                             -------       --------      --------      -------
Total provision (benefit) ...............................    $73,030       $ (2,576)     $135,937      $57,537
                                                             =======       ========      ========      =======
</TABLE>


7.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company has a 401(k) plan  covering  employees who meet certain age and
length  of  employment  criteria.  The  Company  will  match 25  percent  of the
employees' contributions.  The Company can also make discretionary contributions
to the plan. The Company's matching contribution was $25,382,  $27,141,  $7,060,
and $36,579 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, for the three months
ended  March  31,  1997,  and  for the  twelve  months  ended  March  31,  1998,
respectively.  A  participant  will  become  vested in the  employer's  matching
contribution  at the rate of 20 percent per year beginning in the second year of
continuous service.

     The  Company  also has a  discretionary  profit  sharing  plan  whereby the
Company will set aside 35 percent of its net profit  before taxes at year-end to
be allocated to employees who have worked for the Company for that full year. In
general, a distribution will not be made for persons who have not


                                      F-118

<PAGE>



                         MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


worked for the Company for the full year.  The amount due to each  employee will
be  determined  by a formula that takes into  account  years of service with the
Company and salary level.  Should an employee  leave prior to year-end,  his/her
share will revert back to the Company. The amount of expense for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996,  for the three months ended March 31, 1997,  and for
the twelve months ended March 31, 1998,  was $140,000,  $201,869,  $70,027,  and
$163,741, respectively.


8.   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses have been within management's expectations. During the three months ended
March 31, 1997, the Company's two largest customers represented approximately 10
and 16 percent of total  sales.  During the twelve  months ended March 31, 1998,
the Company's  largest  customer  represented  approximately 13 percent of total
sales.

     As of December  31, 1996,  one  customer  comprised 18 percent of the total
accounts  receivable  balance and another  customer  comprised 10 percent of the
total accounts  receivable balance. As of March 31, 1997, one customer comprised
31  percent  of the total  accounts  receivable  balance  and  another  customer
comprised 13 percent of the total accounts  receivable  balance. As of March 31,
1998, one customer comprised 24 percent of the total accounts receivable balance
and  another  customer  comprised  21 percent of the total  accounts  receivable
balance.


9.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

LOAN TO OFFICER

     In December 1994, the Company  borrowed  $215,000 from the sole stockholder
under a demand  note  with an  interest  rate of  prime  plus 2  percent.  As of
December  31,  1996,  and March 31, 1997 and 1998,  amounts due to officer  were
$158,243,  $142,933,  and $13,317,  respectively.  The amount was repaid in full
subsequent to March 31, 1998.


BONUS

     The  Company  pays  bonuses  to  the  owners  based  upon  annual   company
performance   and  net  income  and  is  included  in  selling,   general,   and
administrative expense in the Statements of Operations.  Bonuses paid or accrued
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, for the three months ended March
31,  1997,  and for the twelve  months  ended  March 31,  1998,  were  $275,000,
$125,000, $33,750, and $101,250.


10.  CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS:

OPERATING LEASES

     The Company leases  building space in Lansing,  Michigan under an operating
lease  expiring in 2008.  The lease provided for a renewal option of five years.
Future minimum rent payments due under existing operating leases are as follows:


         YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
         ---------------------
         April 1, 1998, to December 31, 1998 .........   $  122,072
         1999 ........................................      167,367
         2000 ........................................      172,388
         2001 ........................................      177,560
         2002 and thereafter .........................    1,364,063
                                                         ----------
                                                         $2,003,450
                                                         ==========



                                      F-119

<PAGE>



                          MICRONOMICS OF LANSING, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     Rent expense for the years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1996, for the three
months ended March 31, 1997, and for the twelve months ended March 31, 1998, was
$105,053, $135,188, $51,387, and $177,926, respectively.


11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

     On June 3, 1998, the Company entered into a proposed  business  combination
agreement with IT Partners, Inc. If consummated,  a new basis of accounting will
be established.









                                      F-120

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of Light Industries Service Corporation:

     We have audited the accompanying  balance sheet of Light Industries Service
Corporation  (a Maryland  Corporation),  as of April 30,  1998,  and the related
statement  of  operations,  stockholder's  equity  and cash flows for the twelve
months then ended.  These  financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted  our audit in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Light Industries  Service
Corporation as of April 30, 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the twelve months then ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
July 10, 1998





                                      F-121

<PAGE>



                      LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                                  BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF APRIL 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents .......................................................    $  209,064
 Accounts receivable .............................................................       676,608
 Related party receivable, net (Note 8) ..........................................        96,450
 Inventory .......................................................................        68,261
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .......................................        60,089
                                                                                      ----------
   Total current assets ..........................................................     1,110,472
 Property and equipment, net .....................................................       466,287
 Deferred tax asset ..............................................................        28,728
 Investment in WCTS ..............................................................         3,500
                                                                                      ----------
   Total assets ..................................................................    $1,608,987
                                                                                      ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ................................................................    $  382,329
 Accrued expenses ................................................................       225,633
 Unearned revenue ................................................................       317,087
 Deferred tax liability ..........................................................       107,525
 Current portion of notes payable ................................................       130,414
 Customer deposits and other current liabilities .................................       120,494
 Deferred rent ...................................................................        69,200
 Income tax payable ..............................................................        36,678
                                                                                      ----------
   Total current liabilities .....................................................     1,389,360
Notes payable, net of current portion ............................................        59,424
                                                                                      ----------
   Total liabilities .............................................................     1,448,784
                                                                                      ----------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholder's equity:
 Common stock, par value $1, 5,000 shares authorized, 5,000 shares issued and out-
   standing ......................................................................         5,000
 Retained earnings ...............................................................       155,203
                                                                                      ----------
   Total stockholder's equity ....................................................       160,203
                                                                                      ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholder's equity ....................................    $1,608,987
                                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.



                                      F-122

<PAGE>



                      LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>       
Revenue:
 Software and consulting .............................................    $2,605,424
 Network services ....................................................     2,443,809
 Programming .........................................................       982,350
 Other ...............................................................       824,796
                                                                          ----------
   Total revenue .....................................................     6,856,379
Cost of goods and services sold:
 Software and consulting .............................................     1,624,317
 Network services ....................................................     1,583,379
 Programming .........................................................       485,692
 Other ...............................................................       494,389
                                                                          ----------
   Total cost of goods and services sold .............................     4,187,777
                                                                          ----------
Gross profit .........................................................     2,668,602
Other operating expenses:
 Selling, general, and administrative ................................     2,147,245
 Depreciation and amortization .......................................       142,663
                                                                          ----------
   Total other operating expenses ....................................     2,289,908
                                                                          ----------
Operating income .....................................................       378,694
Other expense:
 Interest expense ....................................................         9,518
 Other ...............................................................        18,786
                                                                          ----------
   Total other expense ...............................................        28,304
                                                                          ----------
Income before tax provision ..........................................       350,390
Income tax provision .................................................       135,251
                                                                          ----------
Net income ...........................................................    $  215,139
                                                                          ==========
</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.



                                      F-123

<PAGE>



                      LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                        STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                   FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       COMMON STOCK
                                    -------------------
                                    RETAINED
                                     SHARES     AMOUNT       EARNINGS         TOTAL
                                    --------   --------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>
Balance, April 30, 1997 .........    5,000      $5,000      $ (59,936)      $ (54,936)
 Net income .....................       --          --        215,139         215,139
                                     -----      ------      ---------       ---------
Balance, April 30, 1998 .........    5,000      $5,000      $ 155,203       $ 160,203
                                     =====      ======      =========       =========
</TABLE>




         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.









                                      F-124

<PAGE>




                      LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                   FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ................................................................    $  215,139
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by operating
   activities-
   Depreciation and amortization ...........................................       142,663
   Deferred income taxes ...................................................        98,573
   Changes in assets and liabilities-
    Accounts receivable ....................................................       (71,598)
    Related party receivable ...............................................       (96,450)
    Inventory ..............................................................        56,839
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............................       130,445
    Accounts payable .......................................................       200,443
    Accrued expenses .......................................................       (14,999)
    Unearned revenue .......................................................       (90,857)
    Customer deposits and other current liabilities ........................      (408,742)
    Deferred rent ..........................................................        69,200
    Income tax payable .....................................................        36,678
                                                                                ----------
      Net cash flows provided by operating activities ......................       267,334
                                                                                ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ........................................      (253,750)
 Disposal of property and equipment ........................................           573
 Investment in WCTS ........................................................        (3,500)
                                                                                ----------
      Net cash used in investing activities ................................      (256,677)
                                                                                ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from notes payable ...............................................       140,000
 Principal payments on notes payable .......................................       (26,870)
                                                                                ----------
      Net cash provided by financing activities ............................       113,130
                                                                                ----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ..................................       123,787
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period .............................        85,277
                                                                                ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ...................................    $  209,064
                                                                                ==========
Supplemental disclosures:
 Cash paid for interest ....................................................    $    9,518
                                                                                ==========
 Cash paid for income taxes ................................................    $       --
                                                                                ==========
</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.



                                      F-125

<PAGE>



                      LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                              AS OF APRIL 30, 1998


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Light  Industries   Service   Corporation   (the  "Company"),   a  Maryland
corporation,  resells  hardware and software and provides a range of consulting,
implementation,  training, maintenance and programming, and software development
services to end users.

     The Company  operates on an August 31 year-end.  However,  these  financial
statements  have been  prepared  for the twelve  months  ended  April 30,  1998,
pursuant to an asset purchase agreement, whereby the outstanding common stock of
the Company is expected to be acquired by IT Partners, Inc. The period presented
in the related  statement  of  operations  and cash flows  represent  the twelve
months ended April 30, 1998.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include  liquid  investments  with an  original
maturity of three months or less.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.  The Company's current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value because of the relatively  short maturity of these  instruments.  The
fair value of the  Company's  notes  payable  approximates  fair value  based on
interest rates received on recent borrowings.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is recorded at the lower of cost or market value using the first
in first out method of accounting.  Inventory as of April 30, 1998,  consists of
computer hardware, software, and parts to be sold to customers.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease.




                                      F-126

<PAGE>



                      LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)


   The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:


       Furniture and fixtures ............... 7 years
       Office equipment and computers ....... 3-5 years
       Leasehold improvements ............... Lesser of 7 years or term of lease


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Service revenue is derived from information technology services,  including
programming,  on-site  network  support and  installation,  software and systems
consulting,  internet services, and other value-added services. Hardware revenue
is primarily  derived from the sale of computer  hardware.  Software  revenue is
primarily  derived  from the sale of  software,  peripherals  and  communication
devices manufactured by third parties and sold by the Company.

     Hardware  and  software  sales  with  no  related  service   component  are
recognized  at the time of  shipment  provided  that the  collectibility  of the
receivable  is probable.  Revenue from  services are  recognized as services are
performed or ratably if performed over a service  contract  period.  Revenue for
material projects that require installation,  system design and integration,  is
recognized under the percentage-of-completion  method as the work progresses. As
of April 30,  1998,  the company has deferred  $61,345 of revenue in  connection
with  billings in excess of revenue  earned under the  percentage  of completion
method.

     The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants has issued Statement
of Position 97-2 "Software Revenue  Recognition,"  ("SOP 97-2"), that supercedes
Statement of Position 91-1, and is effective for the fiscal year ended April 30,
1999.  Management is evaluating the effect this  pronouncement  will have on its
financial statements.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which is an asset and  liability  approach  that  requires  the
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the expected future tax
consequences of events that have been  recognized in the Company's  consolidated
financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences,  the
Company generally  considers all expected future events other than enactments of
changes in the tax laws or rates.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of April 30, 1998, property and equipment consisted of the following:


          Furniture and fixtures .................  $   49,035
          Office equipment and computers .........     570,097
          Leasehold improvements .................     142,382
                                                    ----------
                                                       761,514
          Less- Accumulated depreciation .........    (295,227)
                                                    ----------
                                                    $  466,287
                                                    ==========



                                      F-127

<PAGE>



                      LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)


     Depreciation  expense  for the  twelve  months  ended  April 30,  1998,  is
$142,663.


3.   ACCRUED EXPENSES:

     As of April 30, 1998, accrued expenses consisted of the following:


          Accrued salaries and related taxes ..........  $171,298
          Accrued vacation ............................    54,335
                                                         --------
                                                         $225,633
                                                         ========


4.   NOTES PAYABLE:

     Notes payable at April 30, 1998, consist of notes with a bank with interest
rates ranging from 6.99 to 8.50  percent.  The notes are secured by all deposits
and property of the Company and are guaranteed by the Company's stockholder.

     Maturities on notes payable are as follows:


          PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
          May 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998 .........   $109,762
          1999 .....................................     63,565
          2000 .....................................     16,511
                                                       --------
                                                       $189,838
                                                       ========


5.   LINE OF CREDIT:

     In April  1994,  the Company  extended  its line of credit  agreement  (the
"Credit Agreement") with a financial  institution which has been increased as of
October 1996 to $200,000. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at
one-half percent plus the greater of the prime rate or 3-month  commercial paper
rate. The principal  portion of the  outstanding  borrowings is due on demand by
the  financial  institution  and interest is due monthly in arrears.  Collateral
under the Credit  Agreement  consists  of the  Company's  equipment,  inventory,
receivables,  and other property.  The borrowings  outstanding  under the Credit
Agreement are guaranteed by the Company's stockholder. As of April 30, 1998, the
Company did not have any outstanding  borrowings on the Credit Agreement.  As of
July 2, 1998, the Company had borrowings of approximately  $115,000  outstanding
on the Credit Agreement.


6.   INCOME TAXES:

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
as of April 30, 1998, are as follows:


          Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
          Cash to accrual for tax ..................   $ (107,525)
          Other ....................................       28,728
                                                       ----------
          Net deferred tax liabilities .............   $  (78,797)
                                                       ==========




                                      F-128

<PAGE>

                     LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)

   The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:


          Current:
                 Federal .....................................  $     --
                 State .......................................        --
                                                                --------
                         Total current .......................        --
                                                                --------
          Deferred:                                      
                 Federal .....................................   119,133
                 State .......................................    16,118
                                                                --------
                         Total deferred ......................  $135,251
                                                                ========


     The reasons for the  differences  between  applicable  income taxes and the
amount computed by applying the statutory  federal income tax rate of 34 percent
to loss before taxes were as follows:


          Applicable income taxes based on statutory tax rate   $119,133
          State taxes, net of federal tax benefit ............    16,118
                                                                --------
          Income tax expense .................................  $135,251
                                                                ========


7.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The  Company  maintains  a 401(k)  profit  sharing  plan for all  employees
meeting  certain  minimum service  requirements.  Under the plan,  employees may
elect to contribute a percentage of their  compensation.  Plan participants vest
immediately  in  all  employee  elective   contributions.   Additionally,   plan
participants  vest in employer  contributions  over  various  periods.  Employer
contributions  totaled  approximately  $45,000 for the twelve months ended April
30, 1998,  which related to the year ended August 31, 1997. The Company does not
plan to make an employer  contribution  for the year ended August 31, 1998,  and
thus no provision has been reflected in the accompanying financial statements.

     Effective  September  1, 1997,  the Company  instituted a gain sharing plan
which is available to all employees. Actual bonuses to be paid from the plan are
based on certain  performance  criteria for the Company,  as well as  individual
census data.  For the twelve  months  ended April 30, 1998,  the Company has not
accrued for bonuses  under the gain sharing plan in the  accompanying  financial
statements as management does not believe that the bonus criteria will be met.


8.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     Wolpoff & Company Technology Solutions, LLC ("WCTS") is a limited liability
corporation formed in 1997 by the Company and Wolpoff & Company ("Wolpoff"), who
are  each  50  percent  owners  of  WCTS.  Wolpoff  refers  technology  business
opportunities  to  WCTS,  and  work  referred  to WCTS  is  performed  by  Light
Industries.  Light  Industries  accounts  for this  investment  under the equity
method of  accounting.  As of April 30, 1998,  the  Company's  share in WCTS was
$3,500,  which is reflected in the  accompanying  balance sheet.  No outstanding
amounts were due to or from WCTS by the Company as of April 30, 1998.

     Balance Solutions,  L.L.C. ("Balance") is a limited liability company owned
36 percent by the sole  stockholder  of the  Company.  The Company has  provided
software  development  services  for  Balance.  Balance  has an  agreement  with
Chesapeake  System  Solutions,  Inc.  ("Chesapeake")  to sell and distribute the
software package product produced partially through these services and partially
through  services  provided by Chesapeake.  The Company also has a contract with
Balance to provide specific  support  services to the  distributor,  Chesapeake.
Balance pays the Company for programming, software development, and distribution
support. Revenue from Balance for the twelve months ended April 30, 1998,



                                      F-129

<PAGE>



                      LIGHT INDUSTRIES SERVICE CORPORATION

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)


totaled $297,000 and are reflected in the accompanying  statement of operations.
As of April 30, 1998,  amounts due to the Company from Balance totaled $367,130,
and are  reflected as a  related-party  receivable in the  accompanying  balance
sheet.  The  amounts due from  Balance  consist of $45,800 in  short-term  trade
receivables and a $275,528 note  receivable.  The notes  receivable from Balance
accrues  interest at 9 percent and requires monthly payments of $28,010 with the
final payment due on May 1, 1999. The Company recorded interest income of $2,403
for the twelve months ended April 30, 1998,  related to the note receivable from
Balance.  The notes receivable is shown on the accompanying balance sheet net of
a reserve of $270,680.


9.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     The  Company  leases its  operating  facilities  under  leases  that expire
through October 2004. Future minimum rent payments due under existing  operating
leases are as follows and are guaranteed by the Company's stockholder:


         PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
         May 1, 1998, to December 31, 1998 ............  $ 97,353
         1999 .........................................   130,883
         2000 .........................................   127,854
         2001 .........................................   127,854
         2002 and thereafter ..........................   330,289
                                                         --------
                                                         $814,233
                                                         ========


     Rent expense for the twelve months ended April 30, 1998, totaled $119,792.


10.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

     On June 10, 1998, the Company entered into a proposed business  combination
agreement with IT Partners, Inc. If consummated,  a new basis of accounting will
be established.






                                      F-130

<PAGE>




                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of KiZAN Corporation:

     We  have  audited  the  accompanying balance sheets of KiZAN Corporation (a
Kentucky  corporation)  as  of May 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related statements
of  operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the three months ended
November 30,  1995,  the  twelve  months ended November 30, 1996, the six months
ended  May 31,  1997,  and the twelve months ended May 31, 1998. These financial
statements   are   the   responsibility   of   the   Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

     We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial position of KiZAN Corporation as of
May 31,  1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the  three  months ended November 30, 1995, the twelve months ended November 30,
1996,  the  six  months  ended May 31, 1997, and the twelve months ended May 31,
1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



Washington, D.C.
July 9, 1998


                                     F-131

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  MAY 31,
                                                                       -----------------------------
                                                                            1997            1998
                                                                       -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents .........................................    $   31,691      $   81,049
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $51,000, and $72,000, respectively...............................       916,674       1,260,509
 Accounts receivable -- KiZAN Business Solutions ...................            --          58,566
 Inventory .........................................................        14,439           4,392
 Deferred income taxes .............................................        36,704          50,574
 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
   contracts .......................................................        22,911          50,425
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........................        66,580          95,415
                                                                        ----------      ----------
   Total current assets ............................................     1,088,999       1,600,930
Property and equipment, net ........................................       258,603         421,781
Other assets .......................................................        42,055          68,058
                                                                        ----------      ----------
   Total assets ....................................................    $1,389,657      $2,090,769
                                                                        ==========      ==========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ..................................................    $  403,852      $  257,149
 Accrued expenses and other ........................................       293,932         457,740
 Income taxes payable ..............................................            --         131,747
 Deferred income ...................................................       331,549         112,199
 Leases payable, current ...........................................        56,133          71,253
 Notes payable, current portion ....................................       174,957         388,413
                                                                        ----------      ----------
 Total current liabilities .........................................     1,260,423       1,418,501
Notes payable, net of current portion ..............................         1,756          16,412
Leases payable, net of current portion .............................        20,995          75,184
                                                                        ----------      ----------
 Total liabilities .................................................     1,283,174       1,510,097
                                                                        ----------      ----------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Common stock, no par value, 1,750 shares authorized and 1,090
    shares outstanding .............................................       133,050          81,050
   Additional paid-in capital ......................................        63,501         241,320
   Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) .........................       (90,068)        258,302
                                                                        ----------      ----------
    Total stockholders' equity .....................................       106,483         580,672
                                                                        ----------      ----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .....................    $1,389,657      $2,090,769
                                                                        ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.


                                      F-132

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE THREE   FOR THE TWELVE    FOR THE SIX   FOR THE TWELVE
                                                         MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED
                                                         NOVEMBER 30,    NOVEMBER 30,       MAY 31,        MAY 31,
                                                             1995            1996            1997            1998
                                                       --------------- ---------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
Revenues:
 Hardware and software sales and commissions.             $ 274,299       $  743,854      $  524,706     $1,210,518
 Services and other ..................................      387,385        2,546,311       1,730,676      5,416,282
                                                          ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
   Total revenues ....................................      661,684        3,290,165       2,255,382      6,626,800
Cost of goods and services sold:
 Hardware and software sales and commissions.               266,654          509,837         376,765        592,009
 Services and other ..................................      136,187        1,437,652         875,977      2,988,074
                                                          ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
   Total cost of goods and services sold .............      402,841        1,947,489       1,252,742      3,580,083
                                                          ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
Gross profit .........................................      258,843        1,342,676       1,002,640      3,046,717
Selling, general, and administrative .................      274,178        1,179,417       1,050,379      2,359,926
Depreciation and amortization ........................        9,121           67,025          37,949         98,367
                                                          ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
Operating (loss) income ..............................      (24,456)          96,234         (85,688)       588,424
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ....................................       (1,269)         (20,968)        (12,873)       (28,120)
 Other ...............................................           10           10,900          28,658        (25,282)
                                                          ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
   Total other income (expense) ......................       (1,259)         (10,068)         15,785        (53,402)
Net (loss) income from continuing operations be-
 fore income taxes ...................................      (25,715)          86,166         (69,903)       535,022
Provision (benefit)for income taxes ..................       (7,348)          26,112         (28,786)       204,053
                                                          ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
Net (loss) income from continuing operations .........      (18,367)          60,054         (41,117)       330,969
Discontinued operations:
 Income (loss) from operations of discontinued
   KiZAN Business Solutions ..........................           --          (15,462)            749         (6,440)
 Gain on disposal of KiZAN Business Solutions                    --               --              --         23,841
                                                          ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
Net income (loss) ....................................    $ (18,367)      $   44,592      $  (40,368)    $  348,370
                                                          =========       ==========      ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.



                                      F-133

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

                        STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK          ADDITIONAL
                                       -----------------------     PAID-IN        RETAINED
                                        SHARES       AMOUNT        CAPITAL        EARNINGS         TOTAL
                                       --------   ------------   -----------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
Balance, August 31, 1995 ...........    1,000      $  31,500      $  5,027       $ (75,925)      $ (39,398)
 Issuance of common stock ..........       --         57,000            --              --          57,000
 Net loss ..........................       --             --            --         (18,367)        (18,367)
                                        -----      ---------      --------       ---------       ---------
Balance, November 30, 1995 .........    1,000         88,500         5,027         (94,292)           (765)
                                        -----      ---------      --------       ---------       ---------
 Issuance of common stock ..........       --             50            --              --              50
 Net income ........................       --             --            --          44,592          44,592
                                        -----      ---------      --------       ---------       ---------
Balance, November 30, 1996 .........    1,000         88,550         5,027         (49,700)         43,877
                                        -----      ---------      --------       ---------       ---------
 Other .............................       --         44,500        58,474              --         102,974
 Net loss ..........................       --             --            --         (40,368)        (40,368)
                                        -----      ---------      --------       ---------       ---------
Balance, May 31, 1997 ..............    1,000        133,050        63,501         (90,068)        106,483
                                        -----      ---------      --------       ---------       ---------
 Issuance of common stock ..........       90             --            --              --              --
 Other .............................       --        (52,000)      177,819              --         125,819
 Net income ........................       --             --            --         348,370         348,370
                                        -----      ---------      --------       ---------       ---------
Balance, May 31, 1998 ..............    1,090      $  81,050      $241,320       $ 258,302       $ 580,672
                                        =====      =========      ========       =========       =========
</TABLE>



         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.




                                      F-134

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FOR THE THREE   FOR THE TWELVE    FOR THE SIX   FOR THE TWELVE
                                                            MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED
                                                            NOVEMBER 30,    NOVEMBER 30,       MAY 31,        MAY 31,
                                                                1995            1996            1997            1998
                                                          --------------- ---------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ......................................    $ (18,367)      $   44,592      $  (40,368)    $  348,370
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
   cash flows from operating activities--
   Depreciation and amortization ........................        9,121           67,025          37,949         98,367
   Other ................................................           --           (5,685)        (36,370)       (11,235)
   Deferred income tax benefit ..........................      (28,000)          (2,560)         (6,140)       (13,870)
   Changes in assets and liabilities (increase) de-
    crease in--
    Accounts receivable, net ............................      (20,300)        (570,247)       (243,657)      (358,029)
    Inventory ...........................................           --             (430)        (14,009)        10,047
    Costs in excess of billings .........................           --               --         (22,911)       (27,514)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...........         (600)         (17,010)         (4,467)       (22,389)
    Accounts payable ....................................      (38,733)         121,219         195,071       (146,703)
    Deferred income .....................................           --          182,383         135,996       (219,350)
    Accrued expenses and other ..........................       10,097           70,821         161,953        340,333
                                                             ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
    Net cash flows (used in) provided by operating
     activities .........................................      (86,782)        (109,892)        163,047         (1,973)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment .....................      (17,340)         (97,598)       (200,338)      (276,313)
 Other ..................................................           --               --         (14,184)       (31,879)
                                                             ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ..............      (17,340)         (97,598)       (214,522)      (308,192)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net borrowing (repayments) on line of credit ...........           --          176,927        (102,026)       136,617
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt ...............           --               --          85,699        160,804
 Repayments of long-term debt ...........................           --          (15,939)             --             --
 Issuance of common stock ...............................       57,000               50         102,974        125,819
 Repayment of related party debt ........................           --               --          (4,791)       (63,717)
                                                             ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
     Net cash provided by financing activities ..........       57,000          161,038          81,856        359,523
                                                             ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents.....      (47,122)         (46,452)         30,381         49,358
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ..........       94,884           47,762           1,310         31,691
                                                             ---------       ----------      ----------     ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ................    $  47,762       $    1,310      $   31,691     $   81,049
                                                             =========       ==========      ==========     ==========
Cash paid for interest ..................................    $   5,077       $   20,968      $   13,649     $   29,610
                                                             =========       ==========      ==========     ==========
Cash paid for income taxes ..............................    $      --       $   67,469      $   20,404     $   49,717
                                                             =========       ==========      ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.



                                      F-135

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     KiZAN  Corporation,   a  Kentucky  corporation,   is  a  network  solutions
integrater that utilizes  technology  exclusively  from the  Microsoft(Reg.  TM)
Corporation  to  provide a range of  consulting,  implementation,  training  and
maintenance services to a wide variety of customers.

     The Company was formed in May, 1991 as KiZAN Technologies,  Inc. (KTI) when
KTI began  assisting  companies in  implementing  client-server  solutions using
Microsoft(Reg.  TM) Corporation technology.  In May 1996, KiZAN Corporation (the
Company)  was  formed  to  eventually  serve  as a  holding  company  for  other
companies.  In December 1996, the Company underwent a reorganization whereby the
operations of KiZAN Development  Inc., KiZAN Telephony,  Inc. and KiZAN Business
Solutions  were merged with the Company  through the issuance of Company  stock.
The businesses were operated through common ownership with the Company until the
merger.  In March 1997,  KiZAN Internet was formed to assist  companies with the
development  and  maintenance of commercial  internet  sites.  In July 1997, the
operations  of KiZAN  Internet were merged into the Company and at the same time
KiZAN Telephony was merged into KiZAN  Technologies,  Inc. In November 1997, the
Company  sold  its  interest  in  KiZAN  Business   Solutions  to  the  minority
stockholder.  In December 1997, KTI was merged into the Company. As of May 1998,
the  Company  consisted  of  KiZAN  Corporation  as a  parent  company  and  two
subsidiaries; KiZAN Development Inc. and KiZAN Telephony Group.

     The Company is a Microsoft(Reg.  TM) Authorized  Technical Education Center
which offers consulting and training services to large and small  organizations.
The Company  also  provides  solution  development  services  which  provide the
architecture for building networking environments.

     The Company operates on a November 30 year-end.  However,  certain of these
financial  statements  have been  prepared for the six months ended May 31, 1997
and the  twelve  months  ended  May 31,  1998,  pursuant  to an  asset  purchase
agreement, whereby the outstanding common stock of the Company is expected to be
acquired by IT Partners.


DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     On  November  1,  1997,  the  Company  reached an  agreement  to sell KiZAN
Business  Solutions  to  the  minority  stockholder  for a  note  receivable  of
approximately  $58,600.  Net income for the one month period  subsequent  to the
measurement date was approximately  $7,260.  The sale was closed on November 30,
1997 and the Company realized a gain on the sale of approximately  $23,800,  net
of income taxes.


CONSOLIDATION

     All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     For  purposes  of these  financial  statements,  cash and cash  equivalents
include cash on hand and short-term,  highly liquid investments that are readily
convertible to cash.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.


                                      F-136

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value because of the relatively short maturities of these instruments.  The
fair value of the Company's  long-term debt is estimated using a discounted cash
flow  analysis  based  on  the  Company's  borrowing  cost  for  similar  credit
facilities, and approximates carrying values at May 31, 1997 and 1998.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is  recorded  at the  lower of cost or  market  value  using the
specific identification method of accounting.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease.

     The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:


         Furniture and fixtures ..................   5-7 years
         Computer equipment ......................   3-5 years
         Machinery and equipment .................   5-7 years
         Internal use software ...................   3-5 years
         Leasehold improvements ..................   5-7 years


     The Company is required to monitor current and anticipated future operating
conditions for  circumstances  that may indicate  potential asset impairments in
accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS") No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed Of."


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Service revenue is derived from  information  technology  ("IT")  services,
including  hardware repair and  maintenance,  on-site network  support,  systems
consulting,  software licensing and installation, web site design, installation,
design  and  integration  of  network  and   communication   systems  and  other
value-added IT services.  Hardware revenue is primarily derived from the sale of
computer  hardware.  Software  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from the sale of
software,  peripherals and communication  devices  manufactured by third parties
and sold by the Company.

     Hardware  and  software  sales  with  no  related  service   component  are
recognized  at the time of  shipment  provided  that the  collectibility  of the
receivable  is probable.  Revenue from  services are  recognized as services are
performed or ratably if performed over a service  contract  period.  Revenue for
material  projects  with a  duration  of three  months  or longer  that  require
installation,   system  design  and   integration,   is  recognized   under  the
percentage-of-completion method as the work progresses.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which is an asset and  liability  approach  that  requires  the
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities  for the expected future tax
consequences of events that have been  recognized in the Company's  consolidated
financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences,  the
Company generally  considers all expected future events other than enactments of
changes in the tax laws or rates.


                                      F-137

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of May  31,  1997  and  1998,  property  and  equipment  consist  of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           MAY 31,
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                      1997          1998
                                                                  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>     
       Furniture and fixtures .................................    $ 25,001      $ 97,002
       Computer equipment .....................................     326,501       475,376
       Machinery and equipment ................................      43,230        67,781
       Internal use software ..................................      10,753        11,741
       Leasehold improvements .................................       2,663        32,561
                                                                   --------      --------
                                                                    408,148       684,461
       Less- Accumulated depreciation .........................     149,545       262,680
                                                                   --------      --------
                                                                   $258,603      $421,781
                                                                   ========      ========
</TABLE>


3.   CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS:

     As of May 31, 1997 and 1998,  information  related to contracts in progress
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         MAY 31,
                                                               ---------------------------
                                                                   1997           1998
                                                               ------------   ------------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>       
       Revenue recognized ..................................    $  329,967     $  946,406
       Billings ............................................      (307,056)      (895,981)
                                                                ----------     ----------
       Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
        uncompleted contracts, net .........................    $   22,911     $   50,425
                                                                ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


                                     F-138

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


4.   NOTES PAYABLE:

     The  Company  is  obligated  on  various  notes at May 31,  1997 and  1998,
respectively. The Company's notes are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              MAY 31,
                                                                      -----------------------
                                                                         1997         1998
                                                                      ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Notes payable to Commonwealth Bank & Trust Co., secured by
 equipment and receivables, payable in monthly installments, bear-
 ing interest at prime plus 1.5% (9.75% at May 31, 1998), per
 annum due July 1998 ..............................................    $ 17,804     $  2,391

Line of credit for $300,000 payable to Commonwealth Bank & Trust
 Co.,  secured by  receivables  and an assignment  of a $250,000 life
 insurance policy on an officer, bearing interest at the prime rate
 plus 1%(9.50% at May 31, 1998), due August 1998 ..................     142,909      279,526

Notes payable to certain stockholders of the Company, payable in
 monthly installments, bearing interest at rates between 7.00% and
 9.00%, per annum due December 1998 ...............................      16,000       71,000

Notes payable to Commonwealth Bank & Trust Co., secured by
 equipment and receivables, payable in monthly installments, bear-
 ing interest at prime plus 1.5% (9.50% at May 31, 1998), per
 annum due November 1999 ..........................................          --       51,908
                                                                       --------     --------
                                                                        176,713      404,825
Less- Current portion .............................................     174,957      388,413
                                                                       --------     --------
   Total ..........................................................    $  1,756     $ 16,412
                                                                       ========     ========

</TABLE>

     The line of credit agreeement has a restrictive covenant which requires the
balance  to not exceed 70 percent of the  current  month's  accounts  receivable
balance.  The Company was in compliance with this restrictive covenant as of May
31, 1998, respectively.

     Maturities on notes payable are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             PERIODS ENDED MAY 31,
             ---------------------
<S>                                                      <C>     
               1999 ..................................   $388,413
               2000 ..................................     16,412
                                                         --------
                                                         $404,825
                                                         ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-139

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


LEASE COMMITMENTS

     The  Company  leases its  operating  facilities  under a 25 year lease that
expires in October,  2021.  Also,  the Company  has several  capital  leases for
computers  with interest  rates  ranging from 7.00 to 9.75 percent.  The capital
leases are secured by the related  equipment.  Future minimum lease payments due
under existing leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       PERIOD ENDED MAY 31,                                      OPERATING       CAPITAL
       --------------------                                      ---------       -------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>
       1999 .................................................    $   83,200      $ 85,452
       2000 .................................................        83,200        69,909
       2001 .................................................        83,200        21,280
       2002 .................................................        83,200        14,209
       2003 and thereafter ..................................     1,580,800         4,737
                                                                 ----------      --------
                                                                  1,913,600       195,587
       Less- Interest .......................................            --        49,150
                                                                 ----------      --------
       Present value of net minimum lease payments ..........    $1,913,600      $146,437
                                                                 ==========      ========
</TABLE>

     Rent  expense for the three months  ended  November  30,  1995,  the twelve
months  ended  November 30,  1996,  the six months  ended May 31, 1997,  and the
twelve  months  ended  May 31,  1998,  totaled  $5,626,  $80,159,  $56,250,  and
$176,167, respectively.


5.   INCOME TAXES:

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
as of May 31, 1997 and 1998, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              MAY 31,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                         1997         1998
                                                      ----------   ----------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
       Deferred tax assets:
          Accrued Vacation ........................    $20,354      $26,404
          Allowance for doubtful accounts .........     16,350       24,170
                                                       -------      -------
       Total deferred tax assets ..................    $36,704      $50,574
                                                       =======      =======
</TABLE>

     The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NOVEMBER 30,                    MAY 31,
                                           -------------------------   ---------------------------
                                               1995          1996           1997           1998
                                           ------------   ----------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>
Current:
 Federal ...............................    $  17,010      $ 17,620      $ (18,360)     $ 174,160
 State and local .......................        3,640         3,780         (3,930)        37,320
                                            ---------      --------      ---------      ---------
Total current ..........................       20,650        21,400        (22,290)       211,480
                                            ---------      --------      ---------      ---------
Deferred:
 Federal ...............................      (23,060)       (2,110)        (5,060)       (11,420)
 State and local .......................       (4,940)         (450)        (1,080)        (2,450)
                                            ---------      --------      ---------      ---------
Total deferred .........................      (28,000)       (2,560)        (6,140)       (13,870)
                                            ---------      --------      ---------      ---------
Income tax provision (benefit) .........    $  (7,350)     $ 18,840      $ (28,430)     $ 197,610
                                            =========      ========      =========      =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-140

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


     The reasons for the  differences  between  applicable  income taxes and the
amount computed by applying the statutory  federal income tax rate of 34 percent
to income (loss) before taxes were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NOVEMBER 30,                    MAY 31,
                                                                -------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                                    1995          1996           1997           1998
                                                                ------------   ----------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>
Applicable income taxes based on statutory tax rate .........     $ (8,230)     $16,600       $ (30,830)     $162,890
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit .....................          880        2,240           2,400        34,720
                                                                  --------      -------       ---------      --------
Income tax provision (benefit) ..............................     $ (7,350)     $18,840       $ (28,430)     $197,610
                                                                  ========      =======       =========      ========
</TABLE>


6.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company maintains 401(k) profit sharing plans covering the employees of
the Company's  subsidiaries.  Under the plan agreements,  employees may elect to
contribute a percentage of compensation.  Plan  participants vest immediately in
all employee  elective  contributions.  Additionally,  plan participants vest in
employer  contributions  over various periods.  Employer  contributions  totaled
approximately  $0, $0, $16,000,  and $31,000 for the three months ended November
30, 1995,  the year ended  November 30, 1996, the six months ended May 31, 1997,
and the year ended May 31, 1998, respectively.


7.   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company  maintains  reserves for potential  credit  losses;  historically,  such
losses have been within management's expectations.

     Five unrelated customers accounted for approximately $355,411,  $1,066,859,
$765,144 and  $1,743,588  of the  Company's  revenues for the three months ended
November 30, 1995,  the twelve  months ended  November 30, 1996,  the six months
ended May 31, 1997 and the twelve months ended May 31, 1998. Accounts receivable
at May 31, 1997 and 1998 from the five major customers aggregated  approximately
$435,581  and  $661,744,  respectively.  The  largest  customer  of the  Company
accounted for 21.4, 13.1, 13.2 and 13.1 percent of revenues for the three months
ended  November 30, 1995,  the twelve  months ended  November 30, 1996,  the six
months  ended  May  31,  1997  and  the  twelve   months  ended  May  31,  1997,
respectively.  The  loss of any one of these  customers  could  have a  material
effect on future results of operations of the Company.


8.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The Company's insurance agent is a minority stockholder of the Company. The
insurance expense related to transactions with this stockholder  totaled $9,674,
$26,014,  $5,959 and $23,361 for the three months ended  November 30, 1995,  the
twelve months ended November 30, 1996, the six months ended May 31, 1997 and the
twelve months ended May 31, 1998, respectively.

     The Company leases office space from a company which is owned by an officer
and several  stockholders  of the Company.  Rent expense for this lease  totaled
$48,531 for the twelve months ended May 31, 1998.

     The Company is obligated  under  certain  notes  payable (Note 4) issued in
exchange  for shares  redeemed  upon the merger of certain  subsidiaries.  These
notes are held by certain current stockholders of the Company.


9.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LITIGATION

     Litigation  and claims are filed  against the Company  from time to time in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  These  actions  are in various  preliminary
stages, and no judgments or decisions have been


                                      F-141

<PAGE>



                                KiZAN CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


rendered by hearing  boards or courts.  Management,  after  reviewing with legal
counsel,  is of the  opinion  that the outcome of such  matters  will not have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results of
operations.


10.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

     On June 1, 1998, the Company's board of directors resolved to authorize the
dissolution of KiZAN Telephony Group and KiZAN Development,  Inc. The respective
business operations of these companies are now merger with KiZAN Corporation.

     In June 1998,  the Company  entered  into a proposed  business  combination
agreement with IT Partners,  Inc. If consummated a new basis of accounting  will
be established.










                                      F-142


<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of Richardson Associates-Electronics, Inc.:

     We  have   audited   the   accompanying   balance   sheets  of   Richardson
Associates-Electronics, Inc. (a Georgia corporation) as of December 31, 1996 and
1997 and the related  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1997.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in   all   material    respects,    the   financial   position   of   Richardson
Associates-Electronics, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the results of
its  operations  and its cash  flows for the  three  years in the  period  ended
December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
July 9, 1998




                                      F-143

<PAGE>



                     RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                               -----------------------------      MARCH 31,
                                                                   1996            1997              1998
                                                               ------------   --------------   ---------------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>              <C>

ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash ......................................................   $  183,918      $    212,352     $    279,460
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $54,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
   $20,000 at March 31, 1998 ...............................      273,194           540,988          266,223
 Inventory .................................................      430,819           219,177          236,305
 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
   uncompleted contracts ...................................       75,662             3,871           41,350
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................           --             6,816            3,499
                                                               ----------      ------------     ------------
   Total current assets ....................................      963,593           983,204          826,837
 Property and equipment, net ...............................      101,216            93,241          130,874
                                                               ----------      ------------     ------------
   Total assets ............................................   $1,064,809      $  1,076,445     $    957,711
                                                               ==========      ============     ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ..........................................   $  180,653      $     49,958     $    110,003
 Accrued expenses ..........................................      100,060           210,545           50,193
 Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
   uncompleted contracts ...................................       75,779            48,837           26,400
                                                               ----------      ------------     ------------
   Total current liabilities ...............................      356,492           309,340          186,596
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, $1 par value;  10,000 shares  authorized,
   1,000 and 1,577 shares issued and outstanding at
   December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and 2,300
   shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1998 .........        1,000             1,577            2,300
 Additional paid-in capital ................................        5,523         1,987,686        2,058,423
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ...................      701,794           (67,438)        (206,888)
 Deferred compensation .....................................           --        (1,154,720)      (1,082,720)
                                                               ----------      ------------     ------------
   Total stockholders' equity ..............................      708,317           767,105          771,115
                                                               ----------      ------------     ------------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ..............   $1,064,809      $  1,076,445     $    957,711
                                                               ==========      ============     ============
</TABLE>


      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.



                                      F-144

<PAGE>



                     RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31,
                                                ------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                     1995          1996           1997           1997          1998
                                                ------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Revenues ......................................  $2,066,974    $3,803,265     $ 3,718,820    $  852,012     $  446,584
Cost of goods sold ............................   1,572,207     2,758,853       2,399,459       621,379        302,299
                                                 ----------    ----------     -----------    ----------     ----------
   Gross profit ...............................     494,767     1,044,412       1,319,361       230,633        144,285
                                                 ----------    ----------     -----------    ----------     ----------
Operating expenses:
 Selling, general, and administrative .........     410,945       596,417         780,030       233,498        171,713
 Stock compensation ...........................          --            --         788,680        72,170         72,000
 Depreciation .................................      15,633        36,349          24,997         7,761         12,407
                                                 ----------    ----------     -----------    ----------     ----------
   Total operating expenses ...................     426,578       632,766       1,593,707       313,429        256,120
                                                 ----------    ----------     -----------    ----------     ----------
Operating income (loss) .......................      68,189       411,646        (274,346)      (82,796)      (111,835)
Other income ..................................          --         1,253           4,992           734          1,812
                                                 ----------    ----------     -----------    ----------     ----------
Net income (loss) .............................  $   68,189    $  412,899     $  (269,354)   $  (82,062)    $ (110,023)
                                                 ==========    ==========     ===========    ==========     ==========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.







                                      F-145

<PAGE>



                     RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.

                        STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      RETAINED
                                                       ADDITIONAL     EARNINGS
                                              COMMON     PAID-IN    (ACCUMULATED      DEFERRED
                                               STOCK     CAPITAL      DEFICIT)      COMPENSATION       TOTAL
                                             -------- ------------ -------------- ---------------- -------------
<S>                                          <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994 .................  $1,000   $    5,523    $  280,221     $         --    $  286,744
 Net income ................................      --           --        68,219               --        68,219
                                              ------   ----------    ----------     ------------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995 .................   1,000        5,523       348,440               --       354,963
 Distributions to stockholders .............      --           --       (59,545)              --       (59,545)
 Net income ................................      --           --       412,899               --       412,899
                                              ------   ----------    ----------     ------------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996 .................   1,000        5,523       701,794               --       708,317
 Issuance of stock options .................      --    1,443,400            --       (1,443,400)           --
 Issuance of common stock ..................     577      538,763            --               --       539,340
 Distributions to stockholders .............      --           --      (499,878)              --      (499,878)
 Amortization of deferred compensation .....      --           --            --          288,680       288,680
 Net loss ..................................      --           --      (269,354)              --      (269,354)
                                              ------   ----------    ----------     ------------    ----------
Balance, December 31, 1997 .................   1,577    1,987,686       (67,438)      (1,154,720)      767,105
 Issuance of common stock ..................     723       70,737            --               --        71,460
 Distribution to stockholders ..............      --           --       (29,427)              --       (29,427)
 Amortization of deferred compensation .....      --           --            --           72,000        72,000
 Net loss ..................................      --           --      (110,023)              --      (110,023)
                                              ------   ----------    ----------     ------------    ----------
Balance, March 31, 1998 (unaudited) ........  $2,300   $2,058,423    $ (206,888)    $ (1,082,720)   $  771,115
                                              ======   ==========    ==========     ============    ==========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.







                                      F-146

<PAGE>



                     RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31,
                                                          ------------------------------------------ ----------------------------
                                                               1995          1996          1997           1997          1998
                                                          ------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- --------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)    (UNADUTIED)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ......................................  $   68,189    $  412,899     $ (269,354)   $  (82,062)    $ (110,023)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows
   from operating activities--
   Depreciation .........................................      15,633        36,349         24,997         7,761         12,407
   Stock compensation ...................................          --            --        788,680        72,170         72,000
   Changes in assets and liabilities--
    Accounts receivable, net ............................     212,808      (165,167)      (267,794)     (279,850)       274,765
    Inventory ...........................................     (43,324)     (138,937)       211,642        59,819        (17,128)
    Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted
     contracts ..........................................          --       (75,662)        71,791        71,791        (37,479)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...........     (17,412)       17,812         (6,816)           --          3,317
    Accounts payable ....................................    (102,153)       82,885       (130,695)      192,522         60,045
    Accrued expenses ....................................      (3,950)       85,554        149,825       (45,061)       (88,892)
    Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted
     contracts ..........................................     (68,253)       75,779        (26,942)       75,779        (22,437)
                                                           ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------
     Net cash flows provided by operating activities           61,538       331,512        545,334        72,869        146,575

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment .....................     (67,866)      (93,950)       (33,967)           --        (50,040)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...........          --            --         16,945            --             --
                                                           ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------
     Net cash flows used in investing activities ........     (67,866)      (93,950)       (17,022)           --        (50,040)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Distributions to stockholders ..........................          --       (59,545)      (499,878)           --        (29,427)
                                                           ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------
     Net cash used in financing activities ..............          --       (59,545)      (499,878)           --        (29,427)
 Net increase (decrease) in cash ........................      (6,328)      178,017         28,434        72,869         67,108
 Cash at beginning of period ............................      12,229         5,901        183,918       183,918        212,352
                                                           ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------
 Cash at end of period ..................................  $    5,901    $  183,918     $  212,352    $  256,787     $  279,460
                                                           ==========    ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========
 Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and
   financing activities:
 Issuance of common stock to employees for services        $       --    $       --     $  539,340    $  539,340     $   71,460
                                                           ==========    ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.




                                      F-147

<PAGE>



                     RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   NATURE OF OPERATIONS:

     Richardson  Associates-Electronics,  Inc. (the "Company") was formed during
July 1981 as an S corporation  organized in the State of Georgia. The Company is
principally  engaged as a systems  integrator in the design and  installation of
sound and  intercom  systems  in  retail,  industrial,  public,  and  commercial
buildings in the State of Georgia.


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


INTERIM UNAUDITED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The  financial  statements  as of March 31,  1998 and for the three  months
ended  March  31,  1997 and 1998  are  unaudited,  however,  in the  opinion  of
management,  all adjustments (consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments)
necessary for a fair  presentation  of the unaudited  financial  statements  for
these interim periods have been included. The results of interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for a full year.


INVENTORY

     Inventory is valued at lower of specific cost or market. Inventory consists
primarily of parts and supplies for sound and intercom systems.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property  and  equipment  are  stated at cost.  Major  property  additions,
replacements, and betterments are capitalized, and maintenance and repairs which
do not extend the useful lives of these assets are expensed currently.  Property
and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line  basis based on their estimated
useful  lives,  which  are five  years  for  vehicles,  three to five  years for
machinery and equipment, and seven years for furniture and fixtures.


LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     The Company  periodically reviews the values assigned to long-lived assets,
such as property and  equipment,  to determine  whether any  impairment is other
than temporary.  Management  believes that long-lived assets in the accompanying
balance sheets are appropriately valued.


ACCRUED EXPENSES

     Accrued expenses consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                     1996          1997          1998
                                                 -----------   -----------   ------------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>
   Accrued payroll and related taxes .........    $ 86,065      $178,763        $37,473
   Other accrued expenses ....................      13,995        31,782         12,720
                                                  --------      --------        -------
                                                  $100,060      $210,545        $50,193
                                                  ========      ========        =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-148

<PAGE>



                     RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)


INCOME TAXES

     The  Company  files its tax return as an "S"  Corporation  for  federal and
state income tax purposes.  All taxable income or loss of an "S"  Corporation is
allocable to the  stockholders of the Company in proportion to their  respective
ownership  interests  and is included in their  individual  income tax  returns.
Accordingly,  no  provision  for income  taxes is included  in the  accompanying
statements of  operations.  Distributions  are made to each  stockholder  to pay
income taxes.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The Company's  financial  instruments  consist primarily of cash,  accounts
receivable,  and accounts payable. In management's opinion, the carrying amounts
of these  financial  instruments  approximate  their fair values at December 31,
1996 and 1997 due to the short duration of the financial instruments.


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Contract  revenues  are  reported on the  percentage-of-completion  method,
measured by the  percentage  of direct labor cost  incurred to date to estimated
total  direct  labor  cost  for  each  contract.  That  method  is used  because
management considers total direct labor cost to be the best available measure of
progress on the contracts.

     Contract  costs  include  all  direct  material  and labor  costs and those
indirect  costs  related  to  contract  performance,  such  as  indirect  labor,
supplies,  tools,  and repairs.  Provisions for estimated  losses on uncompleted
contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in
job  performance,  job  conditions,  and estimated  profitability  may result in
revisions to costs and income,  which are  recognized in the period in which the
revisions are determined.

     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
represent revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. Billings in excess of
costs and estimated  earnings on  uncompleted  contracts  represent  billings in
excess of revenues recognized.


3.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                              -----------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                   1996            1997           1998
                                              -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
   Vehicles ...............................    $  161,077      $  138,883      $  191,269
   Machinery and equipment ................        57,470          61,800          71,020
   Furniture and fixtures .................        10,153          13,167          15,473
                                               ----------      ----------      ----------
                                                  228,700         213,850         277,762
   Less- Accumulated depreciation .........      (127,484)       (120,609)       (146,888)
                                               ----------      ----------      ----------
                                               $  101,216      $   93,241      $  130,874
                                               ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


4.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

     The Company sponsors the Richardson  Associates  401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
(the "Plan"), a defined  contribution plan covering  substantially all employees
of the  company.  Under the Plan's  deferred  compensation  agreement,  eligible
employees who elect the Plan may contribute the maximum as prescribed by current
Internal  Revenue  Service  regulations.  The Company  matches 25 percent of the
employees' contribution and up to 4 percent of employees' eligible compensation.
The Plan commenced November 15, 1997 and the Company matched $1,140 for the year
ended December 31, 1997.


                                      F-149

<PAGE>



                     RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)


5.   EMPLOYEE AGREEMENT AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN:

     The Company has an employment  agreement (the "Agreement") and a restricted
stock plan (the  "Stock  Plan")  with an  employee,  which was  entered  into in
January 1997. The term of the Agreement is from January 2, 1997 through  January
2, 2002 or until  employment  is  terminated  as defined in the  Agreement.  The
Agreement and the Stock Plan are  administered  by the board of directors of the
Company. The Company granted options to purchase 1,400 shares of common stock to
an employee in connection with the Stock Plan. These options can be exercised by
paying cash or by using the bonus payments  under the Agreement.  In recognition
of services performed in the furtherance of the Company's business,  the Company
will pay the employee  periodic  bonuses,  as defined by the Agreement.  Bonuses
paid to the  employee  are  restricted  and can only be used by the  employee to
exercise the options granted to the employee at the rate of $220 per share up to
a maximum of 1,360 shares of common stock. The remaining  options to purchase 40
shares of common stock are  exercisable by paying the cash exercise  price.  The
options can be  exercised  in  accordance  with the terms of the Stock Plan,  as
follows: up to 250 options can be exercised on January 2, 1997; cumulatively, up
to 500  options can be  exercised  on January 2, 1998;  cumulatively,  up to 750
options can be exercised on January 2, 1999; cumulatively, up to 950 options can
be  exercised  on January  2, 2000;  cumulatively,  up to 1,150  options  can be
exercised  on January 2,  2001;  and up to 1,360  options  can be  exercised  on
January 2, 2002.  At such time as the  employee  has  purchased  1,400 shares of
stock for the Company  pursuant to the  Agreement,  future  bonuses  paid to the
employee shall be unrestricted.

     The Company recorded  deferred  compensation of $1,443,400 on these options
granted during 1997, as the exercise price of $220 was less than the deemed fair
value  of  the  underlying   common  stock.  The  Company   amortizes   deferred
compensation  over the  vesting  period  noted  above.  The  Company  recognized
compensation  expense of  $288,680  for the year  ended  December  31,  1997 and
$72,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1997, which is included in
stock compensation in the accompanying statement of operations.


6.   STOCK OPTIONS:

     As noted above,  the Company  granted  options to purchase  1,400 shares of
common  stock at $220 per share in 1997.  During  1997,  options to purchase 177
shares of common stock were  exercised,  resulting in options to purchase  1,223
shares of common stock being  outstanding  at December 31, 1997. At December 31,
1997, options to purchase 73 shares of common stock are exercisable.

     The  Company  accounted  for  its  stock-based   compensation  plans  under
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to
Employees." The Company adopted the disclosure  option of Statement of Financial
Accounting   Standards   ("SFAS")   No.   123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
Compensation."  SFAS No.  123  requires  that  companies  that do not  choose to
account for  stock-based  compensation  as  prescribed  by the  statement  shall
disclose  the pro  forma  effects  on  operations  as if SFAS  No.  123 had been
adopted.  SFAS No.  123  requires  that the fair value of each  option  grant be
estimated  on the  date  of  grant  using a fair  value  approach.  The  Company
estimated the value of the options  granted  during 1997 using the minimum value
approach.  The pro forma net loss for the year ended December 31, 1997 affecting
the impact of SFAS No. 123 would be $619,484.


7.   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

     During 1997,  the Company  issued 400 shares of common stock to an employee
for $400. The Company  recognized  compensation  expense of $500,000  related to
this  issuance of common  stock  based on the fair value of common  stock at the
date of  issuance  and is  included in stock  compensation  in the  accompanying
statement of operations.


                                      F-150

<PAGE>



                     RICHARDSON ASSOCIATES-ELECTRONICS, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)


8.   STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT:

     The Company and its  stockholders  entered into a  stockholders'  agreement
during  January  1997.  The   stockholders'   agreement   provides  for  certain
restrictions on the transfer of stock by its  stockholders and also provides one
stockholder  with the ability to require the Company to repurchase his shares of
common  stock at book  value upon his death or  disability  at 50 percent of the
book value  upon  termination  without  cause,  as  defined  in the  stockholder
agreement.  At  December  31,  1997,  177 shares of common  stock are subject to
repurchase.


9.   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     The Company's accounts receivable potentially subject the Company to credit
risk, as collateral is generally not required. Concentration of credit risk with
respect to accounts  receivable  is limited due to the large number of customers
comprising the Company's  customer base and their breakdown among many different
industry  lines. No single  customer  accounted for a significant  amount of the
Company's  sales at December  31, 1995,  1996,  and 1997.  Further,  the Company
maintains  reserves for potential  credit losses of $54,000 at December 31, 1996
and 1997  and  $20,000  at March  31,  1998,  which  are  included  in  accounts
receivable in the accompanying balance sheets.


10.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LITIGATION

     The  Company is  involved  in certain  litigation  arising in the  ordinary
course of business.  In the opinion of  management,  the ultimate  resolution of
these matters will not have a material adverse effect of the Company's financial
position or results of operations.


OPERATING LEASES

     The Company leases office space under an operating  lease.  The Company may
terminate the lease  effective  April 30, 1999  provided  notice is given to the
lessor.  Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1995,  1996, and 1997 was
approximately $20,100, $21,200, and $23,500,  respectively.  Approximate minimum
annual future rental payments under the lease are as follows:


                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                1998 .................................    $14,616
                1999 .................................     21,240
                2000 .................................     22,990
                                                          -------
                                                          $58,846
                                                          =======


11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

     On May 21, 1998, the Company entered into a proposed  business  combination
with IT  Partners,  Inc.  If  consummated,  a new  basis of  accounting  will be
established.


                                      F-151

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of Champlain Computer Services, Inc.:

     We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet of  Champlain  Computer
Services,  Inc. (a Vermont  corporation)  as of May 31,  1997 and 1998,  and the
related  statements of operations,  stockholder's  equity and cash flows for the
twelve months ended May 31, 1997 and 1998.  These  financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Champlain Computer Services,
Inc. as of May 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the twelve  months  ended May 31, 1997 and 1998,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.


Washington, D.C.
July 23, 1998







                                      F-152

<PAGE>



                        CHAMPLAIN COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

                                  BALANCE SHEET
                           AS OF MAY 31, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997           1998
                                                                   -----------   --------------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents .....................................    $ 259,599      $  810,052
 Accounts receivable ...........................................      522,822         665,503
 Inventory .....................................................      109,621         225,352
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................       12,523          49,630
                                                                    ---------      ----------
   Total current assets ........................................      904,565       1,750,537
Property and equipment, net ....................................       79,323         179,280
                                                                    ---------      ----------
   Total assets ................................................    $ 983,888      $1,929,817
                                                                    =========      ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable ..............................................    $ 191,330      $  111,605
 Accrued expenses ..............................................       37,371          70,423
 Inventory financing ...........................................      220,809         326,094
 Deferred revenue ..............................................       50,298         193,716
 Customer deposits .............................................       26,885          91,449
                                                                    ---------      ----------
   Total current liabilities ...................................      526,693         793,287

Deferred revenue, net of current portion .......................       14,852         208,213
                                                                    ---------      ----------
   Total liabilities ...........................................      541,545       1,001,500
                                                                    ---------      ----------
Stockholder's equity:
 Common stock, $1 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, 5,000 is-
   sued and 2,500 outstanding ..................................        5,000           5,000
 Treasury stock, 2,500 shares at cost ..........................      (65,000)        (65,000)
 Additional paid-in capital ....................................       35,000          35,000
 Retained earnings .............................................      467,343         953,317
                                                                    ---------      ----------
   Total stockholder's equity ..................................      442,343         928,317
                                                                    ---------      ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholder's equity ..................    $ 983,888      $1,929,817
                                                                    =========      ==========
</TABLE>



      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.




                                      F-153

<PAGE>



                        CHAMPLAIN COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997            1998
                                                     -------------   --------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>
Revenues:
 Hardware sales ..................................    $6,345,625      $10,783,634
 Service sales ...................................       477,137          958,069
 Training and education sales ....................       256,427          635,448
                                                      ----------      -----------
   Total revenues ................................     7,079,189       12,377,151
                                                      ----------      -----------
Cost of goods and services sold:
 Hardware sales ..................................     5,668,738        9,278,977
 Service sales ...................................       216,860          325,150
 Training and education sales ....................       147,495          275,566
                                                      ----------      -----------
   Total cost of goods and services sold .........     6,033,093        9,879,693
                                                      ----------      -----------
Gross profit .....................................     1,046,096        2,497,458
Other operating expenses:
 Selling, general, and administrative ............       625,783        1,139,640
 Depreciation and amortization ...................        86,248           35,630
                                                      ----------      -----------
   Total other operating expenses ................       712,031        1,175,270
Operating income .................................       334,065        1,322,188
Other income (loss) ..............................        11,702           15,460
                                                      ----------      -----------
Net income .......................................    $  345,767      $ 1,337,648
                                                      ==========      ===========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.





                                      F-154

<PAGE>



                        CHAMPLAIN COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

                        STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMMON STOCK                        ADDITIONAL
                                          -------------------      TREASURY       PAID-IN       RETAINED
                                           SHARES     AMOUNT        STOCK         CAPITAL       EARNINGS         TOTAL
                                          --------   --------   -------------   -----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance as of May 31, 1996 ............    5,000      $5,000      $ (65,000)      $35,000     $ 519,265      $ 494,265
 Distributions to stockholder .........       --          --             --            --      (397,689)      (397,689)
 Net income ...........................       --          --             --            --       345,767        345,767
                                           -----      ------      ---------       -------     ----------     ----------
Balance as of May 31, 1997 ............    5,000       5,000        (65,000)       35,000       467,343        442,343
 Distributions to stockholder .........       --          --             --            --      (851,674)      (851,674)
 Net income ...........................       --          --             --            --     1,337,648      1,337,648
                                           -----      ------      ---------       -------     ----------     ----------
Balance as of May 31, 1998 ............    5,000      $5,000      $ (65,000)      $35,000     $ 953,317      $ 928,317
                                           =====      ======      =========       =======     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>




        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.







                                      F-155

<PAGE>



                        CHAMPLAIN COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997            1998
                                                                  -------------   -------------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ...................................................    $  345,767      $1,337,648
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from
   operating activities-
   Depreciation and amortization ..............................        86,248          35,630
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable .......................................       (52,315)       (142,681)
    Inventory .................................................       164,897        (115,731)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................        (7,383)        (37,107)
    Accounts payable ..........................................       (12,510)        (79,725)
    Accrued expenses ..........................................           765          33,052
    Inventory financing .......................................       (12,839)        105,285
    Deferred revenue ..........................................           693         336,779
    Customer deposits .........................................        (6,607)         64,564
                                                                   ----------      ----------
      Net cash flows provided by operating activities .........       506,716       1,537,714
                                                                   ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ..........................       (28,460)       (135,587)
                                                                   ----------      ----------
      Net cash used in investing activities ...................       (28,460)       (135,587)
                                                                   ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Distributions to stockholder .................................      (397,689)       (851,674)
                                                                   ----------      ----------
      Net cash used in financing activities ...................      (397,689)       (851,674)
                                                                   ----------      ----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents .....................        80,567         550,453
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ................       179,032         259,599
                                                                   ----------      ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ......................    $  259,599      $  810,052
                                                                   ==========      ==========
Cash paid for interest ........................................    $      ---      $    1,000
                                                                   ==========      ==========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.






                                      F-156

<PAGE>



                        CHAMPLAIN COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           AS OF MAY 31, 1997 AND 1998


1.   ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Champlain Computer Services,  Inc., a Vermont  corporation,  sells hardware
and software and provides  installation,  training,  and maintenance services to
end users.  The Company is a Computer Land  franchisee  and operates as Computer
Land of Vermont.

     The Company is able to purchase  hardware and software in large  quantities
through its franchise agreement.  If this franchise agreement should expire, the
Company's  ability to purchase  products for resale at  comparable  price levels
could be adversely affected.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include liquid  investments  with a maturity of
three months or less.


FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosure
about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,"  requires disclosures of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
balance  sheet,  for which it is  practicable  to estimate that value.  In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 107 excludes certain  financial  instruments and
all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the Company.

     The carrying values of current assets and current  liabilities  approximate
fair value because of the relatively short maturities of these instruments.


INVENTORY

     Inventory  is  recorded  at the  lower of cost or  market  value  using the
first-in first-out method of accounting.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and  equipment  are stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method, over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or
term of the lease.  Depreciation  expense  for the year  ended May 31,  1997 and
1998, is $86,248 and $35,630, respectively.

     The ranges used in computing estimated useful lives were as follows:


        Furniture and office equipment ......... 5-7 years
        Vehicles ............................... 5-7 years
        Leasehold improvements ................. 5-7 years


INVENTORY FINANCING

     Inventory financing consists of accounts payable for purchases of inventory
from suppliers financed by third parties.  These payables are due within 30 days
and are stated at cost.


                                      F-157

<PAGE>



                        CHAMPLAIN COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Service revenue is derived from  information  technology  ("IT")  services,
including  hardware repair and  maintenance,  on-site network  support,  systems
consulting, software installation, software training and education services, and
other  value-added IT services.  Hardware revenue is primarily  derived from the
sale of computer  hardware.  Software revenue is primarily derived from the sale
of software, peripherals and communication devices manufactured by third parties
and sold by the Company.

     Hardware  and  software  sales  with  no  related  service   component  are
recognized  at the time of  shipment  provided  that the  collectibility  of the
receivable  is probable.  Revenue from  services are  recognized as services are
performed or ratably if performed over a service contract period.


INCOME TAXES

     The Company is an "S" corporation for income tax reporting  purposes.  As a
result,  any  taxable  income  generated  is taxable to the  stockholder  of the
Company, and any taxable losses generated will benefit the stockholder.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


2.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     As of May 31,  1997 and  1998,  property  and  equipment  consisted  of the
following:


                                                       1997            1998
                                                  -------------   -------------
         Furniture and office equipment ........   $  138,862      $  249,505
         Vehicles ..............................       14,815          14,815
         Leasehold improvements ................       85,573          35,035
                                                   ----------      ----------
                                                      239,250         299,355
         Less- Accumulated depreciation ........     (159,927)       (120,075)
                                                   ----------      ----------
                                                   $   79,323      $  179,280
                                                   ==========      ==========



3.   INVENTORY:

     As of May 31, 1997 and 1998, inventory consisted of the following:


                                                         1997          1998
                                                     -----------   -----------
         Service goods ...........................    $ 13,644      $ 18,003
         Finished goods ..........................      95,977       207,349
                                                      --------      --------
                                                      $109,621      $225,352
                                                      ========      ========



                                      F-158

<PAGE>




                        CHAMPLAIN COMPUTER SERVICES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -(CONTINUED)


4.   ACCRUED EXPENSES:

     As of May 31, 1997 and 1998, accrued expenses consisted of the following:


                                                            1997         1998
                                                         ----------   ----------
         Accrued salaries and related taxes ..........    $20,370      $41,683
         Other accrued expenses ......................     17,001       28,740
                                                          -------      -------
                                                          $37,371      $70,423
                                                          =======      =======


5.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company  maintains an IRA retirement plan covering the employees of the
Company.  Under  the  plan  agreements,  employees  may  elect to  contribute  a
percentage of compensation.  Plan  participants vest immediately in all employee
elective  contributions.   Additionally,  plan  participants  vest  in  employer
contributions over various periods.  Employer  contributions  totaled $1,719 and
$19,268 for the twelve months ended May 31, 1997 and 1998.


6.   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

     Financial  instruments that potentially  subject the Company to significant
concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of accounts  receivable.  The
Company had one customer who  accounted for 32 percent of revenue for the twelve
months ended May 31,  1997.  The Company had two  customers  who  accounted  for
approximately  48 and 20 percent of revenue for the twelve  months ended May 31,
1998,  respectively.  The Company's major customers,  discussed above, represent
approximately 41 and 47 percent of accounts receivable at May 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.


7.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The Company has a royalty  agreement with Computer  Land,  Inc. The Company
pays a franchise  fee of $5,000 a year and 0.5 percent of sales each month.  For
the year  ended May 31,  1997 and 1998,  royalty  expense  totaled  $40,022  and
$61,666, respectively.


8.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

OPERATING LEASES

     The  Company  leases its  operating  facilities  under  leases  that expire
through 2002.  Future minimum rent payments due under existing  operating leases
are as follows:


        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
        -------------------------
        June 1, 1998, to December 31, 1998 .........  $ 63,168
        1999 .......................................   108,288
        2000 .......................................   108,288
        2001 .......................................   108,288
        2002 and thereafter ........................    72,192
                                                      --------
                                                      $460,224
                                                      ========



     Rent expense for the year ended May 31, 1997 and 1998,  totaled $58,840 and
$105,579, respectively.


9.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

     In June 1998,  the  Company  made a  distribution  of  $405,000 to its sole
stockholder.  On June 18, 1998,  the Company  entered  into a proposed  business
combination  agreement  with IT Partners,  Inc. If  consummated,  a new basis of
accounting will be established.



                                      F-159

<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To IT Partners, Inc.:

     We have audited,  in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
the  consolidated  financial  statements of IT Partners,  Inc. and the financial
statements of Kandl Data Products,  Inc.,  Computer Network  Services,  Inc. and
A-COM, Inc. included in this registration  statement and have issued our reports
thereon  dated August 7, 1998,  June 19,  1998,  July 8, 1998 and July 28, 1998,
respectively.  Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the
basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole.  These  schedules  listed in the
accompanying  index are the  responsibility of the Company's  management and are
presented  for  purposes  of  complying   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange
Commission's  rules and are not part of the basic  financial  statements.  These
schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of
the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all material
respects the financial  data required to be set forth therein in relation to the
basic financial statements taken as a whole.


Washington, D.C.
August 4, 1998





                                       S-1

<PAGE>




                                                                     SCHEDULE II


                               IT PARTNERS, INC.

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         CHARGED
                                            BEGINNING                       TO      ENDING
                                             BALANCE    DEDUCTIONS (1)   EXPENSE    BALANCE
                                           ----------- ---------------- --------- ----------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>              <C>       <C>
PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........  $     --      $       --     $    --   $     --
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........        --        (703,012)     70,332    773,344
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........   773,344        (111,282)     85,671    970,297
</TABLE>


                            KANDL DATA PRODUCTS, INC.

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               CHARGED
                                              BEGINNING                           TO        ENDING
                                               BALANCE      DEDUCTIONS (2)     EXPENSE      BALANCE
                                             -----------   ----------------   ---------   ----------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>                <C>         <C>
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........     $ 5,000          $ 5,000        $ 5,000     $ 5,000
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........       5,000            5,000          5,000       5,000
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........       5,000           31,481         45,125      18,644
</TABLE>


                         COMPUTER NETWORK SERVICES, INC.

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        CHARGED
                                           BEGINNING                       TO       ENDING
                                            BALANCE    DEDUCTIONS (2)   EXPENSE    BALANCE
                                          ----------- ---------------- --------- -----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>              <C>       <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 Allowance for doubtful accounts ........   $37,000        $ 5,443      $ 5,443   $ 37,000
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 Allowance for doubtful accounts ........    37,000         18,962       18,962     37,000
FIVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997
 Allowance for doubtful accounts ........    37,000          5,785       95,319    126,534
</TABLE>


                                   A-COM, INC.

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          CHARGED
                                            BEGINNING                       TO        ENDING
                                             BALANCE    DEDUCTIONS (2)    EXPENSE    BALANCE
                                           ----------- ---------------- ---------- -----------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>              <C>        <C>
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........  $297,705        $35,211      $ 35,211   $297,705
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........   297,705         70,501        70,501    297,705
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
 Allowance for doubtful accounts .........   297,705         94,574       251,975    455,106
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Represents   acquired   allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  under  purchase
     accounting (APB No. 16) and receivables written off.

(2)  Represents receivables written off.


                                       S-2


<PAGE>

======================================   ======================================
     NO PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED IN                                         
CONNECTION   WITH  THE  OFFERING  MADE                                         
HEREBY TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO                                         
MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED                                         
IN THIS  PROSPECTUS,  AND, IF GIVEN OR              6,000,000 SHARES           
MADE,   SUCH  OTHER   INFORMATION   OR                                         
REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE  RELIED ON                                         
AS  HAVING  BEEN   AUTHORIZED  BY  THE                                         
COMPANY  OR ANY  OF THE  UNDERWRITERS.                                         
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN                                         
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN                                         
OFFER  TO BUY  ANY  OF THE  SECURITIES                                         
OFFERED  HEREBY,  TO ANY  PERSON OR BY                                         
ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT             [IT PARTNERS LOGO]          
IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE  SUCH  OFFER  OR                                         
SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF                                         
THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE                                         
HEREUNDER     SHALL,     UNDER     ANY                                         
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION                                         
THAT THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN                                         
IS CORRECT  AS OF ANY DATE  SUBSEQUENT                                         
TO THE DATE HEREOF.                                                            
                                                                               
   --------------------------------                                            
           TABLE OF CONTENTS                          COMMON STOCK             
                                                                               
                                  PAGE                                         
                                  ----                                         
Prospectus Summary ...............   1                                         
Risk Factors .....................  11                                         
Use of Proceeds ..................  18                                         
Dividend Policy ..................  18                                         
Capitalization ...................  19                                         
Dilution .........................  20      ---------------------------------  
Selected Financial Data ..........  29                                         
Management's Discussion and                                                    
   Analysis of Financial Condition                     PROSPECTUS              
   and Results of Operations .....  33                                         
Business .........................  42                                         
Management .......................  54      ---------------------------------  
The Recapitalization .............  61                                         
Certain Transactions .............  66                                         
Principal Stockholders ...........  71                                         
Description of Capital Stock .....  72                                         
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ..  75                                         
Underwriting .....................  76                                         
Legal Matters ....................  78                                         
Experts ..........................  78                                         
Additional Information ...........  78                                         
Index to Financial Statements .... F-1         FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY      
                                                       & CO., INC.             
   --------------------------------                                            
     UNTIL  SEPTEMBER 1, 1998 (25 DAYS             PIPER JAFFRAY INC.          
AFTER  THE  DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),                                         
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN                                         
THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  WHETHER OR                                         
NOT      PARTICIPATING     IN     THIS                                         
DISTRIBUTION,   MAY  BE   REQUIRED  TO                                         
DELIVER  A  PROSPECTUS.   THIS  IS  IN                                         
ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION OF DEALERS                                         
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS                       , 1998            
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR                                         
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.                                            
======================================   ======================================

<PAGE>



                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

     The table  below sets forth the  expenses  to be incurred by the Company in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares registered for offer
and sale hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.  All amounts
shown represent estimates except the Securities Act registration fee.


     Registration fee under the Securities Act of 1933. .........      $32,568
     Printing and EDGAR expenses. ...............................           *
     Registrar and Transfer Agent's fees and expenses. ..........           *
     Accountants' fees and expenses. ............................           *
     Legal fees and expenses. ...................................           *
                                                                       -------
     Total. .....................................................      $    *
                                                                       =======


- ----------
*    To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     The Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-Laws  provide,  to the
maximum extent  provided by applicable law, that a director of the Company shall
not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability  (i) for any
breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty to the  Company or its  stockholders,
(ii)  for  acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or that  involve  intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper  personal benefit.  If the General  Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware is amended to authorize  corporate  action  further
eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors,  then the liability
of a director  of the  Company  shall be  eliminated  or limited to the  fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  as so
amended.  Any repeal or modification  of the relevant  Article of By-Laws of the
Company shall not adversely  affect any right or protection of a director of the
Company existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

     Each person who was or is made a party or is  threatened to be made a party
to or is or was  involved  in any action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,
criminal,  administrative  or  investigative  (hereinafter a  "proceeding"),  by
reason of the fact that he or a person of whom he is the legal representative is
or was a  director,  officer or  employee of the Company or is or was serving at
the request of the Company as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another
corporation  or of a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
including  service with respect to employee benefit plans,  whether the basis of
such  proceeding  is  alleged  action in an  official  capacity  as a  director,
officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director,
officer,  employee  or agent,  shall be  indemnified  and held  harmless  by the
Company to the fullest extent  authorized by the General  Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware as the same exists or may  hereafter be amended  (but,  in the
case of any such amendment,  only to the extent that such amendment  permits the
Company to provide  broader  indemnification  rights than said law permitted the
Company to provide prior to such amendment),  against all expense, liability and
loss  (including  attorneys'  fees,  judgments,  fines,  ERISA  excise  taxes or
penalties,  and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by such person in connection therewith and such  indemnification  shall
continue  as to a person who has ceased to be a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  and  shall   inure  to  the   benefit  of  his  heirs,   executors,   and
administrators;  provided,  however,  that except as  provided in the  Company's
By-Laws   with   respect  to   proceedings   seeking   to   enforce   rights  to
indemnification,   the  Company  shall   indemnify   any  such  person   seeking
indemnification  in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof)  initiated by
such person only if such  proceeding  (or part  thereof) was  authorized  by the
Board of Directors of the Company. The right to indemnification conferred in the
Company's  By-Laws  shall be a contract  right and shall include the right to be
paid by the Company the


                                      II-1

<PAGE>



expenses  incurred  in  defending  any such  proceeding  in advance of its final
disposition; provided, however, that if the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware  requires,  the payment of such  expenses  incurred by a director or
officer in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other  capacity
in which  service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer,
including,  without limitation,  service to an employee benefit plan) in advance
of the final  disposition  of a proceeding,  shall be made only upon delivery to
the Company of an  undertaking  by or on behalf of such director of officer,  to
repay all amounts so advanced if it shall  ultimately  be  determined  that such
director of officer is not entitled to be indemnified.

     The Company may purchase and maintain  insurance to protect  itself and any
such director,  officer or other person against any liability  asserted  against
him and  incurred by him in respect of such  service  whether or not the Company
would have the power to indemnify him against such liability by law or under the
provisions of the Company's By-Laws.


ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

     The  following  paragraphs of this Item 15 describe all sales of securities
by the Company within the past three years which were not  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933.

     On May 29,  1997,  the Company  issued  194,691  shares of Common  Stock to
Martin G. Kandl and Haeyoung  Kandl jointly for the aggregate  consideration  of
$1,328,175.

     On May 30, 1997, the Company issued 50,000 shares of Series A Preferred and
Equity  Warrants to purchase  137,380  shares of either Common Stock or Series B
Preferred to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $500,000.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company  issued  100,000 shares of Series A Preferred
and Equity Warrants to purchase  274,760 shares of either Common Stock or Series
B Preferred to FF-ITP for the aggregate consideration of $1,000,000.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company issued 10,900 shares of Series A Preferred to
Daniel J. Klein for the aggregate consideration of $109,000.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company issued 10,900 shares of Series A Preferred to
Jamie E. Blech for the aggregate consideration for $109,000.

     On May 30,  1997,  the Company  issued  293,075  shares of Common  Stock to
Daniel J. Klein for nominal  consideration  in connection  with the formation of
the Company.

     On May 30, 1997, the Company issued 293,075 shares of Common Stock to Jamie
E. Blech for nominal  consideration  in  connection  with the  formation  of the
Company.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company  issued 26,638 shares of Common Stock to Mark
F. Yanson for nominal  consideration  in  connection  with the  formation of the
Company.

     On May 30, 1997,  the Company  issued 165,680 shares of Common Stock to the
shareholders of CNS for the aggregate consideration of $1,554,905.

     On May 30,  1997,  the  Company  issued Debt  Warrants to purchase  219,808
shares of Common  Stock or  Series B  Preferred  to  Creditanstalt  for  nominal
consideration in connection with the execution of the Credit Facility.

     On June 30,  1997,  the Company  issued  495,260  shares of Common Stock to
Christopher   R.  Corbett  and  Merrie   Corbett   jointly  for  the   aggregate
consideration of $4,648,015.

     On July 11, 1997,  the Company  issued  23,334 shares of Series A Preferred
and Equity Warrants to purchase 64,110 shares of either Common Stock of Series B
Preferred to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $233,340.

     On October 20, 1997,  the Company  issued 393,040 shares of Common Stock to
shareholders of FSC for the aggregate consideration of $3,910,000.


                                      II-2

<PAGE>



     On October 27, 1997, the Company issued 26,666 shares of Series A Preferred
and Equity Warrants to purchase 41,934 shares of either Common Stock of Series B
Preferred to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $266,660.

     On October 31, 1997, the Company issued 10,000 shares of Series A Preferred
to FF-ITP for the aggregate consideration of $100,000.

     On October 31, 1997,  the Company  issued  15,725 shares of Common Stock to
Christopher   R.  Corbett  and  Merrie   Corbett   jointly  for  the   aggregate
consideration of $100,000.

     On October 31, 1997,  the Company  issued  15,725 shares of Common Stock to
FF-ITP for the aggregate consideration of $100,000.

     On October 31,  1997,  the Company  issued  7,863 shares of Common Stock to
Martin G. Kandl and Haeyoung  Kandl jointly for the aggregate  consideration  of
$50,000.

     On October  31,  1997,  the  Company  issued 533 shares of Common  Stock to
Thomas Gardner for the aggregate consideration of $3,393.

     On October 31, 1997,  the Company  issued  38,053 shares of Common Stock to
shareholders of CNS for the aggregate consideration of $357,130.

     On January 7, 1998, the Company issued 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred
and Equity Warrants to purchase  100,522 shares of either Common Stock or Series
B Preferred to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $1,000,000.

     On January 7, 1998, the Company issued 222,222 shares of Series B Preferred
to Creditanstalt for the aggregate consideration of $1,000,000.

     On January 7, 1998,  the Company  issued Debt Warrants to purchase  106,553
shares of Common  Stock or  Series B  Preferred  to  Creditanstalt  for  nominal
consideration in connection with the execution of the Credit Facility.

     On January 8, 1998, the Company issued  1,191,416 shares of Common Stock to
17 shareholders of Sequoia for the aggregate consideration of $11,852,326.

     On February 5, 1998,  the Company  issued 700,636 shares of Common Stock to
the shareholders of Incline for the aggregate consideration of $6,969,998.

     On March 31, 1998,  the Company issued 345,204 shares of Series B Preferred
to Wachovia for the aggregate consideration of $3,000,000.

     On March 31, 1998,  the Company issued 230,136 shares of Series B Preferred
to Indosuez IT Partners for the aggregate consideration of $2,000,000.

     On April 30, 1998,  the Company  issued Equity  Warrants to purchase  8,544
shares of either Common Stock or Series B Preferred to Creditanstalt in the form
of a PIK Dividend on the outstanding Equity Warrants.

     On April 30, 1998,  the Company  issued Equity  Warrants to purchase  8,960
shares of either  Common  Stock or Series B Preferred to FF-ITP in the form of a
PIK Dividend on the outstanding Equity Warrants.

     On April 30, 1998, the Company issued 7,569 shares of Series A Preferred to
Creditanstalt in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On April 30, 1998, the Company issued 6,525 shares of Series A Preferred to
FF-ITP in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On April 30, 1998,  the Company  issued 668 shares of Series A Preferred to
Daniel J. Klein in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On April 30, 1998,  the Company  issued 668 shares of Series A Preferred to
Jamie E. Blech in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On May 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 45,452 shares of Series B Preferred to
Indosuez IT Partners II for the aggregate consideration of $400,000.

     On May 11, 1998,  the Company  issued 267,433 shares of Common Stock to the
shareholders of Sequoia for the aggregate consideration of $2,660,446.

     On May 13,  1998,  the Company  issued  312,270  shares of Common  Stock to
Stanton L. Call for the aggregate consideration of $3,340,947.

     On June 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 4,151 shares of Series A Preferred to
Creditanstalt in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On June 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 2,330 shares of Series A Preferred to
FF-ITP in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     On June 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 231 shares of Series A  Preferred  to
Daniel J. Klein in the form of a PIK Dividend.


                                      II-3

<PAGE>



     On July 28,  1998,  the Company  issued 700 shares of Series C Preferred to
BDC for the aggregate consideration of $7,000,000.

     On August 4, 1998,  the Company  issued 300 shares of Series C Preferred to
Wachovia for the aggregate consideration of $3,000,000.

     On June 1, 1998,  the Company  issued 231 shares of Series A  Preferred  to
Jamie E. Blech in the form of a PIK Dividend.

     Amended 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan. See "Management--Stock Option Plan,"
which is incorporated by reference herein from the Prospectus included in Part I
of this Registration Statement.

     Issuance of Warrants. See "The Recapitalization--Warrant Agreement and Debt
Warrants" and "The  Recapitalization--Purchase  Agreement and Equity  Warrants,"
which is incorporated by reference herein from the Prospectus included in Part I
of this Registration Statement.

     Each  issuance of  securities  described  above was made in reliance on the
exemption from registration  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a
transaction by an issuer not including any public offering.  The issuance of the
PIK Dividends was made in reliance on the exemption from  registration  provided
by Rule 416 of Regulation C promulgated by the SEC. The recipients of securities
in each such transaction  represented  their intention to acquire the securities
for  investment  only and not with a view to or for sale in connection  with any
distribution   thereof  and  appropriate  legends  were  affixed  to  the  share
certificates  issued in such  transactions.  All recipients had adequate access,
through their relationships with the Company, to information about the Company.







                                      II-4

<PAGE>



ITEM 16(A). EXHIBITS.


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
- ----------   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   *1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement.

   *3.1      Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.

   *3.2      By-Laws, as amended.

   *4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

   *4.2      Warrant Agreement, dated May 30, 1997, as amended.

   *4.3      Amended and Restated Stockholder  Agreement,  dated March 31, 1998,
             as amended.

   *4.4      Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 1997,
             as amended.

   *4.5      Promissory  Note by IT Partners  to Stanton L. Call,  dated May 13,
             1998 for $2,876,206, con- vertible into Common Stock.

   *4.6      Convertible Promissory Note by IT Partners to Servinet,  dated June
             10, 1998, with any unpaid principal amount outstanding  convertible
             at Servinet's option into Common Stock.

   *4.7      Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated May 29, 1997, between IT Partners
             and Martin Kandl.

   *4.8      Stock Repurchase  Agreement,  dated May 30, between IT Partners and
             Daniel J. Klein.

   *4.9      Stock Repurchase  Agreement,  dated May 30, between IT Partners and
             James E. Blech.

   *4.10     12.0%  Series  C  Senior   Redeemable   Preferred   Stock  Purchase
             Agreement,  dated  July  28,  1998,  between  IT  Partners  and FBR
             Business Development Capital.

   *4.11     Certificate  of  Designation  of  Preferences  and  Rights of 12.0%
             Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock of IT Partners,  dated July 28,
             1998.

   *4.12     12.0%  Series  C  Senior   Redeemable   Preferred   Stock  Purchase
             Agreement,  dated July 31,  1998,  between IT Partners and Wachovia
             Capital Associates, Inc.

    5.1      Opinion of Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP.

  *10.1      Asset Purchase Agreement,  between IT Partners and Servinet,  dated
             June 10, 1998.

  *10.2      Asset Purchase Agreement,  between IT Partners and Stanton L. Call,
             dated May 13, 1998.

  *10.3      Business Combination Agreement,  among IT Partners, ITP Acquisition
             Corp., A-COM,  Christopher  Corbett and Merrie Corbett,  dated June
             30, 1997.

  *10.4      Business  Combination  Agreement,  among IT Partners,  CNS, Stanley
             Nice, and John Clement, dated May 27, 1997.

  *10.5      Agreement and Plan of Organization,  among IT Partners,  ITP No. 4,
             Inc., FSC, Charles Schaeffer and Garrett  Schaeffer,  dated October
             20, 1997.

  *10.6      Agreement and Plan of Organization,  among IT Partners, ITP No. 11,
             Inc.,  Incline,  Robert Wentworth,  John DeFina,  Philip Tomasi and
             Charles Menzel, dated February 5, 1998.

  *10.7      Business  Combination  Agreement,  among IT Partners,  KDP,  Martin
             Kandl, and Haeyoung Kandl, dated May 29, 1997.

  *10.8      Agreement and Plan of Organization,  among IT Partners, ITP No. 10,
             Inc., Sequoia, John Bamberger,  Alan Wise, William Murray,  Michael
             Baltosiewich,  Carl Griffin, William Church and Michael Ryan, dated
             January 8, 1998.

  *10.9      Amended and Restated Loan and Security  Agreement,  dated March 31,
             1998, among IT Partners, Sequoia, FSC, Incline, A-COM, CNS, KDP and
             Creditanstalt, as amended.

  *10.10     IT Partners, Inc. Amended 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan.



                                      II-5

<PAGE>



  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
- ----------   -------------------------------------------------------------------
  *10.11     Senior  Executive  Employment  Agreement,  between IT Partners  and
             Christopher R. Corbett, dated June 30, 1997.

  *10.12     Executive Employment  Agreement,  between IT Partners and Daniel J.
             Klein, dated March 7, 1997.

  *10.13     Employment  Agreement,  between IT Partners and John D.  Bamberger,
             dated January 8, 1998.

  *10.14     Employment   Agreement,   between  IT  Partners  and  Christine  E.
             Norcross, dated September 16, 1997.

  *10.15     Executive  Employment  Agreement,  between IT Partners and Jamie E.
             Blech, dated March 7, 1997.

  *10.16     Promissory  Note by IT  Partners to  Christopher  R.  Corbett,  for
             $2,226,000, dated June 30, 1997.

  *10.17     Promissory  Note by IT Partners to Stanton L. Call, for $2,876,206,
             dated May 13, 1998.

  *10.18     Promissory  Note by IT Partners to Stanley Nice,  for  $102,036.50,
             dated July 28, 1997.

  *10.19     Promissory  Note by IT Partners to John Clement,  for  $102.036.50,
             dated July 28, 1997.

  *10.20     Promissory Note by IT Partners to Stanley A. Nice, for $472,409.90,
             dated May 27, 1997.

  *10.21     Promissory  Note by IT Partners to John Clement,  for  $432,998.90,
             dated May 27, 1997.

  *10.22     Amended   and   Restated   Promissory   Note  by  IT   Partners  to
             Creditanstalt for $14,000,000, dated October 1997.

  *10.23     Promissory  Note  by IT  Partners  to  Charles  Schaeffer,  for  $2
             199,375, dated October 20, 1997.

  *10.24     Promissory Note by IT Partners to Garrett Schaeffer,  for $244,375,
             dated October 20, 1997.

  *10.25     Promissory  Note by IT Partners to Martin and Haeyoung  Kandl,  for
             $568,790, dated May 22, 1997.

  *10.26     Promissory  Note  by  IT  Partners  to  John  D.   Bamberger,   for
             $2,014,240, dated January 8, 1998.

  *10.27     Promissory Note by IT Partners to Alan Wise, for $1,278,078,  dated
             January 8, 1998.

  *21.1      List of Subsidiaries.

   23.1      Consent of Swidler Berlin Shereff  Friedman,  LLP (filed as part of
             Exhibit 5.1).

   23.2      Consent of Arthur Andersen, LLP.

  *24.1      Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page).

  *27.1      Financial Data Schedule.

- ----------
*    To be filed by amendment.


ITEM 16(B). FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.*

     *    To be completed by amendment.


ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be part of this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.


                                      II-6

<PAGE>



     (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities Act,
each such  post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3)  The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
underwriter   at  the  closing   specified  in  the   underwriting   agreements,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

     (4) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the  registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,   or  otherwise,  the
registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.










                                      II-7

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Washington, D.C., on August 7, 1998.

                                   IT PARTNERS, INC.

                                   By: /s/ DANIEL J. KLEIN
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Daniel J. Klein
                                       Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and
                                       Director


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL  PERSONS  BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each  person  whose  signature
appears  below  hereby  constitutes  and  appoints  Daniel J. Klein and Jamie E.
Blech,  and  each of them  acting  individually,  as his  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution,  for him in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
(including  post-effective  amendments) to this Registration  Statement,  and to
file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection
therewith,  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing  requisite  and necessary to be done in
and about the  premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,   hereby   ratifying   and   confirming   all  that  said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or any of them,  or their or his  substitute  or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     PURSUANT  TO  THE   REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  THIS
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  HAS  BEEN  SIGNED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  PERSONS  IN  THE
CAPACITIES INDICATED ON AUGUST 7, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            NAME                               TITLE                          DATE
- ---------------------------   ---------------------------------------   ---------------
<S>                           <C>                                       <C>
      /s/ DANIEL J. KLEIN     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and     August 10, 1998
- -------------------------     Director (Principal Executive Officer)
         Daniel J. Klein


      /s/ JAMIE E. BLECH      President, Secretary and Director         August 10, 1998
- -------------------------
         Jamie E. Blech


      /s/ MARK F. YANSON      Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer        August 10, 1998
- -------------------------     and Senior Vice President (Principal
         Mark F. Yanson       Financial Officer)


     /s/ ANTHONY M. CORBI     Chief Accounting Officer, Corporate       August 10, 1998
- -------------------------     Controller and Vice President
       Anthony M. Corbi       (Principal Accounting Officer)


    /s/ JOHN D. BAMBERGER     Director                                  August 10, 1998
- -------------------------
    John D. Bamberger
</TABLE>


                                      II-8

<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            NAME                               TITLE                          DATE
- ---------------------------   ---------------------------------------   ---------------
<S>                           <C>                                       <C>

 /s/ CHRISTOPHER R. CORBETT   Director                                  August 7, 1998
- -------------------------                                            
    Christopher R. Corbett                                           
                                                                     
                              Director                                  August 7, 1998
- -------------------------                                            
        Charles Schaeffer                                            
                                                                     
     /s/ JAMES D. LUMSDEN     Director                                  August 7, 1998
- -------------------------                                            
        James D. Lumsden                                             
                                                                     
     /s/ MARTIN S. PINSON     Director                                  August 7, 1998
- -------------------------              
        Martin S. Pinson
</TABLE>






                                      II-9






                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1

                                 August 10, 1998


The Board of Directors
IT Partners, Inc.
9881 Broken Land Parkway, Suite 102
Columbia, Maryland 21046


     RE:  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1

Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel to IT Partners,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"),  with respect to the  Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1
(the   "Registration   Statement")   filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  in connection  with the  registration  under the  Securities Act of
1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  of up to  6,900,000  shares of the
Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Shares"). This opinion
letter  is  furnished  to you at your  request  to  enable  you to  fulfill  the
requirements  of  Item  601(b)(5)  of  Regulation   S-K,  17  C.F.R.   (section)
229.601(b)(5), in connection with the Registration Statement.

     As counsel to the Company,  we have examined the Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  as  amended  (the  "Certificates"),  and such  Company  records,
certificates and other documents and relevant statutes,  regulations,  published
rulings and such questions of law as we considered  necessary or appropriate for
the purpose of this opinion.

     In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents,
the accuracy of copies and the  genuineness of  signatures.  We have relied upon
the representations and statements of officers and other  representatives of the
Company  with  respect  to  the  factual  determinations  underlying  the  legal
conclusions set forth herein. We have not attempted to verify independently such
representations and statements.

     This  opinion  letter is based as to matters  of law solely on the  General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as currently in effect,  and we express
no  opinion  herein  as to  any  other  laws,  statutes,  ordinances,  rules  or
regulations.

     Based  upon,  subject  to  the  limited  by the  foregoing  and  the  other
qualifications  herein,  we are of  the  opinion  that,  when  the  Registration
Statement  has become  effective  under the  Securities  Act,  upon issuance and
delivery of such Common Shares against payment of valid  consideration  therefor
as  contemplated  by the  Registration  Statement,  such  Common  Shares will be
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

     We hereby  consent  to the  filing of this  opinion  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement and to all  references  to our firm in the  Registration
Statement.  In giving  this  consent,  we do not admit  that we come  within the
category of persons whose consent is required  under Section 7 of the Securities
Act or the rules promulgated thereunder.

     This  opinion is rendered  solely for your benefit in  connection  with the
transactions  described  above  upon the  understanding  that we are not  hereby
assuming any professional responsibility to any other person. Except as provided
in the  preceding  paragraph,  this  opinion may not be relied upon by any other
person  and  this  opinion  may not be used,  disclosed,  quoted,  filed  with a
governmental  agency or otherwise  referred to without our express prior written
consent.  The  opinions  expressed  in this  letter are  limited to the  matters
expressly set forth herein,  and no other opinions should be inferred beyond the
matters expressly stated herein.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        /s/ SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF FRIEDMAN, LLP
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                            SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF FRIEDMAN, LLP





                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                         CONSENT OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN, LLP


     As  independent  public  accountants,  we hereby  consent to the use of our
reports (and to all  references to our firm)  included in or made a part of this
registration statement.

August 7, 1998





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission